Undergraduate Prospectus 2017

2017

A WARM WELCOME The University of Brighton is a talented and inclusive community based on the beautiful English south coast.

As your Vice-Chancellor, it is my job to work with my colleagues to make sure that your university is a supportive place that gives you the space to explore, learn and practise, to realise your potential and ambitions and to enjoy the best possible experience as a student.

The whole university looks forward to welcoming you here.

Professor Debra Humphris Vice-Chancellor, University of Brighton

see for

yourself AT A SUMMER OR AUTUMN OPEN DAY www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays FOR DATES AND BOOKINGS

01

CONTENTS

02

P.04–25

CHOOSING BRIGHTON Find out more about us and why we are a great choice.

A great experience that lasts a lifetime A brilliant place to live, an inspiring place to learn Brighton Brighton campuses Eastbourne and campus Hastings and campus Where you'll live We see the person and the potential

04 10 12 14 16 18 20 22

P.26–269

OUR COURSES

We explain the different types of course you can do, alongside information about our courses.

A quick guide to our course pages Courses by subject Courses Top-up degrees Partner colleges

28 29 30 267 268

P.270–288

ALL ABOUT THE DETAILS Details about the support and activities available to you, along with information about entry requirements, applications, fees and funding.

Supporting you Entry requirements How to apply Money Timeline A–Z course finder Getting here

272 274 278 280 284 286 288

One of our modern digital production and postproduction studios equipped with professional-standard hardware and software 03

A GREAT EXPERIENCE THAT LASTS A LIFETIME Our focus is on making sure you leave us at the end of your degree fully prepared and confident to begin your career, with a experiences that will benefit you long after you have left us.

You’ll learn with people who love their subject, who combine teaching, practice and research. You’ll build real-world skills through working on team projects and by using specialist equipment that replicates a range of professional environments. Our partners in industry and the professions also contribute to your learning, and to the design of our courses. All of our courses offer opportunities for work-related learning and many offer placement opportunities of up to a year.

Away from your course, you’ll have the chance to discover new interests or keep up with the ones that you already love, through a wealth of university and Students’ Union clubs and activities.

04

Computing students apply Artificial Intelligence (AI) principles to create basic robots that map their environment 05

YOUR CAREER IN MIND Career planning support is available through our careers service from the moment you arrive. There are careers centres on every campus offering mentoring, guidance and volunteering opportunities.

You’ll be able to record your university experiences, work and skills in an online portfolio – materials that will support your CV when you graduate.

06

On placement you can put your learning into practice and build confidence; every full-time undergraduate student can do workrelated learning as part of their course.

The university and the Students’ Union work together to provide facilities and opportunities for you to take part in sport, whether you want to improve your fitness, compete in leagues, have fun with your friends or gain additional coaching qualifications.

You can learn French, Spanish, German or Italian – language classes are free while you’re studying here.

OF OUR GRADUATES ARE WORKING, STUDYING OR TRAINING WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF COMPLETING THEIR COURSE (DHLE 2013–14)

As part of the Active Student programme, Fine Art Painting students Rosie Hancock and Hannah Kynoch helped to paint a reading zone for pupils at Moulsecoomb primary school in Brighton

You’ll automatically become a member of the Students' Union. Brighton SU creates opportunities for students to meet people and make friends, find new hobbies, make changes, develop skills, and receive advice and support.

There are more than 100 student-run societies and if you want to invent a new one, Brighton SU can help.

Our Active Student volunteering programme provides students with placements in the local community, so you can put your skills into practice and give something back.

Chantal Malan, Sports Studies student, volunteers with the wheelchair basketball club – there are more than 60 sports clubs at Brighton

James Bryan, Business Management student, on placement with events management company, Eventa, in Brighton 07

HOW YOU'LL LEARN You'll be part of a thriving academic community of active practitioners and researchers. As well as specialist learning facilities that replicate industry and professional environments, we have created inspiring and well-designed spaces for you to study and socialise in.

The Igloo 180ยบ projection system is used to measure reaction times and decision-making in sport

Engineering and product design students use rapid prototyping and design facilities including 3D scanners, CNC lathes and laser cutters.

Sports science students have access to BASES-accredited facilities including a biomechanics lab to analyse motion, and environmental and hypoxic chambers to simulate extreme environments from high altitude to severe heat or cold.

Our Huxley building is home to some of the most modern facilities for professional pharmacy teaching in the UK. The clinical skills laboratory enables students to experience the clinical environment in which practicing pharmacists work.

08

Product design students have access to rapid prototyping equipment and facilities

Edward Street is one of our most recent developments. It is home to photography, moving image and film and screen studies students with specialist equipment, studios and exhibition spaces.

Our libraries are spread across the university campuses, so you're always close to the specialist resources you need.

ÂŁ100 million MORE THAN

HAS BEEN INVESTED IN THE LAST 10 YEARS ON THE EQUIPMENT AND BUILDINGS OUR STUDENTS USE EVERY DAY

Our award-winning Social Informal Learning Spaces (SILS) project provides creative spaces and places where you can study and socialise together in comfort.

More than 400 nominations for our teaching and support staff were made by students in the Brighton Students' Union Excellence Awards 2015.

The forge in our metal workshop is just one resource available to our arts students 09

A BRILLIANT PLACE TO LIVE, AN INSPIRING PLACE TO LEARN The University of Brighton belongs to a forward-thinking city that’s loved for being original and eclectic.

It’s a welcoming and exciting place to be.

You’ll find us at locations across Brighton, as well as along the coast in Eastbourne and Hastings – wherever you are based you’ll be near the beach and countryside and within easy reach of London.

10

Brighton Pride, 2015 11

BRIGHTON Brighton, with its 5.4 miles of pebble beach lined with volleyball and basketball courts, pubs, clubs, galleries and shops, features in the Lonely Planet’s list of 10 cities with brilliant beaches, alongside Cape Town, Rio and Sydney.

Buses are plentiful in Brighton and will get you easily between university and town, and between campuses. They are named after notable people from the city – look out for Rudyard Kipling or Ben Sherman.

The murmuration of starlings, a fantastic aerial display at sunset, is an amazing, not-to-be-missed spectacle over Brighton’s piers.

12

Amongst the street art around Brighton, you can count the rock icons on the side of the Prince Albert – one of Brighton’s live music venues – and see a Banksy or two.

From Brighton Rock to Down Terrace, Brighton has inspired many writers and filmmakers. Every August, the city is inundated with mods on scooters, as the Brighton mod weekender recreates the style of Quadrophenia in its iconic setting.

Along with the distinctive Regency architecture that lines the seafront, the extravagant Royal Pavilion is one of Brighton’s most famous landmarks. Commissioned by George IV, its colourful history contributed to Brighton’s reputation as a seaside pleasure resort. Pavilion gardens is a popular summer hang-out and in winter hosts a pop-up ice-rink.

The annual Paddle Round the Pier festival is the ultimate expression of Brighton beach life, celebrating the best in water, street and urban sports.

Events range from the seriously athletic to the plain ridiculous.

At Christmas, Hove’s row of beach huts becomes an advent calendar, with a hut per day decorated and opened up by its owner for viewing.

The Brighton Pride Community Parade, a high-octane mix of celebration and campaigning, is the UK’s biggest LGBT event and wraps the city in rainbows every August.

May is a great time of year to be in Brighton. The city buzzes as the Great Escape, a three-day, 300-band, 30-venue new music showcase shifts into the Brighton Festival and Fringe, England’s biggest arts festival.

There are more than 400 independent shops, cafes and entertainment venues in Brighton’s North Laine area.

But you can still get your high street fix at the 80-store Churchill Square shopping centre.

13

BRIGHTON CAMPUSES

three WE HAVE

Grand Parade is in the city centre and home to our arts and humanities students. Specialist facilities for making and designing, studio space and our world-class Design Archives all add up to a brilliant and inspiring environment, where creativity thrives.

14

CAMPUSES IN BRIGHTON – GRAND PARADE, MOULSECOOMB AND FALMER

Moulsecoomb is our biggest campus, with around 7,000 students. Subjects based here include architecture, business, computing, maths, engineering, product design, life sciences, geography, building, media and pharmacy. Students benefit from professional-standard equipment and resources, and great transport links to the city centre and out of Brighton.

Falmer, set in the South Downs, is around four miles from the city centre and is where nurses and teachers, linguists and writers, social scientists, psychologists, criminologists and medical students are based. Here you will find excellent sports facilities, education resources for trainee teachers, the new psych lab, restaurants, and good rail and bus links.

15

EASTBOURNE Eastbourne is known for being sunny*, friendly and relaxed, and pretty much every place you need to go is around 15 minutes away on foot – the beach, the town centre or the beautiful hills of the South Downs.

Subjects taught at Eastbourne include physiotherapy and sport science and – with the beach and the countryside being close by – there’s an emphasis on the outdoors, fitness and wellbeing.

Facilities include a 25-metre swimming pool, artificial outdoor pitch and dance studio.

16

*The sunniest place in Britain is a hotly contested title – front-runners include Eastbourne and Hastings, which both hold the UK record for the sunniest month – 383.9 hours sunshine in July 1911

Eastbourne has a close-knit university community and students have their own cosy on-campus pub, the Starting Gate.

One of the biggest free extreme sports festivals in the UK, Eastbourne Extreme is an adventure-filled weekend held on the seafront, featuring air, land and water-based outdoor activities. A great way to get your adrenaline pumping!

17

HASTINGS The history of Hastings is world-famous. Today the town is the third coolest UK seaside town according to The Times, and is home to a creative community of writers, artists, performers and media professionals.

History and creativity come together in a programme of festivals from the age-old to the kooky, and include Jack in the Green and Pirate Day. Hastings pier is being rebuilt after a fire in 2010 with funding from more than 3,000 community shareholders; it has been dubbed The People’s Pier.

18

£15 million MORE THAN

HAS BEEN INVESTED IN OUR HASTINGS CAMPUS SINCE 2012 – NEW FACILITIES INCLUDE RADIO AND TV STUDIOS AND A DIGITAL GAMES SUITE

Hastings Old Town and nearby St Leonards both have an eclectic mix of architecture and independent boutiques, record shops, cafes and cinemas.

The award-winning Jerwood Gallery sits next to the fishing beach in the historic Old Town and showcases the best of modern and contemporary British art.

Hastings is known for its skate scene, and co-hosts the Beachy Shred weekender with Brighton at worldclass Boyley Park.

19

WHERE YOU’LL LIVE Our accommodation team will help you find a home, whether you rent a flat or house privately or through the university, or stay in halls of residence. We’ll be in touch after you’ve applied to guide you through the process.

LIVING IN HALLS OF RESIDENCE We have more than 2,000 places in halls of residence in six locations in Brighton, Eastbourne and Hastings, with catered and self-catered options available.

I was already living locally so decided it would be easiest to rent in the city centre while I do my degree. I contacted the accommodation team for some advice and got some good tips for renting as a student.

The bus route to Falmer is great so I’ve always found it easy getting to and from lectures, and as my course has placements too I wanted to make sure I could get around easily.

Renting as a student can seem daunting, but there’s loads of help on hand from the university and I wouldn’t have done it any other way.

Olly Hunt-Blow – Nursing (Adult) BSc(Hons)

20

We will send you details of all halls, including rent levels, before you have to apply for accommodation.

70% of eligible students were offered places in university accommodation in 2015.

UNIVERSITY-MANAGED HOUSES AND FLATS We manage hundreds of rooms in shared houses and flats in Brighton, Eastbourne and Hastings. In a scheme called Unihomes, we let these properties out to our students on behalf of private landlords, so you deal with us and pay your rent to the university, but still have the benefits of living in the private sector.

One issue I faced when it came to searching for a property was being able to afford paying the agency fees as well as the deposits and first month’s rent – that’s where the accommodation team came in. They have a property database called studentpad where you can search for properties without having to use an agency.

LIVING IN A RENTED FLAT OR HOUSE Around a third of our first year students live in private sector rented accommodation; many prefer the independence and flexibility this offers. You will be able to choose your location, type of housing and your housemates.

We can help you find the right flat or house and meet people to share with through our house-hunting meetings.

We also have our own database called www.brightonstudentpad.co.uk exclusively for students. It has details of landlords who have registered with us and meet our Code of Standards.

All the properties listed are vetted by the university and adhere to their code of standards, which was reassuring. I ended up living in a Unihome, which I found on studentpad, and it was great.

I was very close to campus and all my friends from my first year lived in the same area so there was never a dull moment.

Kikelomo Odimayo – Pharmacy MPharm

LIVING AT HOME If you are local to the area, you may prefer to continue living at home.

Around a quarter of our students studying an undergraduate degree do just that. You may already know Brighton, Eastbourne or Hastings well; as a student you’ll meet new people, try out different things and experience your home town in a whole new way.

HOMESTAY Homestay enables you to live in a house with a family, a couple or a single person in the local area. This can be catered or self-catered. Many students choose homestay accommodation because it provides a supportive home environment as you settle into life at the university.

There’s more online...

Up-to-date information and rent levels can be found at www.brighton.ac.uk/accommodation.

21

WE SEE THE PERSON AND THE POTENTIAL Our students are full of potential with diverse talents and strengths. Our job is to help you to be the best that you can be and to get the most out of your university experience.

Examination grades are very important to us, as well as evidence of your resilience, resourcefulness and determination.

Your personal statement and experiences count when we make offers.

We also want to make sure that we do what we can to encourage students with potential to study with us. At Brighton we provide bursaries for students who most need financial help. And we reward hard work while you’re here, through merit scholarships that recognise achievement in end-of-year assessments.

22

Architecture students working together on a group construction within one of the large studio spaces 23

In 2015–16, 50 students were awarded University of Brighton merit scholarships worth £1,000 each. Students receive the scholarship in two parts, at the end of years 1 and 2 of their course.

SUPPORTING YOU Our student support team is here for those times when you might need a little extra help or advice, maybe about choosing your course or writing the best personal statement you can, or help with student finance or even settling into university life. We support our students in many different ways, even before they’ve applied to university.

Our Student Information Desk advisers can help with all sorts of queries, either face-to-face or online, and are able to put you in touch with expert help, such as counselling.

Student support and guidance tutors (SSGTs) are based in each academic school, and can help with everything from homesickness to managing stress or accommodation issues. And if they don't know the answer they will know someone who can help you.

The Brighton Students’ Union Support Service also offers independent and impartial help to students who may be experiencing academic difficulty for all sorts of reasons.

24

Your personal tutor, along with your course leader and other tutors, is there to keep an eye on your overall academic and personal welfare.

Study skills sessions are provided free on each campus for anyone who might need to brush up their skills in essay preparation, time management, taking notes or revision techniques. www.brighton.ac.uk/ask

Need help choosing your course?

For questions to ask yourself and advice on what to take into account when choosing your course, visit www.brighton.ac.uk/tips.

We work in partnership with many schools, supporting students, parents, carers and teachers through the university application process – find out more on page 279. You can also download our guide to university workbook, www.brighton.ac.uk/workbook.

You can out more about our flexible admissions policy on page 274. Being offered a place at Brighton is not just about your grades. We treat each application individually, examining all aspects of your potential, before we make an offer.

WE EXPECT TO SPEND

ON DIRECT FINANCIAL SUPPORT TO ELIGIBLE LOWER-INCOME STUDENTS IN 2017

Got a question about one of our courses, an open day or making your application?

Give our enquiries team a call or drop them an email – they’ll be more than happy to help. enquiries@brighton.ac.uk 01273 644644

25

OUR COURSES

26

Engineering students operating the wind tunnel in the specialist thermal dynamics and avionics laboratory 27

A QUICK GUIDE TO COURSE PAGES

01

Type of course

Honours degrees These courses involve three or four years of fulltime study, often including work-based learning and leading to qualifications such as BA(Hons), BSc(Hons), BEng(Hons) and LLB(Hons).

Integrated masters degrees Some degree courses include an additional year of masters-level study. These courses are available in the subject areas of engineering (MEng), pharmacy (MPharm), chemistry (MChem), arts and design (MDes) and computing (MComp).

Foundation degrees Foundation degrees are vocational qualifications designed with help from employers. Most foundation degrees involve two years of full-time study, although parttime routes are also available.

Top-up degrees If you have an HND, foundation degree or professional qualification, you can often top this up to an honours degree. Top-up degrees typically involve a year of full-time study but there are some that can be studied part-time whilst you are working.

28

Start your architecture career at Brighton – your experience will be design-led and hands on, and our courses are informed by industry and by the research we undertake, giving you the required skills to join this exciting profession.

04

Your tutors are engaged, approachable and professional and are all researchers, creative thinkers and professional architects.

Many foundation degree graduates can continue studying and top up to an honours degree at our partner colleges across Sussex.

02

Location

Planning your future career will be an integral part of your study and our links with RIBA South East offer opportunities for one-to-one mentoring with professional architects, helping you to develop skills that will be valued by future employers. Together with your fellow students you will take part in staging your own series of events through the Brighton Interior Architecture and Architecture Society.

03

Your course will be taught in Brighton, Eastbourne or Hastings.

03

Joint honours degrees Joint honours means studying two subjects that complement one another.

How much time you spend on each subject is indicated in the course title. If the title has 'with' in it, you will spend more time on the first topic, for example Mathematics with Business students spend two-thirds of their time on maths and the rest on business. If the title includes 'and', like Criminology and Sociology, your studies will be split equally between the two subjects.

01 Architecture BA(Hons) 02 Brighton: Moulsecoomb

04

Subject area

Within each colour-coded subject area, specific areas of study are indicated here. Courses are listed alphabetically within these areas.

05

UCAS code

Each full-time course has a unique code that is needed when applying through UCAS. Some courses do not have a UCAS code and for those you will need to apply direct to the university.

This course is accredited by the Architects Registration Board (ARB) and validated by the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA). This course is RIBA Part 1 of the architectural qualification process. We also offer RIBA Parts 2 and 3 as postgraduate courses.

Careers and employability Our students are working with local and international practices, including: Allies and Morrison, Andrés Jaque Architects, Atelier Van Lieshout, de Rijke Marsh Morgan, Jun’ya Ishigami, Norman Foster, Sauerbruch Hutton and Atelier Bow Wow.

Professional accreditation

Many of our courses incorporate professional accreditation in addition to your degree. This may mean that you are licensed to practice, for example as a nurse, are eligible to apply for membership of a professional body, or are exempt from professional exams.

Professional accreditation

Students also start their own studios or businesses. Others take a career in teaching and academia, with research study offered through the university.

Course content (indicative) Your course will be based around four elements: design, technologies, architectural humanities and practices.

The course is based in the studio and the workshop, with over 70% taught

Key facts

• Our staff are professional architects, researchers and creative thinkers, many run their own award-winning practices.

• Opportunities to be mentored by professional architects.

• Organise events through student society, BIAAS. • Known for high quality design, our students regularly receive recognition in national and international RIBA awards.

04

Architecture and interior design UCAS CODE K100

05

DURATION Full-time 3 years

06

and assessed through architectural design projects. Most teaching is through individual tutorials. You will also benefit from the expertise of practising architects, academics and researchers.

Through drawings and models you will explore your own architectural interests, creating and sharing new possibilities, and you will explore the history, theory and culture of architecture.

In year 1 you will be taught in a year-wide group in a shared studio space, exploring the foundations of design practice. In years 2 and 3 you can choose between a range of studio groups. Each is supported by two tutors and explores a theme in relation to their active design and research practice. Each studio group has a dedicated studio space.

In years 1 and 2 you will be introduced to technological questions through handson projects, making large-scale physical installations of structural and building construction systems. We teach you realworld skills: you’ll bring environment and sustainability into the early stages of the design process and you’ll be expected to use the RIBA Plan of Work as a model for certain projects. You will also have the opportunity to learn on-site from the construction of our yearly exhibition pavilion, collaborating with other building industry professionals. In year 3 you will integrate this understanding of technology and professional practice with your design projects.

TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A portfolio is a requirement for all applicants. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

Applicants are encouraged to prepare, and submit a link to, an online portfolio.

A-levels ABB. Arts or sciences A-levels. General Studies excluded.

Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Apolytirion 19 overall (including a 15 in maths).

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 33

06

Typical offer

Changes to courses

Typical entry requirements for each course give an indication of qualifications, knowledge, skills or experience that you need before applying, though at Brighton we look at other factors too (find out more on page 274).

We continually review and develop the courses that we offer. To make sure you have the most up-to-date course information visit www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

If you are unsure, contact our enquiries team who will be happy to help.

Help and advice Further information about our courses can be found online at www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses or by contacting us.

For general enquiries call our team on 01273 644644 or enquiries@brighton.ac.uk.

COURSES BY SUBJECT

P.30

P.52

P.74

ART AND DESIGN

BUSINESS AND LAW

COMPUTING AND MATHEMATICS

Architecture • interior design • graphic design • illustration • fine art • fashion and textiles • painting • printmaking • sculpture • sound arts

Accounting, finance and investment • economics • business management • human resources management • marketing • law

Business information systems • software engineering • computer games development • digital media • mathematics

P.114

Architectural technology • building surveying • civil engineering • construction

management

EDUCATION AND TEACHING

ENGINEERING AND PRODUCT DESIGN

GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

P.148

P.164

Education • teaching with qualified teacher status – primary and secondary, early years, English, mathematics, physical education

Civil, aeronautical, automotive, electrical and electronic, and mechanical engineering • product design

Environmental sciences • earth and ocean science • ecology • environmental biology • geography and archaeology

Medicine • physiotherapy • podiatry • nursing • midwifery • pharmacy

P.180

P.128

P.100

CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDING

P.186

P.194

HEALTH

P.202

HISTORY OF ART AND DESIGN

HOSPITALITY, RETAIL, EVENTS AND TOURISM

HUMANITIES

LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE

Fashion and dress history

Event management • hospitality management • retail management and marketing • tourism management

History, literature and culture • humanities • philosophy, politics and ethics • war, conflict and modernity • globalisation

Creative writing • English language • English literature • linguistics

• history of art and design •

visual culture

P.216

P.232

P.242

P.258

MEDIA, FILM AND JOURNALISM

NATURAL SCIENCES

SOCIAL SCIENCES AND PSYCHOLOGY

SPORT AND EXERCISE

Journalism • broadcast media • digital film and TV production • post production • film, screen and media studies

Biology • biomedical sciences • chemistry

Criminology • politics • sociology • social science • social policy • social work • psychology • economics

Sport and exercise science • sport business management • sport coaching • sport studies

29

12th

3rd

8th

IN THE UK FOR ARCHITECTURE

IN THE UK FOR FASHION AND TEXTILES

IN THE UK FOR ART

THE TIMES UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2015

GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2016

GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2016

WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN ART AND DESIGN: HISTORY, PRACTICE AND THEORY REF 2014

ART AND DESIGN The University of Brighton is internationally renowned for its teaching, practice and research in the arts. We are central to the city of Brighton’s reputation as a creative, forward-thinking place to live, work and study.

LOCATION

Most of our art and design courses are taught at our Brighton city centre campus, at and around Grand Parade and Edward Street.

Architecture and interior architecture courses are based at the Moulsecoomb campus, two miles north of central Brighton.

Graphic Design for Digital Media and Illustration for Screen Arts are taught in Hastings, an hour along the coast, alongside other industry-focused digital media courses.

BE INSPIRED

Our galleries and theatre host exhibitions during the Brighton and CINECITY festivals, the Brighton Photo Biennial and throughout the year.

The stimulating and challenging environment at Brighton enables our students to develop their own practice.

The graduate show attracts 12,000 visitors and is an arts calendar highlight.

30

We work with academic and industrial partners across the world and collaborate with colleagues in fields including design, digital technology, health and construction.

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Our graduates contribute to all areas of cultural life.

• Seven Brighton illustration graduates are amongst the founders of 2015 Emmyaward-winning Peepshow Collective.

• It’s Nice That founders, Alex Bec and Will Hudson • Photographer, film maker and actor, Paddy Considine • Children’s Laureate and political cartoonist, Chris Riddell • Bat for Lashes, Natasha Khan • The Haxan Cloak, Bobby Krlic • Artist, Alison Lapper MBE • Photographer and film maker, Jacob Robinson • Turner Prize winners, Keith Tyson and Rachel Whiteread • Author and illustrator, Emily Gravett

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES

Unique and inspiring resources inform our students’ learning.

• On-site theatre and two galleries host international events and student work • One of the UK’s leading art and design library collections • Internationally renowned Design Archives (including Design Council Archives) • Aldrich Art Collection • Award-winning Waste House living lab • Shared studio and personal work space • Industrial textile looms and knitting machines • Letterpress, printmaking, bookbinding workshops • New library and gallery buildings open in 2017 • Purpose-built media centre opened in 2016.

Photoworks, Brighton Photo Biennial, CINECITY, British Film Institute Audience Development Hub and Screen Archive South East are also based at the new facility.

• Architecture and interior architecture • Design and craft • Digital music and sound arts • Fashion and textiles • Fine art • Graphic design • Illustration • Photography and moving image

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE If you’re aspiring to set up your own label, you really have to become a true all-rounder – it’s good to get a foundation in all aspects of fashion design, buying, selling and fashion history, as well as keeping up to date with advertising, social media, content production, PR and graphic design.

Ong Oaj Pairam – Fashion with Business Studies graduate

Fine Art Painting student Sophie Williams’ painting of her grandparents was chosen as part of the BP Portrait Awards and exhibited at the National Portrait Gallery

BE INSPIRED

Hunger games actor Natalie Dormer wore this black and white chiffon gown, designed by Brighton graduate Ong Oaj Pairam, to The Hunger Games Mockingbird 2 premiere

Senior architecture lecturer Duncan Baker-Brown (pictured far right) worked with a leading social housing firm to construct the Waste House at the Grand Parade campus. Europe’s first permanent building made almost entirely of rubbish, it has attracted extensive media coverage and won numerous awards.

31

Architecture and Urban Planning

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Become a creative, innovative and design-led planning professional.

This new course offers an exciting route to a career in architecture and urban planning. You will develop the knowledge and practical skills needed to shape the built environments of the future and to create liveable and sustainable places and spaces for urban and rural communities.

You will explore how cities, communities and rural areas develop and learn how to plan for the complex and changing needs of twenty-first century communities.

Careers and employability You can expect to find employment in the public and private sectors where your education in both planning and architecture will be required and beneficial, including: planning departments and agencies, large architecture and planning practices, and non-governmental urban, social and cultural organisations.

Our architecture and interior architecture graduates have gone into local and international practices, including: Allies and Morrison, Andrés Jaque Architects, Atelier Van Lieshout, de Rijke Marsh Morgan, Junya Ishigami, Norman Foster, Sauerbruch Hutton and Atelier Bow Wow. Students also choose to start their own studios or businesses. Others have built a career in teaching and academia, through postgraduate study and research.

Course content (indicative) During this course you will develop knowledge and understanding of the design and planning of the built environment, along with conceptual and practical skills.

Architecture and interior architecture • Live projects undertaken outside of the studio prepare you for professional life • Opportunities for European study exchange and field trips • Stage your own events through our student society BIAAS You will study urban planning with a strong emphasis on the values of space, place and design for urban and rural communities. Studio-based projects form the core of the curriculum. Projects engage you with local communities and real-life planning scenarios in Brighton and surrounding areas, giving you an understanding of the kinds of projects you will work on as a professional.

Throughout your course, studio projects will become larger in scale and scope, from the architectural and urban to the rural and coastal. Studio projects will be complemented and supported by modules in planning, urban theory and place making.

Studio: Architecture and Urban Planning • Urban Planning and Design • Rural and Coastal Planning and Design • Techniques Planning: Introduction to Planning • Process and Policy • Professional Practice Place making: Introduction to Place Making • Space, Place and Community Urban theory: Introduction to Urban Theory • Urban Futures At the time of going to print this new course is in the final stages of development and small changes may be made. Check our course finder for the latest info, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

UCAS CODE K421 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels BBB. Arts or science subjects. General Studies excluded.

Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits at merit or above. Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and maths.

Apolytirion 19 overall (including 15 in maths).

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

32 32

Architecture

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Start your architecture career at Brighton – your experience will be design-led and hands on, and our courses are informed by industry and by the research we undertake, giving you the required skills to join this exciting profession.

Your tutors are engaged, approachable and professional and are all researchers, creative thinkers and professional architects.

Planning your future career will be an integral part of your study and our links with RIBA South East offer opportunities for one-to-one mentoring with professional architects, helping you to develop skills that will be valued by future employers. Together with your fellow students you will take part in staging your own series of events through the Brighton Interior Architecture and Architecture Society.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Architects Registration Board (ARB) and validated by the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA). This course is RIBA Part 1 of the architectural qualification process. We also offer RIBA Parts 2 and 3 as postgraduate courses.

Careers and employability Our students are working with local and international practices, including: Allies and Morrison, Andrés Jaque Architects, Atelier Van Lieshout, de Rijke Marsh Morgan, Jun’ya Ishigami, Norman Foster, Sauerbruch Hutton and Atelier Bow Wow. Students also start their own studios or businesses. Others develop a career in teaching and academia, with research study offered through the university.

Course content (indicative) Your course will be based around four elements: design, technologies, architectural humanities and practices.

The course is based in the studio and the workshop, with over 70% taught

Architecture and interior architecture • Our staff are professional architects, researchers and creative thinkers, many run their own award-winning practices • Opportunities to be mentored by professional architects • Organise events through student society, BIAAS • Known for high quality design, our students regularly receive recognition in national and international RIBA awards and assessed through architectural design projects. Most teaching is through individual tutorials. You will also benefit from the expertise of practising architects, academics and researchers.

Through drawings and models you will explore your own architectural interests, creating and sharing new possibilities, and you will explore the history, theory and culture of architecture.

In year 1 you will be taught in a year-wide group in a shared studio space, exploring the foundations of design practice. In years 2 and 3 you can choose between a range of studio groups. Each is supported by two tutors and explores a theme in relation to their active design and research practice. Each studio group has a dedicated studio space.

In years 1 and 2 you will be introduced to technological questions through handson projects, making large-scale physical installations of structural and building construction systems. We teach you realworld skills: you’ll bring environment and sustainability into the early stages of the design process and you’ll be expected to use the RIBA Plan of Work as a model for certain projects. You will also have the opportunity to learn on-site from the construction of our yearly exhibition pavilion, collaborating with other building industry professionals. In year 3 you will integrate this understanding of technology and professional practice with your design projects.

UCAS CODE K100 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A portfolio is a requirement for all applicants. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels ABB. Arts or sciences A-levels. General Studies excluded.

Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Apolytirion 19 overall (including a 15 in maths).

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 33

Interior Architecture

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Interior architecture at Brighton focuses on inhabited space. As a student on this course, you will explore design work that links human activities and events to specific places and spaces.

A critical understanding of the experience of space at both personal and group levels, and communicating an emotive response is what distinguishes interior architecture from other art and design disciplines. On this course you will learn to use unique processes of drawing, model making, film and mixed media to re-imagine and re-make spaces for new or different forms of inhabitation.

Careers and employability Interior Architecture graduates have many opportunities open to them in the creative sectors (design, installation, consulting, visualisation, exhibition, retail, commercial), and in design and architecture practices.

Architecture and interior architecture • Develop spatial intelligence and design skills that open up a wide variety of design careers • Opportunities to design real-life spaces and experiences • Work with a well-established course team who are actively engaged in leading areas of research, design and making

Course content (indicative) Design projects form the backbone of this course. Over the three years you will be taught high-level drawing skills (including hand drawing and 2D/3D CAD packages) as well as model-making and professional graphical techniques.

History and Theory sessions introduce you to the way this discipline is linked to the wider context of art, design and architectural practice.

Our graduates are working in a variety of fields including in the theatre as set designers, as model-makers, retail designers, exhibition designers, installation artists and interior designers.

The study of Design Technology provides you with an in-depth understanding of materials and their qualities, enabling professional engagement with other design disciplines, such as architecture, fashion, textiles and furniture design.

Some continue their studies at postgraduate level in architecture and other subjects. Brighton has a strong masters programme and there is the possibility of specialising at PhD level in related fields.

Professional Practice sessions and live projects enable you to explore the professional, legal and public context of design while field trips and student exchange programmes enrich your studies.

UCAS CODE W250 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels BBB. Arts or sciences A-levels. Excludes General Studies.

Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 34 34

3D Design and Craft

Key facts

BA(Hons)/MDes Brighton: Grand Parade

This well-established course covers a comprehensive range of 3D practices, exploring the exciting opportunities that exist in the realisation of objects, products and artefacts.

You will learn from designers, artists and makers whose research and professional experience puts students at the leading edge of contemporary creative industry.

The critical, creative environment that you will study within encourages experimentation, innovation and enables you to develop your own way of working.

Workshop practice is integrated with professional practice, historical and critical studies and creative research, so as well as understanding creative, commercial and professional implications, you’ll gain a deep appreciation of cultural and historical factors.

You’ll have access to specialist equipment and digital technology and will explore and experiment with materials and processes alongside developing your personal approach.

Students have the opportunity to study for a three-year BA(Hons) or a four-year MDes, equivalent to a masters.

Careers and employability Our graduates have successful careers as creative practitioners in professions such as jewellery, ceramics, furniture, product, lighting and sustainable design, interiors and architecture, media production, trend forecasting and styling, installation and exhibition design, journalism and teaching.

They are working with individuals and companies such as Conran, Antony Gormley, Nike, Lego, Disney, Liberty and the Science and Natural History Museums, and have exhibited at venues including the Design Museum, Tate Modern, the V&A, the Crafts Council, MOMA, Saatchi Gallery and the Milan Furniture Fair.

Art and design • The course has a proven track record of highly successful graduates • Professional practice is integrated into the course, enabling you to place your work in real-world contexts • You can specialise in fields, from ceramics, jewellery, furniture and site-specific work, to applied arts and product design Opportunities for further study exist at the university at masters level – for example the Sustainable Design MA and the Craft MA. Research study opportunities are provided through the university’s Doctoral College.

Course content (indicative) Design and Craft Methodologies • Techniques, Materials and Processes in Wood, Metal, Ceramics, and Polymers and Composites • Bespoke, Batch and Mass Manufacture • Research and Communication • CAD/CAM (Computeraided design/manufacture) • Options to specialise in design, craft, materials and art • Self-directed study • Professional practice and live projects • Historical and Critical Studies.

As an MDes student you will have specific emphasis on industrial placement and work-related learning with opportunities to develop vocational skills and knowledge. You will complete a placement which will enable you to apply business theory and professional skills within related industries.

UCAS CODE BA(Hons) W240/MDes W290 DURATION Full-time 3 years BA(Hons) Full-time 4 years MDes TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 35

Fashion Communication with Business Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade Taught by experienced fashion professionals, this industry-focused course prepares you for a career in areas including: fashion photography, styling, publishing, fashion film, forecasting, creative and art direction, picture editing, PR and visual merchandising.

Fashion contributes nearly £21 billion to the UK economy and is the largest employer of all the creative industries.

This course is designed to respond to industry demands, ensuring you are equipped to succeed in this dynamic environment.

Fashion has a distinguished reputation at Brighton and you will be a part of the successful and well-established programme of fashion and textiles courses based at our central Brighton Grand Parade campus.

Business studies forms an integral part of the course, where you will learn to prepare realistic business plans and be encouraged to think in terms of enterprise and entrepreneurship The optional work placement provides the opportunity for you to gain professional industry experience, building your CV while you study, and when you leave you will have industry contacts and a professional portfolio.

Careers and employability Our graduates leave with the creative skills and business knowledge needed to succeed in this fast-moving industry.

Graduates of Fashion Communication with Business Studies can expect to work in careers such as fashion forecasting, fashion photography, fashion styling, fashion film, art direction, creative direction, features editing, picture editing, fashion buying, fashion PR, curating fashion spaces, fashion advertising and brand development, and visual merchandising.

Fashion and textiles • The optional placement at a fashion company gives you an advantage when you graduate, and important industry contacts • Work on live briefs, ranging from magazines to design companies • Business studies is integrated throughout the course

Course content (indicative) The course is delivered through a diverse mix of lectures, seminars, practical workshops, tutorials and masterclasses.

Assessment includes mainly practical and some written coursework.

Year 1 Introductions to fashion photography, moving image and styling • Fashion Illustration and Imaging • Visual Promotion and the Value of Brands • Historical and Critical Studies • Mood Boards and Branding in Business Studies • Adobe design software – Photoshop and Illustrator Year 2 You will work on professional briefs, which specialise in these areas: Fashion Photography and Styling • Fashion Imaging, Film and Interaction • Visual Promotion Optional placement year Final year Research into a topics of your choice and final project • Historical and critical studies dissertation • Business plan • Final exhibition

UCAS CODE W213 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile including English language and mathematics.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

36 36

Fashion with Business Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons)/MDes Brighton: Grand Parade

Brighton is a hub for creative individuals and industries. When you join this course, you will become part of that culture, developing skills and knowledge that will help you towards your future in the contemporary fashion world.

Creativity and craftsmanship will be at the heart of your development, allowing you to explore your own interests in menswear or womenswear. Specialist areas such as tailoring, sportswear, creative cutting and materials innovation are introduced to help inform your ideas.

You will develop an individual approach and understanding which helps you to think widely and critically about the subject.

Fashion contributes nearly £21billion to the UK economy and is the largest employer of all the creative industries.

This course is highly creative but with business studies integrated throughout.

Industry professionals and practising designers share their expertise, and you will have opportunities to publicly exhibit your work. It is 60% practice based and 40% academic. Work placements in year 3 are a fantastic way to gain professional experience and build networks and contacts.

Careers and employability You will have the opportunity to complete a year in industry, working for high profile designers, brands and organisations in fashion and textiles. Our placement team will support you in your research, preparation and application for placements.

Our students leave ready to enter the business of fashion, whether to start their own company or work as part of a team within international fashion brands and design houses. Some of the roles and brands our graduates have gone on to include: menswear designers at Paul Smith, Alexander McQueen, Kilgour, COS, Hunter Originals, Topman, Arktis, H&M and French

Fashion and textiles • Complete a year in industry working for designers, brands and organisations • Business studies is integrated throughout the course • Use industry-standard technologies and practices and develop your understanding and appreciation of process and quality Connection; womenswear designers at Burberry, Stella McCartney, Philip Lim, Aquascutum, Andrew Gn, Zandra Rhodes, Harrods, Toast and Topshop; and trends forecasting at Future Laboratory and For People.

Notable alumni include own label designers Caitlin Price, Sadie Williams, Ong-Oaj Pairam, Linh Doan, Emma Cook and Fred Butler, John Holt, creative director at Brutus and founder of LAW Magazine, Mark Eley of Eley Kishimoto, Alistair Carr and Julien McDonald OBE.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Fashion Design Process • Personal Design Development • Historical and Critical Studies • Professional practice Year 2 Fashion Design and Market Awareness • Fashion Presentation and Communication • Option • Historical and Critical Studies • Professional practice Optional placement year BA(Hons) Final year Fashion Design Collection • Fashion and Textiles Design Research • Historical and Critical Studies • Design Management and Business Plan MDes year 3 and 4 Fashion Design Intermediate Collection and Professional Portfolio • Historical and Critical Studies • Industrial placement and business practice • Fashion Concept and Product • Professional Entrepreneurial Development • Two option modules

UCAS CODE BA(Hons) W2N2/MDes W2N1 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

Applicants who meet the minimum entry requirements will be required to submit a digital sample portfolio and if chosen will be invited for interview with portfolio. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels ABB. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile including English language and mathematics.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 37 37

Textiles with Business Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons)/MDes Brighton: Grand Parade

Our textiles degree is a rare mix: highly creative but with business studies integrated throughout and an industry placement in the third year.

It will prepare you to become a versatile, professional textiles practitioner, with skills in both contemporary and traditional methods of creating printed, woven or knitted textiles and you will be part of our successful and well-established fashion and textiles programme. Guided by tutors, you can creatively explore and specialise in the area that most suits you, depending on your own strengths, interests and career aspirations.

The optional third year placement is a fantastic way to gain professional experience, build networks and contacts and gain an advantage when you graduate. It is academically assessed and your degree award will reflect your industry experience.

We have excellent fully equipped workshops with industrial machinery and expert technicians to guide you.

Professional practice and historical and critical studies are integrated aspects of the course, as are talks from industry professionals and opportunities to publicly exhibit your work.

Careers and employability Our graduates are employed in prestigious fashion organisations worldwide, including Burberry, Mulberry, H&M and DKNY. Other alumni, such as Julien Macdonald OBE and Mark Eley of Eley Kishimoto, have established their own design labels. Most alumni work as in-house or freelance designers, buyers, merchandisers, stylists and trend forecasters. Other graduates go on to postgraduate study.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 You will be introduced to the three disciplines of knit, print and weave for fashion.

Fashion and textiles • xx Opportunity to complete a year in industry working for designers, brands and organisations • Business studies is integrated throughout the course • Facilities include knitting machines, linkers, embellishers and looms, as well as screen printing and digital printing provision, CAD CAM technology, a dye lab and access to laser cutters You will then specialise in one area to fully explore and develop your skills in media and materials, textile design, construction and fabric realisation for fashion.

Professional practice • Textiles rotation • Textiles specialism • Historical and Critical Studies Year 2 You will look at different fashion textiles market sectors. Projects are diverse and will test your developing design skills while adding to your portfolio.

With our help, you’ll decide which route is for you: BA(Hons) with or without placement or MDes. Professional Practice • Textiles Design and Market Awareness • Textiles for Fashion, Product and Presentation • Historical and Critical Studies • Option Optional placement year BA(Hons) Final year Fashion textile design collection • Fashion and Textiles Design Research • Historical and Critical Studies • Design Management and Business Plan MDes Final year Personal research project into chosen textiles field

UCAS CODE BA(Hons) W2NC/MDes W2ND DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades ABB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 24 credits at merit or above. Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile including English and mathematics.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

38 38

BE INSPIRED

Brighton graduate, Alison Lapper MBE, features in the 2015 Power 100 Britain’s most influential people with a disability or impairment.

Alison studied fine art with us, gaining first class honours, and was recently awarded an honorary doctorate for her contribution to the arts and as an ambassador for those with disabilities.

Work by Sophie Mannion shown as part of Graduate Fashion Week

Architecture studios at Moulsecoomb offer students the chance for collaboration

39

Fine Art: Critical Practice

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

What is art, the importance of context and the relationship of language to image are just some of the questions and concerns you will explore on this course. As a student on this course you can develop your artistic practice across many styles, media, process, site or production. Work is tested against a programme of discussion and analysis. As a critical practice student you will consider the mode of authorship, the context and audience for your work.

Our Fine Art Critical Practice team are all active artists and writers who can provide specialist practical knowledge of the media and processes with which our students are likely to work.

Careers and employability Former students from the Fine Art Critical Practice course have achieved significant international recognition as artists including Heather and Ivan Morrison, Harold Offeh and Turner Prize winner Keith Tyson. Many of our graduates choose to pursue other art-related careers including journalism, arts management, teaching, advertising and curating, whilst others move onto postgraduate study and research.

Areas of study To begin, you will be encouraged to explore a wide range of art practices and processes, alongside discussions on theoretical texts. Highlights include the first-year exhibition, gallery visits and overnight camping trip.

In the second year you will further develop your critical engagement with theory and practice, have the opportunity to exhibit your work in public and participate in a real-life artist’s placement.

Fine art • Study in the heart of a vibrant and creative city • Be part of a dynamic and forward thinking academic community • Undertake a real-life artist’s placement The final year will focus on your selfdirected art practice and theoretical interests. Outcomes include your final Historical and Critical Studies essay, an important interim presentation and the final exhibition.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Art Practice • Exhibition • Documentation • Historical and Critical Studies • Research • Contemporary Art: roles, institutions and terms Year 2 Art Practice • Post-studio Practice • Historical and Critical Studies • Research Student Placement Scheme • Option Final year Interim Presentation • Historical and Critical Studies • Research • Public Exhibition

UCAS CODE W100 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 40 40

Fine Art: Painting

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Fine Art Painting at our city-centre Grand Parade campus offers you a studio-based, in-depth education in the creative, intellectual and practical knowledge and skills of painting.

At Brighton there is no house style or one set of rules. You will undertake a personal journey over your three years of study, encouraging you to redefine and test the boundaries of painting. This atmosphere of individual exploration creates an environment where discussion, debate and the interchange of ideas become daily experiences.

The fine art teaching team have both specialist and broad-based knowledge that reflects current practice. Guest lecturers, who are leading artists and researchers, contribute to the programme to share their knowledge and experiences, and our staff and students play an important role in advancing and defining notions of fine art as multidisciplinary practice.

Careers and employability Recent graduates have shown their work nationally and internationally, exhibiting at, among others, the John Moores Painting Prize and Jerwood Drawing Prize exhibitions and at the Saatchi Gallery. Every year graduates go on to the leading postgraduate programmes with others working in related fields including curation and teaching.

Areas of study Lectures in historical and critical studies equip you with an understanding of the context and history of the medium.

Your studio-based work will be guided by a team of established artists, with regular contact and feedback on your work through seminars and workshops.

Visits to galleries, exhibitions and intern or volunteer work enhance your understanding of professional practice with the opportunity to apply for overseas study placements.

Fine art • One of the few specialist painting courses in the UK • You will work daily in your own studio space at the university • All studio lecturers are established professional painters; guest lecturers inspire and challenge your concepts of painting The course covers all aspects of fine art painting, including practical skills acquisition, understanding the philosophical and ethical dimensions of your work, and professional development.

Course content (indicative) Studio Practice • Methods and Materials Skills Acquisition • Exhibition and Presentation Skills • Historical and Critical Studies • Professional Development

UCAS CODE W120 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

Year 1 Methods and Materials Skills Acquisition • Establishing Studio Practice and Developing Visual Vocabulary • Historical and Critical Studies • Professional Development

BTEC DDM.

Year 2 Investigation and Redefinition of Studio Practice • Exhibition, Presentation, Communication with Audience • Historical and Critical Studies • Options • Professional Development

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Final year Consolidation of studio practice • Presentation and Communication Skills • Research essay • Professional Development • Final exhibition and examination

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 41 41

Fine Art: Printmaking

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Studying Fine Art Printmaking at Brighton will give you access to exceptional specialist studio facilities, allowing you to explore the distinctive nature of contemporary print practice.

We maintain a broad definition of printmaking and will encourage you to explore ideas and expand your intellectual and imaginative inquiry using a range of hands-on traditional methods and processes, while embracing digital technology. Our students have access to one of the best-equipped workshops in the country, with specialist printmaking facilities including etching, screen-print, lithography and relief print, as well as a large format digital printer. You will have the opportunity to exhibit from the first year and undertake a placement to develop your skills.

The Fine Art teaching team have both specialist and broad-based knowledge that reflects current notions of practice. Guest lecturers, who are leading practitioners and researchers, contribute to the programme, and our staff and students play a leading role in advancing and defining notions of fine art printmaking as multidisciplinary practice.

Careers and employability The career prospects of fine art graduates are rich and diverse, and Brighton has an excellent record of producing outstanding graduates.

Among our alumni we have a growing list of prizewinners who have scooped prestigious awards including the Turner prize, John Moores Painting prize and prizes from the National Portrait Gallery and the Boundary Gallery. Many graduates return for postgraduate study, or enter careers including curatorial, technical and teaching roles, or go on to become successful artists.

Fine art • Study within the heart of a thriving creative and cultural city • Create art in one of the best workshops in the country • Gain valuable experience from activities that link to external organisations, galleries and professional networks

Course content (indicative) Year 1 In year 1 you will explore all of the main processes of printmaking, as well as developing research into the interests and concerns that motivate individual development. You will also collaboratively plan a group exhibition and take part in a print edition project.

Year 2 The second year includes a fine art exhibition, held in and around the university gallery, giving you the opportunity to exhibit your work with your peers from other disciplines.

Students have the opportunity to take part in activities that link to external organisations, providing connectivity between studio activity and a professional working environment.

Final year The final year consolidates your work, intensifying creative possibilities in order to plan a resolved body of work for the degree show. This is an exciting time when the insights and experience gained throughout the course come together to present undergraduate practice at its most inventive, thought-provoking and professional.

UCAS CODE W140 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 42 42

Fine Art: Sculpture

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Fine Art Sculpture at Brighton is a dynamic course that addresses contemporary fine art through exploring material, space and form in its widest sense. At Brighton we take the view that sculpture is a way of thinking as much as a way of making and this is integral to our lively and supportive studio environment.

You have access to traditional processes from casting, wood and metal as well as 3D manipulation through computer processes, along with audio-visual technology. You explore the wide field of sculpture that includes objects, still and moving image, performance, sound, and public art. You will be provided with a studio space and have access to specialist workshops at our Grand Parade campus.

You will prepare for life as a working artist by taking advantage of opportunities to exhibit and present work in public contexts. You will develop skills in curating, team-working, critical thinking, presenting, networking and portfolio presentation.

The Fine Art Sculpture teaching team have specialist and broad-based knowledge that reflects current practice.

Guest lecturers, who are practitioners and researchers, contribute to the programme to share their expertise and experiences. Our staff and students play a leading role in advancing and defining fine art sculpture in a contemporary context.

Careers and employability Brighton’s Fine Art Sculpture course has an excellent record of postgraduate placement and international prize-winning success. Our graduates benefit from close contact with artists, galleries and arts organisations. Many graduates go on to establish successful careers as artists, curators, teachers and related fields of practice within the creative sector.

Fine XX art • xx Explore sculpture in its widest sense as a specialist subject • Gain skills in practical processes such as casting, metal, forging, fabrics, clay, wood, video, sound, digital technologies, live art sculpture and performance • Curate your own exhibitions using a variety of settings

Areas of study Group discussions, student-led seminars and exhibitions are an important feature of the course. Tutors and guest artists provide tutorials and run seminars.

Practical demonstrations in sculptural and audio-visual processes support your own individual practice. Lectures and seminars in historical and critical studies equip you with the knowledge and tools to explore historical contexts contemporary themes in fine art.

You will initiate and follow your own projects, with support from tutors. There will be opportunities to assist artists in the production and installation of work, and to take part in artist residency schemes gaining skills that will enhance your future career.

Course content (indicative) Studio work • Practical and study skills • Historical and Critical Studies • Documentation and Presentation • Options • Group debate • Communication with Audience • Exhibition • Realisation through Presentation • Professional Practice

UCAS CODE W130 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement A-levels xx. for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio BTEC xx. see the course page at together, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

IB xx.

A-levels applying Access toFor HEthose diploma xx. with A-levels only, grades BBB are GCSE (minimum gradewhose C) xx. expected.

Applicants predicted grades fall below these English language requirements minimum requirements, but who can see page xx. demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are to apply and will Feesstill andencouraged funding page xx be considered individually.

Entry and application page xx BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 43 43

Graphic Design

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Our inspiring Graphic Design degree offers a vibrant and creative contemporary culture with a history of excellence. As a graphic designer you’ll create systems, solve problems and communicate in order to direct, inform, entertain and challenge.

The core skills of graphic design are rooted in language, narrative, typography and an understanding of society, people, stakeholders and intentions. Your graphic design work can impact on economic, political, social, cultural and personal life. We encourage students to work as multidisciplinary practitioners, learning contemporary tools for communication and developing skills for employment but also defining the jobs of the future in visual communication as thinking designers with responsibility.

You’ll work with a teaching team and guest lecturers who are leading practitioners, researchers and academics.

Careers and employability Students leave us equipped to go into the professional world able to communicate, think creatively, collaborate, problem solve, and to produce individual and innovative responses to any brief. You may choose to work freelance, for a design consultancy, as a branding specialist or in an advertising agency. Many of our students progress to postgraduate study.

Recent employers of our graduates include Macmillan, Apple, Interbrand and Channel 4, and alumni are working in Switzerland, Germany, France, Hong Kong, Korea and China.

Areas of study Year 1 introduces you to visual communication. Through studio projects and workshops in computing, letterpress, photography and book arts, you will begin to develop your own visual language. Year 2 introduces the key concepts of sequential communication,

Graphic design and illustration • xx Dedicated studio space • One of the UK’s best-stocked art and design libraries and the campus is home to the internationally significant Design Archives • Work closely with students from illustration and other disciplines • Opportunities to publicly exhibit your work, including and independent show in London and at the Graduate Show which attracts around 12,000 visitors focusing on collaborative, experimental and independent ways of working.

You will begin to explore the creative industries through personal and professional development and start to build a personal voice in your work. In year 3 you will build upon your creative and analytical abilities and move toward more self-directed study. You will work on set and self-initiated projects and live industry projects, while establishing professional practice links.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Specialised core skills and studio practice workshops • Computing for Image-making • Letterforms, Word and Image • Photography • Book Arts • Cultural and Critical Studies Year 2 Integrated contextual and professional modules • Personal and Professional Development • Cultural and Critical Studies • Options • Live briefs: analogue and digital, animation, letterpress, web design, screen-based graphics, video editing and production • Printmaking • Photography Final year Self-initiated projects • Live briefs • Cultural and Critical Studies • Major research project

UCAS CODE W210 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades ABB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. Art and design.

IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

44 44

Graphic Design and Illustration students are encouraged to work as multidisciplinary practitioners

Work by textiles student Roberta Saunders

Digital Music and Sound Arts students have access to modern digital production and post-production studios 45

Graphic Design for Digital Media

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Become a designer for digital media in areas such as apps, gaming, interactive design, motion graphics, moving image and 3D modelling.

On the course you will learn to develop and apply creative solutions for film, integrated campaigns, interactive design media, music and television, publishing and web design. All skills that employers in the industry look for in graduates.

You will gain technical skills and learn to apply conceptual thinking to your work.

Small teaching groups and dedicated studios will give you the space and time to learn and test all aspects of digital media design.

Based at our Hastings campus, you’ll have access to cameras, green screen film studios, industry software, a newly built graphic design studio and Mac suite.

Careers and employability You will graduate with strong communication skills, the ability to collaborate successfully, think creatively and problem solve.

You will have the confidence to enter a range of creative career paths, including app development, digital media, games creation, graphic design for television and film, website design. You could work within a creative design agency or as a independent designer with your own business.

Recent employers of our graphic design graduates include Wieden & Kennedy, It’s Nice That, Apple, Hort, Channel 4, Colonel Blimp, as well many international design studios and advertising agencies.

Graphic design and illustration • Expert tutors and inspiring visiting industry professionals • Specialist digital media equipment and software • Placements and live projects to give you real-life industry practice

Course content (indicative) In year 1 you will start to build your portfolio, develop concepts and learn how to use the equipment and facilities available to you.

In year 2 you will complete projects and live competitions with your fellow students, and within the local and wider professional community.

In your final year you will complete a dissertation about your chosen area of research and work to live industry briefs.

You will also be offered practical advice, preparing you for your professional or academic life after university and one-toone tutorials.

UCAS CODE W211 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBC are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DMM. Art and design.

IB 28 points.

Year 1 Visual Language 1 – Composition and Form • Sequence and Structure • 3D Animation • Broadcast Media (A Critical Introduction)

Access to HE diploma pass, 24 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

Year 2 Visual Language 2 – Developing Narrative and Voice • Interaction and Audiences • 3-D Compositing • Personal and Professional Development 1 (Placement, Live Briefs and Competitions) • Analysing Media: Industry, Texts and Audiences

Art and design foundation diploma.

Final year Visual Language 3 – Context and Consolidation • Final Major Project • Personal and Professional Development 2 • Extended Research Essay

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 46 46

Illustration

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Study Illustration at Brighton and you will develop your understanding of the subject intellectually as well as practically.

You will develop your own visual language and approach through varied projects and workshops including graphic storytelling, film, animation, and art direction. We encourage students to work as multidisciplinary practitioners, learning contemporary tools for communication and developing professional skills for employment.

You’ll work with a teaching team and guest lecturers who are made up of leading practitioners, researchers and academics.

Careers and employability Students leave us equipped to go into the professional world able to communicate, think, collaborate, problem solve, and to generate individual and innovative responses to any brief. You may choose to work as a freelance practitioner in both established commercial areas and exploring future opportunities for self-authored practices.

Many of our graduates progress to postgraduate study and some into teaching.

Recent employers of our graduates include Macmillan, Penguin, Jonathan Cape, Wieden and Kennedy, Blink Art, national and international newspapers, magazines and advertising agencies.

Graduates go on to start their own businesses – such as the Emmy awardwinning Peepshow Collective.

Areas of study Year 1 introduces you to the basic concepts of visual communication in illustration through a series of studio based projects and workshops.

Year 2 establishes the key concepts of sequential communication and professional development. In years 2 and 3 you will also attend a weekly

Graphic design and illustration • The course has a rich history with an illustrious list of alumni and contributors including Raymond Briggs, John Vernon Lord, George Hardie and Jasper Goodall • Dedicated studio space • Work closely with students studying graphic design and other disciplines • One of the UK’s best-stocked art and design libraries and the campus is home to the internationally significant Design Archives • Opportunities to publicly exhibit your work, including at the Graduate Show which attracts around 12,000 visitors professional practice lecture by guest speakers working within the industry. In year 3 you build upon the creative and analytical abilities you have developed.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Specialised core skills and studio practice • Life Drawing • Optional international study trip visiting studios to establish professional links • Digital Image-making • Letterforms, Word and Image • Photography • Book Arts • Cultural and Critical Studies Year 2 Integrated contextual and professional units • Personal and Professional Development • Professional practice lectures • Cultural and Critical Studies • Study trip abroad (cultural and studio visits) • Options • Live briefs: Life Drawing • Analogue and Digital Animation • Letterpress • Book Arts and Printmaking • Screen-based Graphics • Video Editing and Production Final year Applied and self-initiated projects • External opportunities • Cultural and Critical Studies • Independent programme of study

UCAS CODE W220 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades ABB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC Art and design. DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 47

Illustration for Screen Arts

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Focusing on screen-based illustration for new digital formats and applications, this practical and creative degree will open up to a range of exciting careers to you.

On the course you will learn techniques for drawing, montage, animation, app development, experimental film, video mapping, sound and games development, 3D modeling and story boarding, all skills that employers in the industry look for in graduates. You will apply your newly gained skills to projects including moving image, webbased media, music promos and gallery presentations.

You will gain technical skills and learn to apply conceptual thinking to your work.

Small teaching groups and dedicated studios will give you the space and time to learn.

Based at our Hastings campus, you’ll have access to cameras, green screen film studios, industry software, a purpose-built illustration studio and Mac suite.

Careers and employability

Graphic design and illustration • Work placements and projects that reflect real-life industry practice • Specialist digital media equipment, studios and software • Expert tutors and visiting industry professionals

Course content (indicative) In year 1 you will develop core skills and studio practice through workshops. You start to build your portfolio and learn how to use the equipment and facilities available to you.

In year 2 you will complete projects with your fellow students within the local and wider professional community. You could also be undertaking a work placement, study trips and studio visits.

In your final year you will complete a dissertation about your chosen area of research and work to live industry briefs.

You will also be offered practical advice, preparing you for your professional or academic life after university and one-toone tutorials

UCAS CODE W223 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBC are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 24 credits at merit or above. Art and design diploma preferred.

You will graduate with strong communication skills, the ability to collaborate successfully, think creatively and problem solve.

Year 1 Visual Language 1 – Composition and Form • Sequence and Structure 3D Animation • Broadcast Media – A Critical Introduction

You will have the confidence to enter a range of careers including positions in digital media companies, film and television production companies or a games design studio. You could work within a creative design agency or as a freelance illustrator.

Year 2 Visual Language 2 – Developing Narrative and Voice • Interaction and Audiences • 3-D Compositing • Personal and Professional Development 1 – Placement, Live Briefs and Competitions • Analysing Media: Industry, Texts and Audiences

English language requirements see page 275.

Recent employers of our Illustration graduates include Nobrow, It’s Nice That, YCN, Random House publishing, Penguin books, Becks, Channel 4, Blink Art, as well as a variety of international press, illustration and advertising agencies.

Final year Visual Language 3 – Context and Consolidation • Final Major Project • Personal and Professional Development 2 • Extended Research Essay

Fees and funding page 280

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

48 48

Digital Music and Sound Arts

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Studying Digital Music and Sound Arts at Brighton places you at the cutting edge of these versatile art practices in a city with a lively, creative and constantly evolving music and art scene.

Our innovative practice-based course encourages you to engage creatively and critically with the way music and sound is represented in contemporary media and artistic practice.

You will be involved in an exploratory process, driven by your own interests and supported by lectures, seminars, tutorials, workshops, technical inductions, class discussions, field trips and events.

Careers and employability This course, with a strong focus on creativity and innovative practice, provides an excellent foundation for careers in musical composition, sound design for film, TV and video, the games industry, radio, theatre and performing arts, interactive and new media, and sound arts for galleries and public spaces. Many students progress to postgraduate study.

Our graduates have worked in leading organisations such as the BBC World Service, BBC Radio, Radio 5 Live, Warp Records, and WDR (national radio) and ZDF (national TV) in Germany, games companies, film and TV and as independent artists worldwide.

Areas of study You will explore the use of music and sound across a variety of forms and applications. Your study will range from composition/sound design for moving image, development of apps for new media and sound arts works to installations, studio production and composition. You will learn about the history of sound and the theoretical ideas that have stimulated contemporary practice.

Photography, moving image, sound • Explore innovative audio-visual media, sound and music, and sound arts practices and productions • Access to state-of-the-art facilities • Staff team are practicing sound artists, composers, curators, composers and theorists publishing books and articles internationally • Many of our graduates go on to high-profile international careers You will have access to modern digital production and post-production studios equipped with state-of-the-art hardware and software, and two sound-isolated recording booths. We have a specially developed sound diffusion lab where you can experiment with spatial projection, multichannel sound and unconventional speaker configurations and a separate workshop area where you can build customised instruments and devices.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Introduction to Sound • Sound as Material: composition and experimentation • Creative Audio Systems and Compositional Strategies • Sound Organisation • Historical and Critical Studies: Programme Profile Introduction • Introduction to Research Methodologies • Repertoire – Experimental Sound and Music Year 2 Composition and Sound Design for the Moving Image • Experimental Sound for Screen • Sound Art Practice • Independent Project: proposal development • Sound/Music and the Moving Image • Theory and History of Sound Art • Final research essay and final project development proposal Final year Final project (development) • Professional practice • Final project (resolution) • Final research essay

UCAS CODE W390 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBB are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or above.

Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

ABRSM grade 7.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 49 49

Moving Image

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Moving Image degree is a fine art course for students who want to work with film and video. Expert tutors and technical staff will help you develop your own creative ideas using new and traditional technologies.

New technologies have transformed the relationships between traditional film, video and digital formats, offering opportunities for experimentation. The course will cultivate your ideas and build a strong conceptual and technical basis for your development as a creative artist.

You will also develop your understanding of moving image history, theory, professional practice and research. Our course is delivered by staff who practice as artists, filmmakers and curators, and is accompanied by a programme of visits from leading practitioners and academics.

The course has close links with the Brighton Film Festival CINECITY and Screen Archive South East, both based at the University of Brighton.

Our international links also give you the opportunity to study abroad during the course. For example, we have a staff and student exchange with the International Academy of Art Palestine, in Ramallah.

Students have the opportunity to study abroad at this pioneering art school.

Careers and employability Our graduates find employment as filmmakers, artists, and curators as well as in the wider media industries and in education. Many graduates progress to postgraduate study.

Our graduates have gone on to work for art and film organisations such as Towner Gallery and the Independent Cinema Office.

Areas of study You will explore contemporary art practice in video art, experimental film and video, 16mm film, high definition video, history of avant garde film and video, installation art, narrative and

Photography, moving image, sound • xx You will be taught by practising artists in film, video and digital moving image, with regular guest talks • Every year the university hosts CINECITY, with opportunities for students to be involved • There is the opportunity to study abroad as part of an exchange programme non-narrative cinema, conceptual art and moving image, cinematography, editing and compositing.

The course is taught through a series of lectures, seminars, visiting artist and guest lecturer talks, group critiques, individual tutorials, technical workshops and a screening programme.

You will benefit from excellent technical facilities and support for experimental film and video, including 16mm film, film hand-processing, Super 8mm and analogue video formats alongside the latest high-definition film-making equipment and editing software.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Moving Image and Identity • Moving Image and Place • Moving Image and Fictions • Moving Image as Documentary • Historical and Critical Studies: from the Magic Lantern to YouTube; One Million Avant Gardes Year 2 Collaboration and Sound and Vision • Black Box to White Cube • Independent project • Historical and Critical Studies: Sound/Music and the Moving Image: Research Seminar • Research Methodologies and Dissertation Proposal • Faculty options Final year Minor project • Dissertation • Major project • Professional Practice

UCAS CODE W610 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement for all applicants.

For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

A-levels For those applying with A-levels only, grades BBC are expected. Applicants whose predicted grades fall below these minimum requirements, but who can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are still encouraged to apply and will be considered individually.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 24 credits at merit or above. Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile.

Art and design foundation diploma.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

50 50

Photography

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

This internationally renowned course enables you to become a creative and analytical photographic practitioner, highly skilled in critical thinking.

Brighton has a strong photographic culture, and we have a long tradition of producing award-winning graduates.

Our emphasis is on the creative exploration of photography as a contemporary art practice and we encourage and support students in exploring their own creativity. You’ll be in an experimental and critical environment, learning from experts in the field.

You’ll explore traditional analogue processes and the most recent digital technology, experiencing a whole range of photographic processes and technologies. We’ll help you to build a strong creative practice with sound theoretical understanding, experiment towards innovative practices, develop your own personal style and realise your creative vision.

Careers and employability Our course enjoys a significant international reputation. Our graduates develop careers in photography and related industries including freelance practice, curating, education, publishing, exhibiting, research, editing and teaching.

Many progress to postgraduate study.

Recent graduates have won many awards, including The Saatchi Gallery and Channel 4’s New Sensations Prize, The Photographers’ Gallery annual competition, the Guardian Student Media Awards, the Jerwood Photography Prize; and exhibited at prestigious venues such as Tate Modern, National Portrait Gallery, London, Museum of Modern Art, New York and the Pingyao International Festival of Photography in China.

Areas of study Year 1 introduces photographic practices, histories, theories and techniques through projects, lectures, seminars, and study visits to

Photography, moving image, sound XX • xx Learn in a vibrant, creative city with events such as the Brighton Photo Biennial and Brighton Photo Fringe • Opportunities to exhibit your work throughout the course • Our alumni have had their work published, are represented in prestigious galleries and have won major awards photographic events. In year 2 you will challenge conventional boundaries and further develop your understanding of the practice of photography and related concepts. In the final year you will produce a major body of photographic work and a dissertation, and develop your understanding of the professional context of contemporary photography.

Practice-based projects are supported by tutorials, lectures, seminars and technical workshops. Talks and seminars by photographers, artists, writers and professionals concerned with commissioning, publishing and exhibiting photography feature regularly.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Photography Practice: Photography and Identity • Photography and Place • The Photograph as Document • The Photograph as Fiction • Historical and Critical Studies in Photography: Origins and Histories • Image as Document/ Fiction Year 2 Photography Practice: themed project options • Independent project • Option • Historical and Critical Studies in Photography: Concepts and Theories in Contemporary Photography • Research Themes • Research Methodologies • Dissertation proposal Final year Photography Practice: Minor project, Major project • Professional practice • Historical and Critical Studies: Dissertation

UCAS CODE W640 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

An interview and portfolio are a requirement A-levels xx. for all applicants. For advice on putting your portfolio BTEC xx.see www.brighton.ac.uk/ together, courses.

IB xx.

A-levels applying Access toFor HEthose diploma xx. with A-levels only, grades ABB are GCSE (minimum gradewhose C) xx. expected.

Applicants predicted grades fall below these English language requirements minimum requirements, but who can see page xx. demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, are to apply and will Feesstill andencouraged funding page xx be considered individually.

Entry and application page xx BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, 24 credits at merit or above. Art and design diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile with at least five subjects.

Photography or art and design foundation diploma. Photography qualification.

English language requirements see page 275.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to the course.

Fees and funding page 280 Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 51 51

OPPORTUNITY TO GRADUATE WITH TWO QUALIFICATIONS

PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED COURSES WITH STRONG LINKS TO INDUSTRY

BUILD EXPERIENCE AND SKILLS WITH A SALARIED PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENT YEAR

CHOOSE SUBJECTS THAT FIT YOUR INTERESTS AND CAREER AMBITIONS

BUSINESS AND LAW At Brighton our courses are flexible and career-focused, designed to benefit you throughout your career.

You will cover the theory in depth and explore real-world issues through case studies and employer-based projects. Businesses in the UK and worldwide work with us, keeping our teaching relevant and providing our students with professional placements.

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE

A salaried work placement means you will come back to your final year with confidence, experience, contacts and maybe even a job offer. Our students have completed placements with leading companies including: • American Express • Barclays • BMW • Bosch • Disney • Goldman Sachs • Hewlett Packard • IBM • Marks & Spencer • Microsoft • Nike • Porsche • The Body Shop • Virgin Holidays.

BE INSPIRED

Alongside traditional lectures, you’ll take part in seminars, project work, employerbased projects, workshops, field trips and lectures from visiting experts and alumni, all contributing to your learning.

Increase your employability through law and accountancy 52

careers question time; teamwork and negotiation skills workshops; professional pitches to experts; mooting competitions; speed meetings with employers; and the Brighton vs Sussex trading challenge.

Benefit from access to industry-standard software such as SAP and e-views, a trading room with live feed from Reuters, law databases, Lawtel and Westlaw, and research software including Qualtrics and SPSS.

PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED

Our courses are recognised by many professional associations. When a course is accredited it can offer exemptions from that association’s professional exams.

The professional bodies that accredit our courses include: • Association of Chartered Certified Accountants • Chartered Institute of Management Accountants

• Chartered Institute of Marketing • Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development • Chartered Management Institute • Solicitors Regulation Authority.

• • • • • • • •

Accounting Business Economics Finance Law Human resources Management Marketing

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

We recognise that students taking business degrees often develop different interests and career aspirations over time.

Option modules enable you to explore the subjects that interest you most, and our business courses allow you to change awards at the end of the first and second years so you can tailor your degree to your strengths, interests and future career.

GAIN TWO QUALIFICATIONS

Students taking our business management courses graduate with two qualifications – a BSc(Hons) and a Chartered Management Institute Diploma in Management and Leadership.

SUPPORTING YOU We are a professional business school. We work closely with industry partners and networks, providing our students with opportunities to get valuable paid experience and employment. This is what the Business School is about and has great success in doing.

Professor Aidan Berry – Director of the Brighton Business School

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE I was made to feel welcome from my first day at The Body Shop. After learning more about their supply chain processes, I started to raise my own purchase orders and monitored product delivery using SAP. These were just some of my responsibilities throughout my placement year.

Kieron Scott – Business Management BSc(Hons)

Law students develop their skills by taking part in initiatives such as mooting competitions against other universities

Small group work enables quality tutor/student time

53

Business Management

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our popular Business Management course provides a flexible and diverse curriculum to help you succeed in a variety of business-related careers.

Through optional modules that cover topics from finance and economics to marketing and consumer behaviour, you have the freedom to pursue your own interests and career aspirations. Your final degree title will reflect your chosen area of expertise.

During the course, you will develop transferable skills in project management, time management, report writing, presenting, budgeting and leadership.

Professional placement year You spend your third year in a paid placement so you can consolidate your skills and gain valuable contacts in industry. If you impress your employer during your placement, you could return to university with a secure job offer.

Placement companies include Porsche, Disney, Nike, The Body Shop and Marks & Spencer.

Course content (indicative) All of our Business Management BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise from year 2.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project

The course is a dual-award degree, meaning you will graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

Year 2 International Business Analysis • Business Law • Managing Systems • Operations and Process Management • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Marketing and Responsibility • Working Across Cultures • Understanding Finance Theory and Practice • Economic Theory and Applications • Gamification • Personal Financial Planning

Careers and employability

Placement year

Professional accreditation Our Business Management BSc(Hons) is accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) and the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM).

Dual awards

This course prepares you for a wide range of roles in marketing, finance, human resources, IT, purchasing, logistics, international business, general management and sales.

Recent graduates have joined companies including American Express, Ford, Hewlett Packard, IBM, Legal & General, Marks & Spencer, Investec Asset Management and Sainsbury’s.

54

• Wide selection of optional modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Salaried professional placement year that gives you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice • Chance to graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

Final year Managing and Developing People • Business Strategy • Placement Project • Options include: Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Globalisation and International Markets • Current Issues in Finance • Electronic Commerce • Digital Marketing • Project and Event Management • Competitive Advantage and the Global Economy

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N200 DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Business Management with Economics

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

With our Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons) you will learn how people make financial decisions, what gives things their value and explore the ways in which global economic issues impact society.

You will explore how to apply economic techniques and theories to business planning and market assessment.

On top of general business management skills in project management, time management, report writing, presenting, budgeting and leadership, you will develop the numeracy skills that are necessary for careers in economic and financial analysis.

Professional placement year You spend your third year in a paid placement so you can consolidate your skills and gain valuable contacts in industry. If you impress your employer during your placement, you could return to university with a secure job offer.

Placement companies include Coty, IBM, Virgin Holidays, GlaxoSmithKline, Bosch and BMW.

Professional accreditation Our Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons) is accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).

Dual awards The course is a dual-award degree, meaning you will graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

Careers and employability You will be well prepared for both general management and specialist economics careers, for example in investment banking, high-street banking, economic policy, financial analysis, insurance, risk management and accountancy.

• Wide selection of optional modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Salaried professional placement year that gives you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice • Chance to graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

Course content (indicative) All of our Business Management BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise in economics from year 2.

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE NL11 DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Year 2 International Business Analysis • Managing Systems and Processes • Business Law • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Economic Theory and Applications • Options include: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply

Help with your application page 279

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280

Placement year Final year Managing and Developing People • Business Strategy • Placement Project • Options include: Emerging Financial Markets • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Financial and Capital Markets • Globalisation and International Markets • Labour Market Analysis • Environmental Economics • Behavioural Economics

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 55

Business Management with Finance

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Financial expertise is key to business success, helping to ensure liquidity, sustainability and growth whatever the economic climate.

The specialist modules on this course equip you with highly valued financial skills, while the course as a whole provides a comprehensive foundation in the principles of business and management.

• Wide selection of optional modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Salaried professional placement year that gives you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice • Chance to graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

Professional placement year You spend your third year in a paid placement so you can consolidate your skills and gain valuable contacts in industry. If you impress your employer during your placement, you could return to university with a secure job offer.

Placement companies include American Express, Enterprise-Rent-A-Car, IBM, Hewlett Packard, General Electric, Hilton Worldwide, Disney and Sony Music.

Professional accreditation Our Business Management with Finance BSc(Hons) is accredited by the Association of Chartered Accountants (ACCA) and the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).

Dual awards The course is a dual-award degree, meaning you will graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

Careers and employability After graduation, you will be well placed for specialist roles in corporate finance, banking and the City, for example as a financial trader, insurance broker, investment analyst or investment banker.

Recent graduates have joined companies including American Express, Nike, the London Stock Exchange, Credit Suisse, Warburg Dillon Read and Investec Asset Management.

Course content (indicative) All of our Business Management BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise in finance from year 2.

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N2N3 DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Year 2 International Business Analysis • Managing Systems and Processes • Corporate and Business Law • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Understanding Finance Theory and Practice • Options include: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply

Help with your application page 279

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280

Placement year Final year Managing and Developing People • Business Strategy • Placement Project • Options include: Corporate Governance • Current Issues in Finance • Ethics and Accountability • International Finance • Financial Management

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

56

Business Management with Human Resource Management

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb As companies become more aware of the importance of human resource (HR) functions and the need to recruit and retain the best workforce, graduates with HR skills are increasingly sought after.

As well as giving you a foundation in business skills and knowledge, this course provides you with highly valued human resource management (HRM) expertise, enabling you to apply the principles and processes of HRM to meet the challenges of recruiting, managing and developing staff.

Professional placement year You spend your third year in a paid placement so you can consolidate your skills and gain valuable contacts in industry. If you impress your employer during your placement, you could return to university with a secure job offer.

Placement companies include BOC, Computacenter, Gist, IBM, Jaguar, Land Rover, Lenovo, Microsoft, Nestlé, Network Rail, Nissan and Porsche.

Professional accreditation Our Business Management with Human Resource Management BSc(Hons) is accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).

Dual awards The course is a dual-award degree, meaning you will graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

Careers and employability The degree is excellent preparation for working in areas such as employee relations, employment legislation, recruitment and selection, performance appraisal, pay and benefits, consultancy, health and safety, and training and development.

• Wide selection of optional modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Salaried professional placement year that gives you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice • Chance to graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

Course content (indicative) All of our Business Management BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise in HRM from year 2.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project Year 2 International Business Analysis • Managing Systems and Processes • Business Law • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Working Across Cultures • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N1NP DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above. Must include accounting and finance, business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Placement year Final year Managing and Developing People • Business Strategy • Placement Project • Options include: Understanding Employee Relations • Employee Selection and Development • Researching Contemporary Issues in HRM • Understanding Organisational Behaviour • International HRM • HRM and Organisational Change

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 57

Business Management with Marketing

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On our Business Management with Marketing course, you will learn about business theory and practice as well as specialist marketing topics such as consumer psychology and market research.

You will study marketing in depth, and develop an understanding of economics, law, finance, organisational behaviour, research methods and people management.

• Wide selection of optional modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Salaried professional placement year that gives you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice • Chance to graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

Professional placement year

Course content (indicative)

You spend your third year in a paid placement so you can consolidate your skills and gain valuable contacts in industry. If you impress your employer during your placement, you could return to university with a secure job offer.

All of our Business Management BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise in marketing from year 2.

Placement companies include Roche Diagnostics, IBM, Coty, Liverpool Victoria, Quality Solicitors, L’Oréal, Lastminute.com and American Express.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project

Professional accreditation Our Business Management with Marketing BSc(Hons) is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).

Dual awards The course is a dual-award degree, meaning you will graduate with both a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

Careers and employability This course will prepare you roles across the marketing, advertising and PR industries, for example as an account executive, media planner, researcher, event organiser, public relations officer or marketing executive.

Companies that offer marketing graduate schemes include Diageo, GlaxoSmithKline, L’Oréal, Nestlé, Procter & Gamble, Unilever and WPP.

Year 2 International Business Analysis • Law for Marketing • Managing Systems and Processes • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Marketing and Responsibility • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Gamification • Personal Financial Planning

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N2N5 DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above. Must include accounting and finance, business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Placement year Final year Business Strategy • Managing and Developing People • Placement Project • Options include: International Marketing • Retail Marketing and Distribution • Marketing Communications • Marketing Planning and Strategy • Consumer Psychology • Social Marketing • Marketing Across Cultures • Public Relations: Principles and Practice • Market Research

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

58

Business

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course helps you to develop both the academic and practical knowledge you need to thrive in your business career.

You will further your understanding of economics, law, marketing, research methods and people management while having the freedom to tailor the course to your interests and ambitions. If you choose to specialise, your final degree title will reflect your choice and clearly demonstrate your area of expertise.

Throughout the course, you will develop important practical skills in project management, report writing, presenting, budgeting and leadership, all of which are highly valued by employers.

Students with good first-year grades have the opportunity to convert to the four-year Business Management BSc(Hons), which includes a paid work placement during the third year.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM).

Graduates are exempt from some of the professional examinations set by this professional body.

Careers and employability Our Business BSc(Hons) prepares you for work in marketing, finance, human resource management, IT, purchasing, logistics, general management and sales.

Recent graduates have joined companies including American Express, Ford, IBM, Marks & Spencer, Hewlett Packard and Sainsbury’s.

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams.

All of our Business BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise from year 2.

• Close links with leading employers and industry specialists • Chance to convert to the fouryear Business Management BSc(Hons), which includes a paid placement year and CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership • Wide selection of optional modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N103 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project

BTEC DMM.

Year 2 International Business Analysis • Business Law • Managing Systems • Operations and Process Management • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Marketing and Responsibility • Working Across Cultures • Understanding Finance Theory and Practice • Economic Theory and Applications • Gamification • Personal Financial Planning

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Final year Applied Strategy • Managing and Developing People • Business Research Elective • Options include: Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Small Business and Entrepreneurship • Social Enterprise: New Business Planning • Purchasing and E-procurement • Supply Chain Management • Climate Change and Global Business Operations • Project and Event Management • Competitive Advantage and the Global Economy • Current Issues in Strategic Management

IB 28 points, including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 59

Business with Economics

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Business professionals need a thorough understanding of the economy to implement sound business techniques and strategy.

Through theoretical study and practical projects, this course will enable you to apply economic techniques to the strategic business planning process and use economic theory to assess market conditions.

You will also gain expertise in project management, report writing, time management, presenting, budgeting, team working, flexibility and leadership, all of which are highly valuable in a business environment.

Students with good first-year grades have the opportunity to convert to the four-year Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons), which includes a paid work placement in year 3 and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

Careers and employability This course will prepare you for general business management careers as well as specialist careers in investment banking, insurance, financial analysis and economic policy. You could also work in government departments, commercial businesses, banks, charities or accountancy firms.

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams.

All of our Business BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise in economics from year 2.

• Close links with leading employers and industry specialists • Chance to convert to the fouryear Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons), which includes a paid placement year and CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership • Specialist modules in economic theory, corporate social responsibility and behavioural economics

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N1L1 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project Year 2 International Business Analysis • Business Law • Managing Systems and Processes • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Economic Theory and Applications • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector

IB 28 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Applied Strategy • Managing and Developing People • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility or Behavioural Economics • Options include: Emerging Financial Markets • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Financial and Capital Markets • Globalisation and International Markets • Labour Market Analysis • Environmental Economics GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

60

BE INSPIRED

Asher Rospiglios is joint winner of the 2015 Students’ Union Excellence Engagement Award and principal lecturer in e-business, digital marketing and management information systems. Asher teaches and researches on the impact of big data and technology on work, study and society. Before choosing academic life Asher was webmaster for PC Magazine, The Computer Channel, IT Week and Gamespot UK. Away from the Business School Asher is a Glastonbury regular – and the fire keeper in the tipi field.

Izzy Kennedy, 2015 Business Management graduate, received two prizes at the Business School prize-giving ceremony, recognising her achievements during her degree Our brand new trading room uses Reuters live-feed industry software to recreate a real-time trading floor; it is one of a handful of such facilities nationwide Mathew Panter, Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons), on placement with Dolby

61

Business with Finance

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Financial expertise is key to a successful business career, and companies are increasingly looking for graduates who are not only able to understand and work with numbers but who can use their financial knowledge to help inform business strategy.

Our Business with Finance BSc(Hons) develops both your academic knowledge and professional skills to make sure that you are fully prepared for a career in banking, consultancy, government, stocks and funds, and the City.

You will learn about a range of core business topics and develop sound skills and techniques in analysis, communications, IT, finance, law, analysis and operations. You will also be able to tailor the course to your interests by choosing from a wide selection of optional modules.

Students with good first-year grades have the opportunity to convert to the four-year Business Management with Finance BSc(Hons), which includes a paid work placement during the third year.

Careers and employability This course will prepare you for specialist roles in corporate finance, banking and the City, for example as a financial trader, insurance broker, investment analyst or investment banker.

Recent graduates have joined companies including American Express, Nike, the London Stock Exchange, Credit Suisse, Warburg Dillon Read and Investec Asset Management.

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams.

• Close links with leading employers and industry specialists • Chance to convert to the four-year Business Management with Finance BSc(Hons), which includes a paid placement year and CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership • Specialist modules in financial theory, corporate governance and financial management All of our Business BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise in finance from year 2.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project Year 2 International Business Analysis • Corporate and Business Law • Managing Systems and Processes • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Understanding Finance Theory and Practice • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE NN13 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points including 16 at Higher level Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Applied Strategy • Managing and Developing People • Current Issues in Finance • Options include: Corporate Governance • Ethics and Accountability • International Finance • Financial Management

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

62

Business with Human Resource Management

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb Human resource management (HRM) plays an important role in business administration, regulating the employment and training of staff to ensure a fulfilled and productive workforce.

Our Business with Human Resource Management degree teaches you the foundations of business practice together with specialist HRM subjects, giving you an appreciation of the internal and external influences that drive strategic decision-making.

You also learn to apply the principles and processes of HRM to help organisations meet the challenges of managing and developing staff, and develop an understanding of related disciplines such as law, economics and finance.

Students with good first-year grades have the opportunity to convert to the four-year Business Management with Human Resource Management BSc(Hons), which includes a paid work placement in year 3 and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

Careers and employability This degree is excellent preparation for a career in employee relations, employment legislation, recruitment and selection, performance appraisal, pay and benefits, consultancy, health and safety, training and development. The business underpinning of the course will provide you with the skills you need to adapt to various commercial environments.

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams.

• Close links with leading employers and industry specialists • Chance to convert to the fouryear Business Management with Human Resource Management BSc(Hons), which includes a paid placement year and CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership • Specialist modules in contemporary HRM issues and understanding organisational behaviour All of our Business BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice.

You will specialise in human resource management from year 2.

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE NN16 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Year 2 International Business Analysis • Managing Systems and Processes • Business Law • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Managing Across Cultures • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector

Help with your application page 279

Final year Applied Strategy • Managing and Developing People • Researching Contemporary Issues in HRM or Understanding Organisational Behaviour • Options include: Understanding Employee Relations • Employee Selection and Development • International HRM • HRM and Organisational Change

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 63

Business with Marketing

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Professionally accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM), this course gives you a thorough understanding of marketing on top of a broad, business-based curriculum in economics, law, finance, organisational behaviour, research methods and people management.

You also gain expertise in project management, report writing, time management, presenting, budgeting, team working and leadership, all of which are highly valued by employers.

The course teaches you to help organisations respond to changing economic environments as you demonstrate your grasp of business and marketing theory and practice through independent research projects.

You have the opportunity to work on a live case study, devising a marketing communications plan to address the needs of an external client.

Students with good first-year grades have the opportunity to convert to the four-year Business Management with Marketing BSc(Hons), which includes a paid work placement during the third year.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM).

Graduates are exempt from some of the professional examinations set by this professional body.

Careers and employability This course will prepare you for the marketing, advertising and PR industries, with possible roles including account executive, media planner, media buyer, event organiser, public relations officer and marketing executive.

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams.

64

• Close links with leading employers and industry specialists • Chance to convert to the fouryear Business Management with Marketing BSc(Hons), which includes a paid placement year and CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership • Highly respected CIM accreditation All of our Business BSc(Hons) courses share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You will specialise in marketing from year 2.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project Year 2 International Business Analysis • Law for Marketing • Managing Systems and Processes • Operations and Enterprise Resource Planning • Marketing and Responsibility • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Gamification • Personal Financial Planning Final year Applied Strategy • Managing and Developing People • Contemporary Issues in Marketing or Social Marketing • Options include: International Marketing • Retail Marketing and Distribution • Marketing Communications • Marketing Planning and Strategy • Consumer Psychology • Marketing Across Cultures • Business Values, Responsibility and Trust • Public Relations: Principles and Practice

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE NN15 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

International Business

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The global nature of today’s business marketplace demands a new type of graduate: one who combines a fundamental knowledge of business with a strong awareness and understanding of cultural differences.

This course prepares you for the challenges of a global business environment while giving you the freedom to shape the course according to your own aspirations. You will develop a thorough understanding of the full range of business disciplines together with skills in cross-cultural management.

Year abroad In the third year, you have the opportunity to study abroad, work abroad or both.

We have partner universities in France, the Netherlands, Italy, Spain, Sweden, Germany, Turkey, Canada, Australia and the USA. A three-year course without a year abroad available if you have worked or studied overseas for 36 continuous weeks.

Careers and employability Graduating with an international business degree prepares you for a range of careers in management, marketing, finance, human resources, purchasing and logistics.

Recent graduates include: • an accountant for AIG Europe in Finland • an IT professional for IBM in Germany • an account executive for McCannErickson in London • a project leader for Bayer AG in Germany • a marketing assistant for the Danone Group in Italy • a customer service professional for Kimberly Clark Europe in France • a human resource officer for Ralph Lauren in the US • an associate for PwC in Germany.

• Option to study and/or work abroad in Europe, Australia or North America • Chance to build international networks and skills in cross-cultural management • Opportunity to develop your existing language skills in French, German or Spanish

Course content (indicative) If you are competent in French, German or Spanish, you can study a language as part of your course. If you choose the language route, this will be reflected in your degree title, eg International Business (French) BSc(Hons).

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Financial Knowledge and Skills • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (HRM) • Understanding Cultural Difference • Academic and Professional Skills • Language option Year 2 Working Across Cultures • Business Operations and Systems • International Business Analysis • Business Law • Building Cross-Cultural Awareness • Options include: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Language option

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N110 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points with 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

European Baccalaureate 75 per cent overall.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year abroad Final year Strategy for International Business • Cultural Insights for International Business • Options include: Marketing Across Cultures • Globalisation and International Markets • International Human Resource Management • Law of International Trade • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility • Climate Change and Global Business Operations • Political Economy in Europe • Managing the E-Enterprise • Language option

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 65

Marketing

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Marketing professionals ensure that organisations are able to understand and meet customer needs effectively.

In a fast-changing and dynamic environment, the role of marketing has become more critical than ever, now covering a wide variety of business activities including research, planning, innovation, insight and communications.

This course offers a highly specialised insight into marketing principles, practices and strategy to put you at the cutting edge of industry innovations and developments. It aims to develop wellrounded, professional marketers who are able to undertake a number of key marketing tasks.

There is a focus on professional skills throughout the course, with live client project work a significant feature over the three years. This ensures that you have the vocational skills to forge a successful career in the modern marketing environment.

Careers and employability After graduating, you will be well qualified for roles in market research, brand management, account management, advertising, public relations, consultancy and digital marketing.

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. You can choose to explore a broad range of subject options or specialise in an area that matches your interests and career ambitions.

• Specialist marketing modules that develop your expertise • Links to industry bodies including the CIM, CIPR and IDM • Emphasis on practical learning and professional skills The year 1 module The Professional Marketing Practitioner allows you to build your own digital brand, as you develop client management abilities and team leadership skills that you can apply in applied projects with local organisations.

Year 1 Global Business Environment • Marketing Project • Marketing Principles • Understanding Markets and Consumers • Finance for Marketing • The Professional Marketing Practitioner Year 2 Marketing and Responsibility • Law for Marketing • Marketing Planning and Strategy • Marketing Research and Insight • Marketing Analytics • Content, Copy and Creative

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N501 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Marketing Research Project • Marketing Management and Leadership • Options: Futurism for Marketers • Applied Marketing Communications • Public Relations • Consumer Psychology • Retail Marketing • Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Social Marketing • CRM, Services and B2B Marketing • Marketing Across Cultures • Digital and Social Media Marketing • eCommerce and Online Consumer Behaviour

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 66

Marketing Management

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course offers a salaried placement year in year 3, which will allow you to put your marketing skills into practice and gain real-world experience before returning for your final year.

The University of Brighton has excellent links with industry, with most of our lecturers coming from a professional background.

Professional placement year The placement year offers a great opportunity to add to your CV, improve your employment prospects and potentially return to university with a secure job offer.

Placement companies include Roche Diagnostics, IBM, Coty, Liverpool Victoria, Quality Solicitors, L’Oréal, Lastminute.com and American Express.

Careers and employability After graduating, you will be well qualified for roles in brand management, account management, advertising, public relations, consultancy, digital marketing, and market research and development.

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. You can choose to explore a broad range of subject options or specialise in an area that matches your interests and career ambitions.

• Specialist marketing modules that develop your expertise • Links to industry bodies including the CIM, CIPR and IDM • Salaried placement year in a professional environment Year 1 Global Business Environment • Marketing Project • Marketing Principles • Understanding Markets and Consumers • Finance for Marketing • The Professional Marketing Practitioner Year 2 Marketing and Responsibility • Law for Marketing • Marketing Planning and Strategy • Marketing Research and Insight • Marketing Analytics • Content, Copy and Creative Placement year Final year Placement Project • Marketing Management and Leadership • Options: Futurism for Marketers • Applied Marketing Communications • Public Relations • Consumer Psychology • Retail Marketing • Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Social Marketing • CRM, Services and B2B Marketing • Marketing Across Cultures • Digital and Social Media Marketing • eCommerce and Online Consumer Behaviour

Business, management and marketing UCAS CODE N500 DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

The year 1 module The Professional Marketing Practitioner allows you to build your own digital brand, as you develop client management abilities and team leadership skills that you can apply in applied projects with local organisations.

Optional modules allow you to tailor the syllabus to your own interests.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 67

Accounting and Finance

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course gives you the skills you need to work as an accountant while also preparing you for careers in financial sectors including investment management and international finance.

Through a real-world focus on business practices, it teaches you to apply principles in accounting, finance and risk management to business situations in the UK and international economies. You will also gain an understanding of the legal, corporate and social contexts in which accounting and finance operate, and develop skills in recording and summarising financial transactions.

The University of Brighton is a certified ACCA Gold Tuition provider, which means we are recognised as having exceptionally high standards of facilities, teaching and course management. We are also a partner in ACCA Accelerate, giving our students extra help to start their career in accounting and finance.

Careers and employability Many of our graduates go on to work in accountancy firms, investment banks, building societies and brokerage firms.

Accounting is a globally transferable business skill, giving you employment opportunities across the world.

Course content (indicative)

Professional placement year

Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. In the final year, you can choose to specialise in subject areas that match your interests and career ambitions.

The placement year allows you to gain practical skills, experience and industry contacts. Placement companies include American Express, Rolls Royce Motors, Goldman Sachs and Barclays.

Year 1 Financial Accounting • Management Accounting • Economics • Financial Skills • Academic and Professional Skills

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by several professional bodies including: • the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) • the Association of International Accountants (AIA) • the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) • the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) • the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW).

Graduates are exempt from some of the exams set by these professional bodies.

68

Finance and economics • Professional accreditation from the ACCA, AIA, CIMA, CIPFA and ICAEW • Opportunities to gain professional experience and win prizes sponsored by accountancy firms • Access to financial databases from Reuters and Financial Analysis Made Easy (FAME)

UCAS CODE N420 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

Must include accounting, finance, business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Financial Accounting and Reporting • Management Accounting Systems • Financial Management • Corporate and Business Law • Business Ethics and Corporate Governance • Case Study Analysis Optional placement year Final year Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice • Management Control Systems • Finance and Risk Management • Advanced Case Study • Options include: Auditing • Taxation • Corporate Strategy • International Finance • Investment Management • Game Theory and Economics • Contemporary Economic Issues

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Junior Enterprise Brighton is a not-for-profit organisation managed by our students who engage in real-life business activities – consultancy, events management and fundraising

Luka Shimada, Business Management with Marketing BSc(Hons) on placement as Online PR and Promotions Executive at Upstream Search Marketing

69

Economics

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Economics BSc(Hons) takes a modern, applied approach to the subject with an emphasis on realworld events. You will develop highlevel analytical and quantitative skills keenly sought by employers in areas such as economic analysis, finance, banking and public policy.

On top of core modules in microeconomics, macroeconomics and quantitative methods, you can choose from a wide selection of optional modules in specific branches of economic study, including behavioural economics, game theory, globalisation and applied econometrics. You can also complement your study of economics with modules in related subject areas such as finance, business management, law and politics.

If you want to explore economics with a more socio-political approach focusing on social research and public engagement, you may want to consider our BA.

Professional placement year

Course content (indicative)*

UCAS CODE L100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB.

Year 1 Microeconomics • Macroeconomics • Quantitative Methods for Economics and Finance • Economic History • Financial Skills • Academic and Professional Skills

BTEC DDM.

Year 2 Microeconomics 2 • Macroeconomics 2 • Introduction to Econometrics • Research Methods For Economics • Two options from areas including economics, politics, finance, management, law and other related subjects

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Optional placement year

Help with your application page 279

The professional placement year is a great opportunity to gain experience with a high-profile economic or financial institution. Previous University of Brighton students have completed their placements with companies including American Express, Credit Suisse, PricewaterhouseCoopers and the Bank of England. If you impress your employer during your placement, you could return to university with a secure job offer.

Final year Contemporary Economic Issues • Research Elective • Options include: Behavioural Economics • Environmental Economics • Political Economy in Europe • Applied Econometrics • Emerging Financial Markets • Labour Market Analysis • Game Theory • Globalisation and International Markets • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility

Careers and employability

Please note that some modules are taught on our Falmer campus.

Through its strong focus on developing the technical and cognitive skills employers are looking for, our Economics BSc(Hons) gives you an advantage in fields such as investment banking, insurance and risk management, economic analysis (eg for large corporations, NGOs and the Civil Service), business consultancy and economic policy. It also gives you a solid foundation for further study in economics and related disciplines, for example on our own Economics and Finance MSc. 70

Finance and economics • Advanced training in microeconomics, macroeconomics and econometrics • Option to take a professional work placement with a high-profile institution • Excellent career prospects in economics and finance

*This new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check our online course finder for the most up-to-date information.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Finance and Investment

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course prepares you for work in fields such as stockbroking, fund management, investment management and banking as you learn to apply economic and financial principles to business situations in the UK and international economies.

You have the opportunity to work in our real-time trading room, which – fed with up-to-the-minute data from Reuters – recreates the pressure of a trading floor.

There you can apply your skills to realworld financial markets, use simulation software and learn from the expertise of guest traders.

You can also join our student-run Investment and Trading Society, which gives you the chance to take part in realtime trading competitions against other universities, attend guest talks and go on field trips to major European financial centres.

Professional placement year The optional placement year offers a great opportunity to add to your CV, improve your employment prospects and potentially return to university with a secure job offer. Placement companies include American Express, Credit Suisse, Goldman Sachs, KPMG and Barclays.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Association of International Accountants (AIA) and the Chartered Insurance Institute (CII).

Graduates are exempt from some of the exams set by these professional bodies.

Careers and employability Many of our graduates go on to work in investment banks, commercial banks, building societies, brokerage firms and insurance companies. You will also be qualified to work in the financial departments of commercial companies.

Finance and economics • Excellent employment prospects and high earning potential • Professional accreditation by the ACCA, AIA and CII • Real-time trading room supervised by guest traders and staff with trading experience

Course content (indicative) Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. In year 2 and the final year, you can choose to explore a range of subject options or specialise in areas that match your interests and career ambitions.

Year 1 Financial Accounting • Finance • Economics • Academic and Professional Skills Year 2 Corporate Analysis • Finance and Risk Management • International Financial Economics • Monetary Economics: Theory and Policy • Investment Case Study

UCAS CODE N390 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

Must include accounting, finance, business or management.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Advanced Financial Risk Management • Investment Management • Applied Financial Techniques • Economic and Legal Aspects of Financial Regulation • Options: Dissertation • Boom, Bust and Current Issues • Financial Econometrics • Behavioural Economics • International Finance • Game Theory in Economics • Finance and Business Taxation • Corporate Strategy

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 71

Law with Business

Key facts

LLB(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Law with Business LLB(Hons) qualifies you to train as a solicitor or barrister, or to work in a business environment where law is a key part of your role.

It combines the study of foundation law with specialist business law and also teaches areas of business such as marketing, human resources and economics.

We have strong links with the local legal profession and encourage you to complete vacation placements with solicitors’ firms, mini pupillages with barristers’ chambers and internships with other institutions.

You will also benefit from guest lectures by legal practitioners and judges, as well as from sponsorship and prize-giving opportunities for mooting, negotiations and client interviewing.

Professional placement year The placement year gives you a great opportunity to improve your CV and gain professional experience. Our students have completed placements at the Home Office, Acumen Business Law, Alfred James & Co Solicitors, Devonshires Solicitors, Gaby Hardwicke Solicitors, SAP, Prysmian Group and School Travel Group.

Professional accreditation This course is recognised by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. It is a qualifying law degree, which means that graduates will have completed the academic stage of training for entry into the legal profession.

Careers and employability As this is a qualifying law degree, you will be able to progress directly to the vocational stage of training: the Legal Practice Course if you want to become a solicitor or the Bar Professional Training Course if you want to become a barrister.

Law • Qualifying law degree that allows you to train as a solicitor or barrister after graduation • Strong links to local law firms • Optional salaried professional placement year that gives you the chance to boost your CV and put your skills into practice You might also progress into an area of business where a detailed knowledge of law is useful, for example finance, human resources, administration, legal publishing or the Civil Service.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Law in Practice • Law of Torts • Public Law • Global Business Environment • Business Planning • Legal Structures and Legal Ethics Year 2 European Union Law • Contract Law • Law in Practice: Moot • Criminal Law • Business Development Optional placement year

UCAS CODE M1NC DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM. IB 28 points, including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include law, business or humanities.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Land Law • Equity and Trusts • Legal Research Project • Plus three options including: Commercial Law • Company Law • Employment Law • Intellectual Property Law • Family Law • Employee Relations • Corporate Strategy • Entrepreneurship • New Business Planning • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility • Marketing Planning and Strategy • HR and Organisational Change • Alternative Dispute Resolution • Human Rights and Business

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

72

Law with Criminology

Key facts

LLB(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb and Falmer

Our Law with Criminology LLB(Hons) provides an excellent foundation for careers in the legal profession and criminal justice system.

The course combines the study of foundation law with specialist criminal law. It takes a theoretical and critical approach but is also an applied and practical course designed to develop your legal skills.

The Brighton Business School have strong links with the local legal profession and encourage you to complete vacation placements with solicitors’ firms, mini pupillages with barristers’ chambers and internships with other institutions.

You will also benefit from guest lectures by legal practitioners and judges, as well as from sponsorship and prize-giving opportunities for mooting, negotiations and client interviewing.

You will mostly be based at our Moulsecoomb campus, but criminologybased classes will take place at our Falmer campus.

Professional placement year The placement year gives you a great opportunity to improve your CV and gain professional experience. Our students have completed placements at Atlas Cable, QualitySolicitors Howlett Clarke and Mourant Ozannes (offshore law firm).

Professional accreditation This course is recognised by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. It is a qualifying law degree, which means that graduates will have completed the academic stage of training for entry into the legal profession.

Careers and employability As this is a qualifying law degree, you will be able to progress directly to the vocational stage of training: the Legal Practice Course if you want to become a solicitor or the Bar Professional Training Course if you want to become a barrister.

Law • Qualifying law degree that allows you to train as a solicitor or barrister after graduation • Strong links to local law firms • Optional salaried professional placement year that gives you the chance to boost your CV and put your skills into practice The criminology focus provides an ideal basis for graduates who want to develop their career in areas such as probation, policing, the prison service, youth work, voluntary organisations and government.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Introduction to Criminal Justice Studies • Law in Practice • Public Law • Theories of Crime • Law of Torts • Legal Structures and Legal Ethics Year 2 Contract Law • Criminal Law • Criminologies of Crime Control • Critical Perspectives on Criminal Justice • European Union Law • Law in Practice: Moot

UCAS CODE M6L1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above. Must include law, business or humanities.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Equity and Trusts • Land Law • Legal Research Project • Plus three options including: Contemporary Studies in Crime and Justice • Cultural Criminology • Global Issues: Crime, Power, Harm • Commercial Law • Company Law • Employment Law • Family Law • Intellectual Property Law • Alternative Dispute Resolution • Human Rights and Business • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 73

WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND INFORMATICS RESEARCH

CHOOSE FROM A RANGE OF PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED COURSES

GET A YEAR’S PAID PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE BEFORE YOU GRADUATE

REF 2014

BRIGHTON & HOVE IS HOME TO OVER 1,000 DIGITAL SECTOR COMPANIES AND IS A LEADING UK CENTRE FOR CREATIVE MEDIA TECHNOLOGY

COMPUTING AND MATHEMATICS The city of Brighton & Hove is a leading player in the UK digital sector. Our computing and mathematics students benefit from courses with a professional focus, industry-standard facilities, salaried placements and networking opportunities. Our degrees are designed in conjunction with employers, and our well-established professional networks, in the city and beyond, provide mentors and placements.

LOCATION

Mathematics and computing courses are taught in both Brighton and Hastings.

Computing courses range from the technical and scientific to business-focused and creative. Choose from computer science and computer networks to digital media.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Our computer science and business computing courses are accredited by the British Computing Society.

Our mathematics degree, and mathematics with business, finance and economics, are accredited by the Institution of Mathematics and its Applications.

PLACEMENTS

Many of our courses offer you the option of taking a salaried placement year – after a year in the workplace you’ll return to your final year full of confidence and experience.

Our students have benefited from placements with organisations including: • Absolute Radio • Albion in the Community • Department of Energy and Climate Change • Ernst and Young • GlaxoSmithKline • IBM • Lloyds TSB • Nestle • Pepsico • Rocketmill • Rolls-Royce • Warner Bros.

BE INSPIRED

Brighton Digital Festival is the UK’s largest celebration of digital culture. Every September visitors take part in events, coding workshops, motion capture performances and 3D printing installations.

74

Research is an important part of university life, new ideas inform our teaching and make a difference to people’s lives worldwide. Staff research interests in computing and maths include intelligent systems, natural language technology, visual modelling, software engineering and information security, and discrete mathematics and its applications.

The University of Brighton is the lead academic partner of the Digital Catapult Centre Brighton, which is developing innovative projects for digital start-ups and SMEs helping them to innovate at speed and with less risk.

ADVANCED STUDY

The integrated masters MComp is an opportunity to study advanced-level modules preparing you for higher-level positions earlier in your career. Business Computer Systems, Computer Science and Software Engineering all offer an MComp route.

• • • • •

Business computing Computer science Digital media Mathematics Software engineering

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Five years after graduating from European Computing, Will Blandin sold his Silicon Valley company to Facebook.

With his business partner, Will co-founded Wit.ai which provides speech recognition applications for devices including mobile phones and tablets.

Our maths and computing graduates are working in a wide range of businesses including: • American Express • Arcadia Group • HP • HSBC • Intel • Lloyds TSB • Ipsos MORI • Novartis • Orange • Pepsi • Vodafone.

BE INSPIRED

Brighton mathematics graduate and researcher, Dr Gem Stapleton is working with communications giant Nokia to protect mobile technology users’ privacy and personal data. Gem’s work on automated concept diagrams caught the attention of Nokia, who collect and have a duty to protect millions of new pieces of user data every second.

Gem’s concept diagrams offer a simpler, more visual method of communicating security and data privacy rules, bridging different language and technological backgrounds and more effectively safeguarding customers’ data.

Dr Deshinder Singh Gill has been nominated for several Brighton Students’ Union Excellence Awards, and was named tutor who makes the most innovative use of electronic media in their teaching

Our maths graduates are sought after for their strong communication and analytical skills

Students apply Artificial Intelligence (AI) principles to create basic robots that map their environment

Students use a variety of industry standard mathematical and statistical sofotware 75

Business Computer Systems

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course takes an applied, businessorientated approach to computing, equipping you with technical skills in programming, database management, website design and e-commerce to prepare you for a career in a complex organisational setting.

You will learn to build and maintain software for business systems as you gain a professional understanding of how to manage the development process, along with an ability to evaluate whether existing business system processes are effective.

With an optional year of paid professional experience and the flexibility to tailor the degree to your career ambitions, this course will give you a head start in the workplace.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Business Computer Systems MComp and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability Our graduates have become network managers, business software developers and architects. Others have gone on to work in web application development and database design.

Recent graduates are working at companies including Accenture, Pepsi, Intel, HP, Vodafone, Arcadia Group, Capgemini and BNP Paribas.

Computing • xx Accreditation from the British Computer Society • Option to take a year of paid professional experience • Chance to tailor the degree to your interests and career ambitions In your final year, you will undertake a major project that will allow you to research an area of interest in depth.

Year 1 Programming • Databases • Web Development • Requirements Analysis • Organisations • Perspectives on Computing • Human-computer Interaction Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Web Application Development • Databases • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Networking Technologies • Socio-technical Approaches to Information Systems • Integrated Group Project

UCAS CODE G610 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Data Management Options include: Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Usability Evaluation • Adaptive Interactive Systems • Objectoriented Design and Architecture • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Project Management • Web and Network Management • Interactive Educational Software Design

Course content (indicative) In year 1, you will learn the foundations of computing, covering areas such as programming, databases and web development. In subsequent years, you will be able to specialise in either business analysis or software development.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

76

Business Computer Systems

Key facts

MComp Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course aims to develop specialists with advanced conceptual knowledge in business information systems.

Graduates are able to identify and apply methods, technologies and architecture in business environments.

The MComp is an integrated masters programme that provides additional breadth and depth to your studies and gives you a head start in the jobs market.

You will study advanced-level modules and also undertake an individual project in your chosen specialism.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability The integrated masters degree produces specialists who can apply methods, technologies and architectures in business environments. Typically, graduates with this award will be equipped to take a leading role within an organisation’s IT provision function.

Course content (indicative) In year 1, you will learn the foundations of computing, covering areas such as programming, databases and web development. In subsequent years, you will be able to specialise in either business analysis or software development.

In your final year, you will undertake a major project that will allow you to research an area of interest in depth.

Computing • xx Accreditation from the British Computer Society • Option to take a year of paid professional experience • Strong links with industry Year 1 Programming • Databases • Web Development • Requirements Analysis • Organisations • Perspectives on Computing • Human-computer Interaction Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Web Application Development • Databases • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Networking Technologies • Socio-technical Approaches to Information Systems • Integrated Group Project Year 3 Major Team Project • Object-oriented Design and Architecture • Data Management • Options include: Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Usability Evaluation • Objectorientated Design and Architecture • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Project Management • Web and Network Management

UCAS CODE G612 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB and good ability in mathematics, typically demonstrated by an AS-level in mathematics.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points. Study of Higher level maths or high grade at Standard level.

Access to HE diploma not accepted for this course.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Research Methods • Individual Project • Options: Algorithms and Computability • Enterprise Application Development • Specification, Verification and Validation • Distributed Systems Principles • Intellectual Property Law

To maximise your career prospects outside of the UK, you can also opt to study European languages including French, German and Spanish.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 77

Business Information Systems

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Business Information Systems BA(Hons) develops your knowledge of both computing and business-related disciplines, also offering the option of paid work experience in industry.

By developing your skills in databases, network management and web application development, it teaches you to create technically proficient business information systems as you gain a complementary understanding of business topics including marketing, e-commerce and project management.

You will also develop your professional skills in the analysis of information systems, matching of ICT solutions to requirements and management of the development process, helping you to apply your knowledge to the wider workplace.

The optional placement year gives you a great opportunity to gain practical work experience in a business organisation.

Previous students have worked with prestigious companies include Pepsico, GlaxoSmithKline, Intel, Disney, BAA, Honeywell and Cadbury.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability Graduates with this award have become business analysts, systems analysts, project managers and ICT consultants for companies including Accenture, Pepsi, Intel, HP, Vodafone, Arcadia Group, Capgemini and BNP Paribas.

Computing • xx Accreditation from the British Computer Society • Long-established industry partnerships • Opportunity to focus on areas of interest through optional modules and the final year research project Teaching involves lectures, practical lab classes and guided independent study, while assessment takes place through exams, coursework, group work and presentations.

Year 1 Application Development • Databases • Web Development • Requirements Analysis • Perspectives in Computing • Organisations • Digital Technologies • Human-computer Interaction Year 2 Information Systems Management • Web Application Development • Databases • Networking Technologies • Information Systems Management • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Socio-technical Approaches to IT Systems

UCAS CODE G560 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Project Management • Deriving Business Value from ICT • Options include: Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Usability Evaluation • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Data Management • Web and Network Management • Digital Marketing

Course content (indicative) Throughout your degree, you will build your creative thinking, teamwork and IT communications skills. The course enables you to become proficient in the technical aspects of system building and combine this with advanced business and interpersonal skills.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

78

Computer Science (Games)

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Computer Science (Games) BSc(Hons) gives you the technical skills you need to launch your career in the fast-growing, multi-billion pound games industry.

Studying topics from databases and programming to 3D graphics and animation, you will graduate with a sound understanding of the software technologies underlying the development process, along with general computing skills in software development, data analysis and system modelling.

The course is developed in consultation with industry experts such as Relentless, iCrossing and BT so your studies remain at the forefront of technological advances.

You can take advantage of networking opportunities at our annual video games research conference and during the optional placement year, which allows you to gain valuable professional experience with a relevant organisation.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability After graduation, you will be well-qualified for roles across the games development industry, leaving with a portfolio of work from a number of projects to show potential employers.

The large number of creative tech companies in Brighton & Hove offers you ample opportunities for career progression. Graduates have taken up positions in companies such as Ash Gaming, Unity and Freestyle Gaming.

You will also have the general computing skills necessary to work in information systems and security, mobile app development, software development, and web design and development.

Computing • xx Accreditation from the British Computer Society • Course developed in consultation with industry experts • Training in technical and creative games development software

Course content (indicative) Video games can be broken down into three core elements: the engine that drives the dynamics of the game, the application interface, and the design of the user experience. You will develop expertise in each of these elements, based on a sound foundation of computing knowledge and skills.

In addition, you will examine the ways in which the dynamics of the real world can be modelled mathematically and how these models can then be simulated within the world of the video game.

Year 1 Programming • Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Website Development • Games Development Platforms • Humancomputer Interaction • Requirements Analysis • Perspectives on Computing

UCAS CODE G455 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Computer Systems Architecture • Intelligent Systems • 3D Graphics and Animation • Games Development • Logic and Formal Specification • Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Computer Graphics Algorithms • Emerging Technologies • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Applied Intelligent Systems • One from: Internet Games Design and Development • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Mobile Engineering • Mobile Application Development

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 79

Computer Science

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Computer Science BSc(Hons) develops your understanding of software development, softwarehardware interface design and artificial intelligence (AI) as you learn the processes for making applications efficient, reliable and secure.

With a focus on employability, the course allows you to tailor your studies to your career aspirations. It also offers opportunities for paid work experience so you can explore potential specialisms and put theory into practice.

Our strong links with the local digital community keep you in touch with the latest industry trends. We are the lead academic partner of the Digital Catapult Centre, which helps entrepreneurs and small businesses to bring their digital services and products to market.

Computing • xx Option of a professional placement year in organisations such as NATS Holdings, IBM and Baker Tilly • Well-established links with the local digital community, including the Digital Catapult Centre • Accreditation from the British Computer Society Year 1 Programming • Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Website Development • Human Computer Interaction • Requirements Analysis • Perspectives on Computing

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Computer Science MComp and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Year 2 Integrated Group Project • Computer Systems Architecture • Functional Programming • Logic and Formal Specification • Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Project Planning and Control • Operating Systems • Options: Intelligent Systems • Introduction to Functional Programming

Professional accreditation

Optional placement year

This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability The optional placement year is a chance to boost your CV and gain a significant advantage in the graduate jobs market.

Our students have been on placement with companies including IBM, Baker Tilly and NATS, and are now working as software developers and real-time system designers in organisations such as IBM, Microsoft, BT and Gatwick Airport.

UCAS CODE G400 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Individual Project • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Specification and Refinement • Options: Computer Graphics Algorithms • Verification and Validation • Object-oriented Design and Development • Internet Gaming Design and Development • Mobile Application Development • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Mobile Engineering • Web and Network Management

Course content (indicative) Core modules cover topics such as software design and implementation, formal specification, computer systems architecture and operating systems, while optional modules give you the freedom to specialise in particular areas of computer science according to your own interests.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

80

Computer Science

Key facts

MComp Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This MComp enables you to become a computer science specialist, qualified to design, develop and integrate complex software and hardware components.

You will gain advanced knowledge and skills in: • artificial intelligence • project planning and implementation • software design and critical evaluation • the implementation of industrial-type projects • research techniques.

Our strong links with the local digital community keep you in touch with the latest industry trends. We are the lead academic partner of the Digital Catapult Centre, which helps entrepreneurs and small businesses to bring their digital services and products to market.

You have the opportunity to take a year’s paid professional placement in industry, where you can build experience, make contacts and put your skills into practice.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability Our graduates are equipped with advanced skills and knowledge that allow them to take leading roles in the design of hardware and software alike. Former students have gone on to become software developers and real-time system designers.

Course content (indicative) You will have a great deal of flexibility throughout the course, choosing from a variety of options according to the areas that interest you.

The MComp is also open to students on the Computer Science BSc(Hons) if they achieve the required standard in year 2.

Computing • xx Option of a professional placement year in organisations such as NATS Holdings, IBM and Baker Tilly • Well-established links with the local digital community, including the Digital Catapult Centre • Accreditation from the British Computer Society Year 1 Programming • Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Website Development • Human-computer Interaction • Requirements Analysis • Perspectives on Computing Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Computer Systems Architecture • Project Planning and Control • Logic and Formal Specification • Integrated group project • Operating Systems • Functional Programming • Data Structures and Algorithms • Options: Databases 2 • Intelligent Systems Optional placement year

UCAS CODE G404 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB and good ability in mathematics, typically demonstrated by an AS-level in mathematics.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points. Study of Higher level maths or high grade at Standard level.

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 3 Team Project • Specification and Refinement • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Options include: Objectoriented Design and Architecture • Mobile Application development • Internet Gaming Design and Development • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Web and Network Management • Mobile Engineering • Computer Graphics Algorithms Final year Individual Project • Research Methods • Advanced Computer System Architecture • Options include: Specification, Verification and Validation • Distributed Systems Principles Internet Application Development • Software Architecture • Intelligent Systems • Enterprise Applications Development

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 81

Computer Systems with Networking

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Learn the skills highly valued by employers, including how to develop new ways for systems to communicate and how to manage complex sophisticated computer networks.

This practical course offers you access to professional-standard software and equipment at our campus in Hastings.

You will also have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement.

Previous students have undertaken placements at the BBC, Bank of America, Saga and Prime (part of the Prince’s Trust). Many of these placements have led to permanent employment upon graduation.

Hastings is home to a growing number of companies in the field of connected and interactive technologies, making it an ideal place to study computer systems with networking.

Careers and employability The course has been designed in direct response to the needs of employers – for graduates with strong skills across a range of computing and networking areas.

Undertaking a work placement will give you the opportunity to explore potential career paths and gain professional experience.

By the time you graduate you will have developed a broad range of skills appropriate to a career in software development and networking. Expertise in developing mobile applications is particularly sought-after by employers and you will be in a good position to pursue opportunities in this area.

More generally, career options include employment in the network management, systems design and web development sectors of the IT industry.

Computing • xx Gain professional experience before you graduate • Apply your knowledge to solve practical, real-world problems • Excellent career prospects • Professional-standard software and equipment

Course content (indicative) Classes take place in our interactive, purpose-built labs, using the latest equipment to directly apply learning to a range of practical problems.

Year 1 Databases • Programming • Web Development • Professional and Study Skills • Requirements Analysis • Web Servers and Customisation • Humancomputer Interaction • Networking Year 2 Network Design and Management • Web Application Development • Object-oriented Design, Implementation and Testing • Databases • The Mobile Context • Web Technologies

UCAS CODE I3H3 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Individual project • Network Management and Security • Multiplayer Game Development • Object-oriented Analysis and Modelling Methods • Data Management

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

82

Computing and Business

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Based at our Hastings campus, this course is designed to meet the needs of industry by equipping you with the computing and professional business skills to stand out in a competitive job market.

The course is particularly suitable for students wishing to specialise in communications. You’ll study web-based application programming and database management, designing and building quality software solutions to real-world business problems.

Computing • xx Professional work placement in a business environment • Emphasis on practical skills and employability • Opportunities to develop your own software

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between computing and business modules.

Business modules equip you with a sound foundation in areas including marketing, accounting, law and operations. You will develop transferable skills in time management, communication and teamwork.

The course is delivered through seminars, lectures and practical classes, taught by specialists who help you understand theory and practice in both disciplines.

Assessment involves coursework assignments and exams.

You will also learn about the role of computing in industry and commerce together with the legal and ethical issues related to it. By the end of the course you will have a good understanding of how political, economic and environmental factors influence the corporate world.

In year 2, you have the option to go on a work placement that matches an area of personal interest. This offers a great opportunity to gain professional experience and contacts in your chosen industry.

Careers and employability Computing skills are highly valued and help you stand out in a competitive jobs market. Our graduates are particularly well equipped to work in ICT and technical management, with some choosing to study at postgraduate level for a professional qualification.

UCAS CODE GN01 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Global Business Context • Principles of Marketing • Fundamental Accounting • People, Organisations and Work • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Techniques Year 2 Web Application Development • Databases II • Consumer Behaviour • Business Operations and Processes • Business Law • Customer Relationship Marketing • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices and Applications Final year Data Management • Object-oriented Analysis and Modelling Methods • Business Enterprise • Strategic Practice • Dissertation/project

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 83

Computing and Education

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

This course develops your knowledge and skills in a range of computing areas. Taught at our campus in Hastings, it is particularly relevant if you want to start a career in ICT teaching, professional IT training, or developing e-learning resources.

You will gain skills in databases and web programming while developing your problem-solving, research, IT communications and team-working abilities. There is excellent career progression potential in this field for a well-qualified graduate.

Education widens opportunities and influences peoples’ perspectives on the world. The education strand looks at the philosophy and practice of education and develops your ability to effectively communicate complex issues to a wider audience so that they can learn from you.

Careers and employability On graduation, you will be well equipped to teach ICT in business, and have built up a firm foundation to apply for further training to become a teacher.

If you are interested in going into teaching, you will be eligible to apply for a postgraduate certificate of education (PGCE) course after graduation. We are nationally renowned for our teacher training, held at our Falmer-based School of Education, which is consistently rated among the best in the country.

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between computing and education modules.

In computing, you will cover the principles of programming and database design, building your core technical

Computing • xx Study two subjects in equal proportions • Gain experience before you graduate • Professional-standard software and equipment • Award-winning student support skills. You’ll learn how to design and build internet applications, and manage and tune enterprise data systems and resources to support business requirements and gather intelligence.

In education, you will explore educational systems and structures within the UK and internationally. Topics include inequality, culture, inclusion and educational philosophy.

A work placement in year 2 gives you the opportunity to explore potential career paths and gain professional experience. If you are interested in going into teaching, this could be in a local primary or secondary school.

UCAS CODE GX03 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Socio-cultural Contexts for Education • Systems and Structures in Education • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches Year 2 Web Application Development • Databases II • Critiques of Inclusive Policy and Practice • Comparative Education • Learning through Practice • Research Practices Final year Data Management • Object-Oriented Analysis and Modelling Methods • Critical Perspectives on Inequality in Education • Reframing Identity • Dissertation/project GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

84

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE I was part of the World Service team maintaining and developing 28 foreign websites. It was easy to forget how many people see the work you are doing.

When I realised we were releasing a product with 300 million users a month it gave me a real sense of pride.

Phil Lee – Digital Games Production BSc(Hons) student, joined the BBC Responsive News team for his placement year.

The quadcopter, developed by Saeed Malekshahi Gheytassi and his team of students has many applications including remote camera work and reconnaissance

Our students gain a variety of experiences through lectures, workshops, teamwork, laboratories and presentation skills 85

Digital Games Production

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Digital games are now at the centre of a fast-paced, multi-billion pound industry and this course gives you everything you need to be a part of it, including hands-on industry experience.

The course is highly practical and teaches you to develop innovative multimedia products, particularly on web and mobile platforms. Using our specialist software and facilities, including oculus rift technology, you will master essential programming skills and how to apply these to games development.

The option of a placement is a great opportunity to gain vital experience and make your CV stand out from the crowd.

Many of our students are offered job roles with placement companies after graduation.

Based in Hastings, it’s close to a growing number of tech companies that can offer you opportunities to network and gain professional experience.

Careers and employability By the time you graduate you will be fully equipped to start a career in the digital gaming industry. You will be practiced in the art of designing and creating games, with specialist knowledge of using internet and mobile clients.

You will also be qualified to work in the wider interactive media industry, for example in web, mobile, interactive television, public displays or perhaps other platforms we can’t yet imagine.

Recent graduates are working as games developers (Climax Computer Games Design), web developers (Xerox) and database developers (BT).

Computing • xx Training in essential programming skills, games design and development • Industry-standard software and cutting-edge technology • Chance to develop your own portfolio of single- and multi-player games

Course content (indicative) The course covers four main themes: program design and implementation; asset design and creation; web technologies; and product development.

The last of these spans digital game theory, managing multimedia projects and developing design ideas, as well as programming complete digital games and delivering them to the marketplace.

Year 1 Programming • Practical Introduction to Databases • Multimedia Authoring • Introduction to Web Development • Human-computer Interface • Professional Development • 3D Animation • Games Design Principles

UCAS CODE GG46 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Website Development and Technologies • Interactive Multimedia Development • Object-oriented Design, Implementation and Testing • 2D Games Development • The Mobile Context • 3D Compositing Optional placement year Final year Individual project • Object-oriented Modelling and Analysis Methods • New Directions in Games • Multiplayer Games Development • Sound Design for Games

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 86

Digital Media

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course develops the technical production skills you need to become a digital media professional, as you develop your knowledge of marketing through modules taught at Brighton’s Business School.

You will benefit from our close links with industry, guest lectures from digital media experts and the opportunity to work on projects for real clients. You will also have the option to spend a year on paid professional placement.

Home to over 1,000 companies in the digital sector, Brighton is one of the UK’s leading centres of creative media technology. This helps us to deliver a course that is relevant to employers’ needs and provides you with great networking opportunities.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability Our Digital Media BSc(Hons) is a course with a focus on employability: it provides you with skills that are in demand across the expanding digital media sector, as you produce a professional online portfolio of work to show to future employers.

Our graduates have gone on to careers in organisations such as the UK Ministry of Justice, VICE Media, News UK, Pure360, dotMailer, VOX Markets, CGI, Rocketmill, Circulate Digital and the Southbank Centre.

Course content (indicative) The course teaches you to produce interactive products for web and mobile, going from the initial concept through to design, production and marketing.

Computing • xx Thriving digital and creative scene in Brighton • Option to take a professional placement year in organisations such as Cogapp, Net Natives and City & Guilds Kineo • Industry-standard facilities including two digital media labs and a usability lab

UCAS CODE G456 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC.

You will have access to digital media and games studios equipped with the latest technology, including mobile eye tracking glasses, an audio and video suite, a TV studio and a usability lab for testing software.

BTEC DMM.

Year 1 Design for Digital Media • Creative Design Lab • Web Development • New Media (Android App Inventor, WordPress) • Human-computer Interaction • Programming • Databases • Digital Technologies • Professional Practice and Study Skills • Personal Portfolio Development

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Principles of Marketing • Website Design and Development • Project Planning and Control • Personal Portfolio Development • Three from: Time-based Media • 3D Graphics and Animation • Interactive Multimedia Development • Web Technologies Optional placement year Final year Marketing Applications • Digital Marketing • Individual Project • Options: Usability Evaluation • Digital Post-production • Intellectual Property • Entrepreneurship • Internet Games Design and Development GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 87

Digital Media Development

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course gives you the skills you need to develop web and mobile applications, with advanced instruction in technology, design and production.

You will create a portfolio of work that shows you can integrate sound, video, image, text and animation to create rich and engaging digital user experiences.

Brighton is one of the UK’s leading centres of creative media technology.

This helps shape our course, making it relevant to employers’ needs and providing great networking opportunities for those who want to pursue a career as a technical specialist in the sector.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability This is a course with a focus on employability. You’ll benefit from our close links with industry, guest lectures from digital media experts, the opportunity to work on projects for real clients and the option to spend a year on paid professional placement. The Entrepreneurship option in the final year helps if you want to launch a digital startup company after graduation.

Computing • xx Thriving digital and creative scene in Brighton • Option to take a professional placement year in organisations such as Absolute Radio, GO Telecom, Ten4 and RPS Group • Industry-standard facilities including two digital media labs and a usability lab

UCAS CODE G451 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC.

You will have access to digital media and games studios equipped with the latest technology, including mobile eye tracking glasses, an audio and video suite, a TV studio and a usability lab for testing software.

BTEC DMM.

Year 1 Design for Digital Media • Web Development • New Media • Humancomputer Interaction • Programming • Databases • Digital Technologies • Professional Practice and Study Skills • Personal Portfolio Development

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

Year 2 3D Graphics and Animation • Timebased Media • Interactive Multimedia Development • Web Technologies • Website Design and Development • Project Planning and Control • Portfolio Project

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include computing.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Recent graduates are now working as web developers, mobile app developers, digital, social media or SEO specialists and 2D/3D animators with organisations such as DabApps, Cogapp, HCL Innovation lab, Rate My Placement, CGI and Rocketmill.

Course content (indicative) We use a variety of teaching methods, including lectures, practical classes in our computing laboratories and projectbased independent study.

Final year Individual Project • Options: Mobile Application Development • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Digital Post-production • Internet Games Design and Development • Digital Marketing • Usability Evaluation • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Entrepreneurship

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

88

European Computing/ DEST Informatique

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb Our European Computing/DEST Informatique BSc(Hons) is the only course in the country to offer both a UK honours degree and an equivalent French qualification.

It provides an opportunity to develop your knowledge of the application of computer technologies alongside the ability to communicate effectively in French.

You will earn a DEST (Diplôme d’Etudes Supérieures Technologiques d’Informatique) while spending five months of the final year at the famous Université Paris Descartes, where you will study in French.

You will gain the skills and knowledge that you need to develop computer systems that interact with Internet technologies, with an emphasis on technical issues and the ability to collaborate with businesses and other stakeholders.

We will fully support you when relocating to Paris and help you to find suitable accommodation. Erasmus grants may be available during the study abroad period.

Careers and employability As well as developing your technical skills in programming, databases and networking technology, this course will give you practical experience in mainland Europe and improved French language skills, increasing your employability both domestically and abroad.

The course is particularly beneficial for careers in information technology, software development and network engineering, and will also prepare you to work in the IT departments of major financial and commercial organisations.

Course content (indicative) Most of our course tutors come from industry backgrounds, bringing a wealth of professional experience to their teaching that keeps the course at the forefront of technological advancement.

Computing • xx Chance to gain professional experience in a French-speaking organisation • Opportunity to gain both an honours degree and an equivalent French qualification • Research-active course tutors and industry-informed teaching It is possible for students who have completed at least two years of relevant study on another course to enter the final year of the European Computing BSc(Hons).

Year 1 Programming Concepts • Databases • Organisations • Web Development • Human-computer Interaction • Requirements Analysis • Business Requirements Analysis • Perspectives on Computing • Professional Practice • Computing Context • Digital Technologies • French Year 2 Web Application Development • Databases • Networking Technologies • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Socio-technical Approaches to Information Systems • French

UCAS CODE G421 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

French In addition, applicants must have French AS-level or equivalent.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year At Brighton, in English: Usability Evaluation • Project Management • Business Value from ICT • Project • In Paris, in French: Parallelism in Computers • Information Systems • European Business • Project

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 89

Software Engineering

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Software Engineering BSc(Hons) enables you to create high-quality software applications for complex organisational environments, with an emphasis on good engineering practice that allows for ease of maintenance and the use of existing components.

You will have the opportunity of paid work experience to explore potential career paths and the range of optional modules enables you to design your degree to reflect your career interests.

The course is developed in consultation with industry experts from BT, Pensions Regulator, Gatwick Airport and Lighthouse Systems so your studies remain at the forefront of advancements in technology.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Software Engineering MComp and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability The course prepares you for a career in the software development industry and equips you with a number of transferable skills, from web design to programming.

The year in industry allows you to further increase your employability as you build a network of professional contacts.

Over the course of the degree, you will create a portfolio of software projects that you can showcase to potential employers.

Computing • xx Accreditation from the British Computer Society • Opportunity to gain a year of professional experience before you graduate • Well-established links with industry

Course content (indicative) Among the subjects explored are object-oriented software design and implementation, databases, operating systems, software architecture and interactive user-centred design.

Year 1 Programming • Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Website Development • Human-computer Interaction • Requirement Analysis • Perspectives on Computing Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Databases • Project Planning and Control • Logic and Formal Specification • Integrated Group Project • Placement Learning • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Functional Programming

UCAS CODE G600 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass, with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include maths and a physical science.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Individual Project • Verification and Validation • Object-oriented Design and Architecture • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Options: Usability Evaluation • Computer Graphics Algorithms • Specification and Refinement • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Internet Games Design and Development • Project Management • Data Management • Mobile Engineering • Mobile Application Development GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

90

Software Engineering

Key facts

MComp Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course enables you to become a software engineering specialist with advanced knowledge of complex software design.

You will critically evaluate computer systems and applied technologies, and provide solutions to system problems based on sound analysis and design. You will also learn to conduct independent research and manage projects with a high degree of professionalism.

The MComp is an integrated masters programme that provides additional breadth and depth to your studies and gives you a head start in the jobs market.

You will study advanced-level modules and also undertake an individual project in your chosen specialism.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Computer Society, the chartered institute for IT professionals.

Careers and employability The course equips you with a number of transferable skills, from web design to programming. The year in industry allows you to further increase your employability as you build a network of professional contacts.

Over the course of the degree, you will create a portfolio of software projects that you can showcase to potential employers.

Course content (indicative) Among the subjects explored are object-oriented software design and implementation, databases, operating systems, software architecture and interactive user-centred design.

Computing • xx Accreditation from the British Computer Society • Advanced masters-level study • Opportunity to gain a year of professional experience before you graduate Year 1 Programming • Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Website Development • Human-computer Interaction • Requirement Analysis • Perspectives on Computing Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Databases • Project Planning and Control • Logic and Formal Specification • Integrated Group Project • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Functional Programming Optional placement year Year 3 Team Project • Object-oriented Design and Architecture • Verification and Validation • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Options: Usability Evaluation • Computer Graphics Algorithms • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Project Management • Data Management • Mobile Engineering • Mobile Application Development • Usability Evaluation Final year Individual Project • Research Methods • Software Architecture • Options include: Advanced Computer System Architecture • Algorithms and Computability • Intelligent Systems • Specification, Verification and Validation • Distributed Systems Principles • Enterprise Application Development • Internet Application Development

UCAS CODE G602 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB and good ability in mathematics, typically demonstrated by an AS-level in mathematics.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points. Study of Higher level maths or high grade at Standard level.

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 91

Mathematics

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Mathematics graduates are in demand for their highly developed analytical skills and capacity to apply their knowledge to a variety of problems relevant to modern industry and commerce.

This accredited course is a blend of theory and real-world practice.

You will learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it in a clear way. You’ll apply mathematics and statistics meaningfully in a wide range of contexts. Both independently and part of a team, you will use your knowledge within problem solving scenarios.

Using a variety of industry standard mathematical and statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS, you will develop core and advanced mathematical skills. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement in industry.

Professional accreditation This course meets, in part, the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician designation, awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

Careers and employability As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem-solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

Mathematics • xx Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Focus on real-world application of knowledge • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Exploring and Communicating Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Modelling and Applications 1 • Mechanics, Modelling and Applications 2 • Operational Research Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Options include: Operational Research • Statistics 3 • Modern Language • Advanced Mechanics Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Options include: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Mathematics of Finance • Topology • Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equations • Functions of a Complex Variable • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Operational Research with Artificial intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence

UCAS CODE G100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Must include grade B in mathematics at A-level. Freestanding mathematics units are excluded.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, must include maths grade 5 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 92

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE I love the diverse nature of the job and the fact that I’m not just sitting behind a desk inputting numbers. Working with coaching groups on the programmes organised by this charity has solidified my direction after graduation – I would like to use my knowledge of maths to help people: as a teacher or in a more analytical role.

Rochelle Cheema-Wells – Mathematics BSc(Hons)

Maths students learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it clearly

Students learning about mobile eye-technology with our Tobii Glasses 2 93

Mathematics with Business

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This specialist course will give you the mathematics and business skills needed to analyse and solve the complex problems facing businesses today.

This accredited course is a blend of theory and real-world practice.

You will work both independently and as part of a team as you learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it in a clear way. You’ll apply mathematics and statistics meaningfully in a wide range of contexts, and spend at least two-thirds of your time exploring mathematics alongside insights into how it is applied in the business world.

Using a variety of industry-standard mathematical and statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS, you will develop core and advanced mathematical skills. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement in industry.

Professional accreditation This course meets, in part, the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician designation, awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

Careers and employability As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem-solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

Mathematics • xx Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Focus on the professional, realworld application of knowledge • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Exploring and Communicating Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Global Business Environment • Financial Knowledge and Skills Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • International Business Analysis • Information Systems Management • Options include: Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Operational Research • Statistics 3 Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Mathematics options include: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Mathematics of Finance • Topology • Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equations • Functions of a Complex Variable • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Operational Research with Artificial Intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence • Business options include: Electronic Commerce • Digital Marketing • Small Business and Entrepreneurship • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Corporate Strategy • Financial Management

UCAS CODE G1N1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Must include grade B in mathematics at A-level. Freestanding mathematics units are excluded.

BTEC DDM. IB 28 points, must include maths grade 5 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

94

Mathematics with Economics

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Mathematics graduates are in demand and this course will equip you with the skills to apply theory to real-world economics.

This accredited course will develop your understanding of mathematical sciences and modern economics, applicable to a variety of contexts.

Mathematics • xx Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Focus on the professional, realworld application of knowledge • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate

Course content (indicative)

You will learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it in a clear way, working both independently and as part of a team as you solve problems relevant to professional scenarios.

Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Exploring and Communicating Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Global Business Environment • Financial Knowledge and Skills

Throughout the course, you will use industry-standard software such as Maple, R and SAS to support your theoretical learning and engage with sophisticated modelling and data analysis. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement in industry.

Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • International Business Analysis • Economic Theory and Applications • Options include: Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Operational Research • Statistics 3

Professional accreditation The course meets, in part, the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician status. This is awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

Careers and employability As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem-solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Mathematics options include: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Mathematics of Finance • Topology • Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equations • Functions of a Complex Variable • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Operational Research with Artificial Intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence • Economics options include: Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Labour Market Analysis • Environmental Economics • Competitive Advantage and the Global Economy

UCAS CODE G1L1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Must include grade B in mathematics at A-level. Freestanding mathematics units are excluded.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, must include maths grade 5 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 95

Mathematics with Finance

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Mathematics graduates are in demand and this course will give you the expertise that is needed for the financial world.

Mathematics is an essential tool for financial markets, private companies, public corporations and governments.

This accredited course is a blend of theory and real-world practice.

You will gain knowledge and techniques in mathematics alongside an understanding of how maths is applied in the financial world. You will also learn how to communicate your insights clearly and in a range of professional contexts.

Using a variety of industry-standard mathematical and statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS, you will develop core and advanced mathematical skills. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement.

Professional accreditation This course meets, in part, the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician status. This is awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

Careers and employability As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

Mathematics • xx Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Focus on the professional, realworld application of knowledge • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Exploring and Communicating Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Global Business Environment • Financial Knowledge and Skills Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • International Business Analysis • Understanding Finance Theory and Practice • Options include: Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Operational Research • Statistics 3 Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Mathematics options include: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Mathematics of Finance • Topology • Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equations • Functions of a Complex Variable • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Operational Research with Artificial Intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence • Finance options include: Current Issues in Finance • International Finance • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Corporate Financial Management

UCAS CODE G1N3 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Must include grade B in mathematics at A-level. Freestanding mathematics units are excluded.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, must include maths grade 5 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or distinction. Must include maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 96

Mathematics and Business

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Study a course that meets the employer demands for mathematics and business graduates who have the ability to analyse and solve problems, in a variety of contexts relevant to modern society.

On the course you will cover key mathematical and computational concepts with an emphasis on problem solving and professional skills. You will become adept at research, evaluation, strategy-planning and resource management – excellent qualities for a career in business or management.

You will also have the opportunity to undertake a placement in industry.

Our campus in Hastings is home to a successful teaching team who are active in industry research, which is used to inform course content.

Career and progression opportunities The variety of career opportunities is a major attraction of any mathematically oriented degree. Graduates can apply their skills in areas of business and management such as marketing, manufacturing, finance, government departments and computer software houses.

XX Mathematics • xx Gain professional experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support Year 1 Global Business Context • Principles of Marketing • People, Organisations and Work • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Techniques Year 2 Consumer Behaviour • Business Operations and Processes • Business Law • Product Design • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices and Applications Final year Business Enterprise • Strategic Practice • Dissertation/project • Options: Mathematics of Finance • Graph Theory and Applications • Topology • Functions of a Complex Variable • Communicating Mathematics • Mathematics of Social Choice

UCAS CODE xx GN11 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time DURATION x years Full-time With placement 3 yearsyear x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274. xx.

A-levels BCC xx. including maths at grade B or above.

BTEC xx.

BTEC DMM. IB xx.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 GCSE (minimum C) xx. credits at merit orgrade above.

At least 12 maths at level 3.

Englishcredits language requirements see page xx.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including Fees and funding page xxEnglish language and mathematics or a Entry and application page xx science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Graduates are also well equipped to pursue further study at masters level or a specialist professional qualification.

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between mathematics and business.

A placement module in year 2 enhances your CV and gives you the opportunity to apply your knowledge to the real-world.

In the mathematics strand, you will be able to choose between final-year option modules according your areas of interest and career aspirations.

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 97

Mathematics and Computing

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Mathematics and computing graduates are in great demand and enjoy a wide range of employment opportunities.

Based at our Hastings campus, the course offers a mix of teaching and placement modules and is designed for those interested in fields such as software engineering, IT services, project management, finance, consultancy, and operations management.

Our problem-based teaching approach will ensure you are able to apply theoretical knowledge to real-world applications.

The computing modules will enable you to gain skills in areas such as database management and web programming, as well as software development.

Mathematics modules will cover concepts which you will use to solve a variety of practical problems.

Careers and employability The course has been designed in direct response to employer needs for graduates with strong skills across a range of mathematics and computing areas.

Graduates are particularly suited for opportunities that span the IT industry, government and business, including software engineering, IT services, project management, finance, consultancy, accounting, actuarial work and operations management.

Graduates are also well equipped to pursue further study at masters level or a specialist professional qualification.

Mathematics • xx Gain professional experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between mathematics and computing.

Topics include discrete and linear mathematics, programming and database design, vector and multivariable calculus and internet application design.

In the mathematics strand, you will be able to choose between final-year option modules according your areas of interest and career aspirations.

A placement module in year 2 will enhance your CV and give you the opportunity to apply your knowledge to real-world situations.

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Techniques

UCAS CODE GG10 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC including maths at grade B or above.

BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. At least 12 maths credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Object-oriented Design and Implementation • Databases II • Learning through Practice • Research Practices and Applications Final year Object-oriented Analysis and Modelling Methods • Data Management • Dissertation/project • Options include: Mathematics of Finance • Graph Theory and Applications • Topology • Functions of a Complex Variable • Communicating Mathematics • Mathematics of Social Choice

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

98

Mathematics and Education

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Graduates who have studied mathematics and education are highly sought after by employers for their ability to analyse and solve problems in a variety of contexts relevant to modern society.

The course is led by teaching staff who are active in research and will offer you a mix of teaching, research and placement modules. You will cover key mathematical concepts and their practical applications, with an emphasis on communication and real-world problem solving. You will also explore the philosophy and practice of education and develop your ability to effectively communicate complex issues.

Studying at our campus in Hastings, you will benefit from a range of resources and may have the opportunity to become a mentor in a local school, which will help to further enhance your CV. Graduates could also have the option to progress onto our highly rated teaching course.

Careers and employability Core mathematical skills can be applied across many different careers. This course could open up opportunities for employment in education, finance, consultancy, project management, operations management, accounting and actuarial work.

If you are interested in teaching, after graduation you will be able to apply for our nationally renowned PGCEs in our Falmer-based School of Education, which is consistently rated among the best in the country.

Mathematics • xx Gain professional experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support In the mathematics strand, you will be able to choose between final-year option modules according your areas of interest and career aspirations.

A placement module in year 2 will enhance your CV and give you the opportunity to apply your knowledge to situations in the workplace.

Year 1 Systems and Structures in Education • Sociocultural Contexts for Education • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Techniques Year 2 Comparative Education • Critiques of Inclusive Policy and Practice • Learning through Practice • Research Practices and Applications

UCAS CODE GX13 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC including maths at grade B or above.

BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. At least 12 maths credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Critical Perspectives on Learning and Education • Reframing Identity • Dissertation/project • Options include: Mathematics of Finance • Graph Theory and Applications • Topology • Functions of a Complex Variable • Communicating Mathematics • Mathematics of Social Choice

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between mathematics and education.

Topics include discrete and linear mathematics, vector and multivariable calculus, educational systems, policies in the UK and globally, and culture, context and difference in education.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 99

COURSES DEVELOPED IN CONSULTATION WITH INDUSTRY

BUILD EXPERIENCE AND SKILLS WITH A SALARIED PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENT YEAR

SPECIALIST FACILITIES INCLUDING STRUCTURAL TESTING, CONCRETE AND HYDRAULICS LABS

ALL OF OUR DEGREES ARE ACCREDITED BY PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS

CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDING At Brighton we have strong and well-established consultancy and research links with partners across the world. Our industry partners help design our courses and contribute to lectures and seminars, keeping learning relevant and helping you to develop your employability.

PLACEMENTS

All of our courses offer a salaried professional placement year. Our placements team will support you to find a placement, and while you are working. Our students have been placed with organisations all over Europe, including: • Sir Robert McAlpine • Morgan Sindall • The Environment Agency • Southern Water • Arup • Kier Construction.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Our honours degrees are accredited by professional bodies including: • Chartered Institute of Architectural Technologists • Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors • Joint Board of Moderators – which represents bodies including the Institution of Civil Engineers, the Institution of Structural Engineers and the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation.

100

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE

From the very start of your studies you will be working in project groups and on scenarios similar to those you will experience as an industry professional, building the skills that make you confident and ready for work.

You’ll take part in site visits, field trips, intensive design studios and practical workshops. Our civil engineering students have opportunities to study abroad through our Erasmus agreements with universities, benefiting from a valuable experience and gaining new skills.

LOCATION

Construction and building courses are based on the Moulsecoomb campus, in Brighton, just north of the city centre.

SPECIALIST FACILITIES

You will benefit from our specialist laboratories for structural dynamics, geotechnics, thermal dynamics, hydraulics and avionics including: • centrifuge • concrete lab • hydraulics lab with flume and computer-controlled wave generation.

IN TOUCH WITH INDUSTRY

Our lecturers are active members of their professional institutions and have contacts across the built environment and civil engineering industries. Our graduates are working with: • Environment Agency • Halcrow • Hemsley Orrell Partnership • Laing O’Rourke • Mott MacDonald • Southern Water • Railtrack • WS Atkins • Costain • Network Rail.

• Architectural technology • Building surveying • Civil engineering • Construction management

The lecturers made a real effort to explain how the subjects we study are used in the industry and they have also supported us in choosing modules that will help us get onto our career paths.

Andy Webster – Civil Engineering MEng

BE INSPIRED

Project Management for Construction graduate, Joe Capps-Jenner managed the installation of the solar panel array on the Cockcroft Building roof while on placement with us. The array, one of the largest in Brighton & Hove, provides more energy than any other renewable source in the city. Joe is now working as a consultant in San Francisco.

Our concrete labs are equipped with industry-standard facilities

Construction and built environment students gain experience with land surveying equipment on site 101

Architectural Technology

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

As an architectural technologist you will be the technical member of the design team, making sure that designs are buildable, durable, sustainable, economical and easy to maintain.

Taking architectural design projects from conception to completion, your focus will be on building technology, function and performance. You will do this using your knowledge of design processes, construction methods, environments, materials and the latest technologies.

During the course, you will gain insight into building services and professional practice in the built environment disciplines. You will visit real construction sites, and you will team up with students from other subjects to construct smallscale mock-ups of famous buildings such as the London Gherkin.

Construction and building • xx Accredited by the CIAT and the CIOB • Professional work placements with leading architectural practices • Practical experience from fieldwork opportunities on construction sites In your final year you complete a project that allows you to research a specialist area of architectural technology. Previous Brighton students have won national prizes for their research projects.

UCAS CODE K236 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM.

Year 1 Building Technology and Design • Introduction to the Built Environment • Indoor Environment Building Services 1 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Construction Materials • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Drafting and Design Practice

IB 30 points.

English language requirements see page 275.

This course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Architectural Technologists (CIAT) and the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB).

Year 2 Architectural Technology 2 • Cost and Contract Administration • Construction Methods and Technology • Research Methodology • Indoor Environment and Building Services 2 • IT Graphics for Construction • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • Design without Borders

Careers and employability

Optional placement year

The option of a placement year gives you a great opportunity to gain work experience and make valuable industry contacts.

Professional accreditation

The placement year puts you at a significant advantage in the job market.

Recent graduates are now working in companies including Mace, Osborne, McAlpine, Morgan Sindall, Frankham, Delta Green, and Hemsley Orrell Partnership. Others have progressed to postgraduate and MPhil/PhD studies.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 gives you a strong foundation in construction technology, information technology, and the structure and processes of the built environment disciplines. From year 2 you take modules focusing on design, technology and management, and you can spend year 3 working in industry.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Architectural Technology 3 • Honours project • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Options: Project Planning and Analysis • Building Pathology and Life Care • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Environmental and Spatial Planning • Environmental Impact Assessment • Waste Management

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

102

Building Surveying

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

As a building surveyor you will be involved in the development, management, conservation, refurbishment and maintenance of all types of real estate.

Your skills will be utilised for the sustainable management of existing property as well as the design and project management of new builds.

You will benefit from high levels of employment in this career, even at times of low growth in the building industry.

On the course you will gain skills in construction technology, building pathology, property management and property law. You will build experience from fieldwork, practical workshops using industry-standard facilities and project work.

The option of a placement year in industry will further increase your employability and help provide networking opportunities.

Professional accreditation The course is fully accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). Your work during the placement year may contribute towards the RICS Assessment of Professional Competence.

Careers and employability Our links with local industry will help you find placement opportunities and employment after graduation. Graduates have undertaken careers within companies including Malcolm Hollis, CBRE, University of the Arts, Mace, Portsmouth City Council, Stiles Harold Williams, Clifford Dann, Coppard Giles.

Construction and building • xx Professional work placements with leading construction companies • Practical fieldwork opportunities on construction sites • Accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Year 1 Building Technology and Design • Introduction to the Built Environment • Building Services 1 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Construction Materials • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Design Practice Year 2 Property Law • Construction Methods and Technology • Research Methodology • Indoor Environments and Building Services 2 • Building Surveying 2 • Cost and Contract Administration • Options: Cost and Value Management • Alternative and Renewable Energy • IT Graphics for Construction • Construction Surveying • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1

UCAS CODE K230 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Building Surveying 3 • Honours project • Building Pathology and Life Care • Options: Environmental Performance • Building Performance and Design Configuration • Project Planning and Analysis • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Building Energy Performance and Modelling • Sustainable Construction • Urban Planning Systems • Environmental Impact Assessment • Waste Management

Course content (indicative) Activity weeks take place in each semester to allow time for design projects, surveying practice, and site visits to construction projects and heritage buildings. You also have the chance to go on field trips.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 103

Civil Engineering

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Become a highly skilled civil engineer with the ability to manage design, construction and the maintenance of infrastructures. You will graduate with detailed scientific knowledge and strong leadership and teamwork skills.

This accredited course will give you the opportunity to put theory into practice through field trips and design projects.

You will also be able to take a year’s paid placement in industry to enhance your CV and gain professional contacts.

You will be taught by staff who are active in research and consultancy, with access to specialist facilities including a concrete lab, hydraulics lab, soils lab, geotechnical centrifuge, dynamics lab and computer suite with specialist software.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Civil Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for an incorporated engineer (IEng) and partially satisfies the educational base for a chartered engineer (CEng). You need to take an accredited programme of further learning to qualify for CEng status.

Careers and employability Graduates are well-equipped for careers in consultancy, government, contracting and research. Previous students are working for organisations including the Environment Agency, Atkins, Halcrow, Hyder Consulting, Costain, Balfour Beatty, Mott MacDonald, MWH, Ove Arup and Partners, South East Water, Southern Water, HR Wallingford, Laing O’Rourke and InRock.

104

Construction and building • xx Accreditation by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) • Course designed in consultation with our Industrial Advisory Board • Strong links with some of the sector’s most prestigious employers

Integrated foundation year Access for applicants who do not meet standard entry requirements (UCAS code: H202). Find out more page143.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Introduction to Professional Practice • Construction Materials • Mathematics 1 and 2 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer Aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Hydraulics 1 • Structural and Stress Analysis 1 • Geology for Civil Engineers Year 2 Construction Methods and Technology • Building Information Management (BIM) 1 • Soil Mechanics 1 and 2 • Structural and Stress Analysis 2 • Mathematics 3 • Hydraulics 2 • Design of Structural Steel Members • Design of Reinforced Concrete Members • Design without Borders

UCAS CODE H201 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. A/AS-level subjects must include mathematics.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, including minimum 5 in Higher level mathematics.

Access to HE diploma pass in engineering and science with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must include distinction in maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Geomechanics • Design of Structures • Structural Analysis 3 • Applied Hydraulics • Design Practice • Options include: Project Planning and Analysis • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Environmental Hydraulics • Hydrogeology • Water and Health • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Design of Renewable Technologies • Geotechnical Design • Application of Design • Environmental Impact Assessment

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE I am loving my placement!

I am learning so much as I have had the opportunity to work on so many different projects. I have been able to design extensions, survey clients’ houses and provide detailed drawings for building regulations.

I now know I want to continue in this field and even continue to do a masters degree in another construction related subject.

Janet Osei-Berchie is studying Architectural Technology BSc(Hons) and was on placement at local company ARCH angels Architects

Practical skills are taught in our specialist labs 105

Civil Engineering

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This integrated qualification gives you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level. As well as civil engineering, you will develop business management skills, enabling you to work at the highest levels of the profession.

You will be taught by staff who are active in industry research and consultancy.

Learning is supported by access to specialist facilities including a concrete lab, hydraulics lab, soils lab, geotechnical centrifuge, dynamics lab and computer suite with specialist software.

You will put theory into practice through design projects based on case studies, design week, site visits, placement opportunities and your final year project, which is run in collaboration with our industry partners.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for chartered engineer (CEng) status.

Careers and employability The course will lead to opportunities in structural engineering, geotechnics, hydraulics, environmental engineering and surveying. Recent graduates have been employed by companies including Halcrow, Hemsley Orrell Partnership, HR Wallingford, WS Atkins, Mott MacDonald, MWH, Laing O’Rourke, Balfour Beatty, Costain, Kier Group and Southern Water.

Course content (indicative) You will learn through lectures, tutorials, group practice, design weeks and laboratory work.

106

XX Construction and building • xx Accreditation by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) • Course designed in consultation with our Industrial Advisory Board • Strong links with some of the UK’s most prestigious employers Year 1 Introduction to Professional Practice • Construction Materials • Mathematics 1 and 2 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer Aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Hydraulics 1 • Structural and Stress Analysis 1 • Geology for Civil Engineers Year 2 Construction Methods and Technology • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • Soil Mechanics 1 and 2 • Structural and Stress Analysis 2 • Mathematics 3 • Hydraulics 2 • Design of Structural Steel Members • Design of Reinforced Concrete Members • Design without Borders Optional placement year Year 3 Geomechanics • Design of Structures • Structural Analysis 3 • Applied Hydraulics • Dynamics of Structures • Design Practice • Geotechnical Design • Options include: Exploration Geology • Hydrogeology • Water and Health • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Design of Renewable Technologies • Application of Design • Environmental Impact Assessment • Project Planning and Analysis Final year Individual Project • Options include: Bridge Loads and Analysis • Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering • Dynamics of Structures with Earthquake Engineering Applications • Water Resource Management • Sustainable Construction • Coastal Engineering and Wave Loading • Rock Mechanics • Random Vibration of Structures • Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete Members

UCAS CODE H200 xx DURATION Full-time x 4 years With placement year x 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page xx.

274.

A-levels ABB. xx. A/AS-level subjects must include mathematics. Level 3 BTEC xx. and General Studies not Key Skills included.

IB xx.

BTEC DDM. engineering Access to HECivil diploma xx. diploma holders may be considered GCSE (minimum for direct entry tograde year C) 2. xx.

English language requirements IB 32 points, minimum 5 in Higher see xx. levelpage mathematics.

Fees and pagepass xx in Access tofunding HE diploma engineering and science with 24 Entry and application page xx credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must include distinction in maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Civil Engineering with Construction Management

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb Become a highly skilled civil engineer with the ability to manage complex construction projects in a professional way, from design to completion.

This accredited course covers the main civil engineering subjects plus resource planning, organisation and construction.

Throughout the course you will be working in groups on scenarios similar to those you might experience as a professional in this field.

Learning is supported by fieldwork, site visits and access to our specialist facilities, which include a concrete lab, hydraulics lab, soils lab and computer suite. You will also benefit from the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement in industry, helping to develop your skills in a professional environment, strengthen your CV and build your network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Civil Engineering with Construction Management MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for incorporated engineer (IEng) and partially satisfies the educational base for chartered engineer (CEng). You need to take an accredited programme of further learning to qualify for CEng status.

Careers and employability Innovative and adaptable, our graduates are well equipped for careers in consultancy, local and national government, contracting and research.

Construction and building • xx Professional work placements in high-profile organisations • Access to our extensive civil engineering labs and computer suite • Real-life case studies of civil engineering projects that give you a professional perspective Previous students are now working for organisations including Mott-Macdonald, Ove Arup, WS Atkins, the Environment Agency, Halcrow, Hemsley Orrell Partnership, South East Water, Southern Water and HR Wallingford.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Introduction to Professional Practice • Construction Materials • Mathematics 1 and 2 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Hydraulics 1 • Structural and Stress Analysis • Geology for Civil Engineers Year 2 Construction Methods and Technology • Construction Management 2 • Soil Mechanics 1 and 2 • Structural and Stress Analysis 2 • Mathematics 3 • Design of Structural Steel Members • Design of Reinforced Concrete Members • Options: Building Information Management (BIM) 1 • Design without Borders • Hydraulics 2

UCAS CODE H2K2 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. A/AS-level subjects must include mathematics. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies not included.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass in engineering or science with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must include distinction in maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Project Planning and Analysis • Design of Structures • Construction Management 3 • Options: Building Information Management (BIM) 2 • Geomechanics • Structural Analysis 3 • Waste Management • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Design of Renewable Technologies • Design Practice • Geotechnical Design • Environmental Impact Assessment

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 107

Civil Engineering with Construction Management

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb This integrated qualification gives you extra, in-depth study at masters level.

As well as civil engineering, you will develop management, teamwork and leadership skills.

The course will teach you the main areas of civil engineering as well as an in-depth perspective of the planning, organisation and construction methods involved in building design, enabling you to work across a project life cycle.

Construction and building • xx Professional work placements in high-profile organisations • Accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) • Real-life case studies of civil engineering projects that give you a professional perspective

Learning is supported by access to specialist facilities including a concrete lab, hydraulics lab, geotechnical centrifuge and earthquake simulator. You will also have the opportunity to do a year’s paid placement in industry, either after year 2 or year 3.

Year 2 Construction Methods and Technology • Construction Management 2 • Soil Mechanics 1 and 2 • Structural and Stress Analysis 2 • Mathematics 3 • Design of Structural Steel Members • Design of Reinforced Concrete Members • Options: Building Information Management (BIM) 1 • Design without borders • Hydraulics 2

Professional accreditation

Optional placement year

This course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for chartered engineer (CEng) status.

Careers and employability The course prepares you for a career in consultancy, local and national government, contracting and research.

Recent graduates are working in organisations including Mott-Macdonald, Ove Arup, WS Atkins, the Environment Agency, Hemsley Orrell Partnership, South East Water and Southern Water.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Introduction to Professional Practice • Construction Materials • Mathematics 1 and 2 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer Aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Hydraulics 1 • Structural and Stress Analysis 1 • Geology for Civil Engineers

Year 3 Project Planning and Analysis • Geomechanics • Design of Structures • Structural Analysis 3 • Construction Management 3 • Options: Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Environmental Hydraulics • Waste Management • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Design Practice • Geotechnical Design • Application of Design • Environmental Impact Assessment Final year Individual Project • Project Planning Analysis • Construction Management • Options: Construction Law and Procurement • Bridge Loads and Analysis • Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering • Dynamics of Structures with Earthquake Applications • Project Risk and Financial Analysis • Sustainable Construction • Coastal Engineering and Wave Loading • Rock Mechanics • Random Vibration of Structures • Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete Members

UCAS CODE HK22 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. A/AS-level subjects must include mathematics. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies not included.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass in engineering or science with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must include distinction in maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

108

Civil with Environmental Engineering

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Through exploring the global challenges facing civil and environmental engineering, you will learn to assess the environmental impact of civil engineering projects and how to design environmentally friendly structures.

On the course you will be taught by staff who are involved in real-world specialist research. You will put your academic learning into practice on field trips and after your second year you will have the opportunity to take a year’s paid work placement.

You will also benefit from access to our specialist facilities including our hydraulics lab, concrete lab, soils lab and computer suite.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Civil with Environmental Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for incorporated engineer (IEng) and partially satisfies the educational base for chartered engineer (CEng). You need to take an accredited programme of further learning to qualify for CEng status.

Careers and employability This course will lead to career opportunities in geotechnics, hyrdraulics, hydrology, surveying, research and management. Our graduates are now working for organisations including Bureauveritas, the Environment Agency, Halcrow, HR Wallingford and WS Atkins.

Construction and building • xx Accreditation from the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) • Access to our specialist civil engineering labs • Professional work placement opportunities in companies such as Railtrack and Southern Water

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Construction Materials • Introduction to Professional Practice • Mathematics 1 and 2 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Hydraulics 1 • Structural and Stress Analysis 1 • Geology for Civil Engineers Year 2 Soil Mechanics 1 and 2 • Structural and Stress Analysis 2 • Mathematics 3 • Environmental Pollution and Control • Hydraulics 2 • Design of Structural Steel Members • Design of Reinforced Concrete Members • Design without Borders • Options: Building Information Modelling • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Environmental Hazards • Remote Sensing • Earth Resources • Climate Change • Geographic Information Systems 1 • GPS for Land Surveyors

UCAS CODE H290 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. A/AS-level subjects must include mathematics.

BTEC DDM, including M in level 3 mathematics. Civil engineering diploma may be considered for direct entry to year 2.

IB 30 points, including minimum 5 in Higher level mathematics.

Access to HE diploma pass in engineering or science with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must include distinction in maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280

Optional placement year

Help with your application page 279

Final year Individual project • Environmental Hydraulics • Design of Structures • Water and Health • Design of Renewable Technologies • Environmental Impact Assessment • Options: Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Geomechanics • Structural Analysis 3 • Exploration Geology • Hydrogeology • Coastal Environments • Waste Management • Geographic Information Systems 2 • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Applied Hydraulics • Geotechnical Design • Active Remote Sensing: Radar and Lidar in Geosciences

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 109

Civil with Environmental Engineering

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This integrated qualification gives you extra, in-depth study at masters level, developing your skills in management, teamwork and leadership as you learn how to design environmentally friendly structures using sustainable materials and advanced engineering methods.

You will be taught by staff who are involved in real-world specialist research.

Learning is supported by fieldwork, access to our specialist laboratory facilities and the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement after year 2 or year 3.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for chartered engineer (CEng) status.

Careers and employability The course opens up opportunities in contracting, consultancy, research and management, as well as specialist fields such as geotechnics, hydraulics and hydrology. Recent graduates are working in organisations including Bureauveritas, the Environment Agency, Halcrow, HR Wallingford and WS Atkins.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Construction Materials • Introduction to Professional Practice • Mathematics 1 and 2 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Hydraulics 1 • Structural and Stress Analysis 1 • Geology for Civil Engineers

Construction and building • xx Accreditation from the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) • Access to our specialist civil engineering labs • Professional work placement opportunities in companies such as Railtrack and Southern Water Year 2 Soil Mechanics 1 and 2 • Structural and Stress Analysis 2 • Mathematics 3 • Environmental Pollution and Control • Hydraulics 2 • Design of Structural Steel Members • Design of Reinforced Concrete Members • Design without Borders • Options: Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Climate Change • Remote Sensing • Earth Resources • Environmental Hazards • Geographic Information Systems 1 Optional placement year Year 3 Environmental Hydraulics • Geomechanics • Design of Structures • Structural Analysis 3 • Water and Health • Applied Hydraulics • Design of Renewable Technologies • Environmental Impact Assessment • Options include: Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Exploration Geology • Hydrogeology • Coastal Environments • Waste Management • GIS 2 • Principle of Sustainable Construction • Geotechnical Design • Active Remote Sensing: Radar and Lidar in the Geosciences Final year Individual project • Water Resources Management • Sustainable Construction • Options include: Bridge Load and Analysis • Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering • Dynamics of Structures with Earthquake Engineering • Water Treatment Technology • Coastal Engineering and Wave Loading • Rock Mechanics • Applications in GIS

UCAS CODE H291 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. A/AS-level subjects must include mathematics.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass in engineering or science with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must include distinction in maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

110

SUPPORTING YOU Brighton has good rankings for construction management and a good reputation for employment after graduation, so that inspired me to come here. Lecturers were very supportive and I felt I could gain a lot of experience and expertise from them.

Patience Musasiwa – Construction Management BSc(Hons) and Project Management for Construction MSc

Specialist facilities include a hydraulics flume, used for open channel flow experiments 111

Construction Management

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

As a construction manager you will be involved in the planning and coordination of a project from beginning to completion. You will be tasked with ensuring that the client’s needs are met on projects and sites across a wide range of sectors.

On the course you will explore solutions to complex and often unforeseen problems and learn how to advise on their operational and commercial consequences. As well as managing on-site activities, you will also learn to coordinate the manufacturing process.

Senior representatives of construction companies, architects and surveyors from around the region, meet regularly at our industrial liaison panel to review our courses, ensuring they remain up-to-date and relevant to industry.

Site visits, field trips and practical laboratory workshops will enable you to put theory into practice and prepare you for industry challenges. The option of a paid work placement will help you gain experience and a network of professional contacts.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB), exempting graduates from the chartered membership examination.

Careers and employability Upon graduation you will be equipped with skills in public safety, cost management and mathematics and ready to work in all sectors of the industry, including residential, commercial, civil, industrial and environmental.

Graduates have undertaken careers in organisations including Morgan Sindall, Kier, MACE, Osbourne, Buro4, Willmott Dixon and the RG Group.

Construction and building • xx Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) • Professional work placements with leading construction companies • Practical fieldwork opportunities on construction sites

Course content (indicative) You will be introduced to the construction industry and the professions associated with it. You will also specialise in construction management and the issues of sustainable construction, before choosing optional modules.

Year 1 Building Technology and Design • Introduction to the Built Environment • Indoor Environments and Building Services 1 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Construction Materials • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Design Practice Year 2 Cost and Contract Administration • Construction Methods and Technology • Research Methodology • Indoor Environments and Building Services 2 • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • Construction Management 2 • Design without Borders • Construction Surveying

UCAS CODE H291 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. A/AS-level subjects must include mathematics.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass in engineering or science with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must include distinction in maths.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Construction Management 3 • Honours project • Project Planning and Analysis • Options: Building Performance and Design Configuration • Building Pathology and Life Care • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Environmental Impact Assessment • Waste Management GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

112

Project Management for Construction

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

As a project manager within construction you’ll be overseeing concepts, designs, operations and commissioning, and liaising with clients. In this efficiency-driven career you’ll be working on projects and sites across a wide range of sectors .

On the course you will learn a combination of technical, managerial and communication skills. You will work in project groups and scenarios similar to those as a professional in industry.

Site visits, field trips and practical workshops will enable you to put theory into practice and prepare you for industry challenges. The option of a paid work placement will also help you gain experience and provide networking opportunities.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB), exempting graduates from the chartered membership examination. It is also accredited by the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) as meeting the requirements for further learning for a chartered engineer under the provisions of UK-SPEC.

Careers and employability Upon graduation you’ll be equipped with skills in public safety, cost management and mathematics and ready to work in all sectors of the industry including residential, commercial, civil, industrial and environmental.

Graduates have undertaken careers in Morgan Sindall, Kier, MACE, Osbourne, Buro4, Willmott Dixon and the RG Group.

Construction and building • xx Accreditation from the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) and Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) • Professional work placements with leading construction companies • Practical fieldwork opportunities on construction sites Year 1 Building Technology and Design • Introduction to the Built Environment • Indoor Environments and Building Services 1 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Construction Materials • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Design Practice Year 2 Cost and Contract Administration • Construction Methods and Technology • Research Methodology • Indoor Environments and Building Services 2 • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • Project Management for Construction 2 • Property Law • IT Graphics for Construction • Construction Surveying

UCAS CODE K251 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Project Management for Construction 3 • Honours project • Project Planning and Analysis • Options: Building Performance and Design Configuration • Project Management (People and Organisations) • Building Pathology and Life Care • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Environmental Impact Assessment • Waste Management

Course content (indicative) You will be introduced to the construction industry and the professions associated with it. You will also specialise in construction management and the issues of sustainable construction, before choosing optional modules.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 113

11th

IN THE UK FOR EDUCATION THE GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2016

EXCELLENT GRADUATE RATES OF EMPLOYMENT AND FURTHER STUDY

OUR WORK IN INITIAL TEACHER EDUCATION PROVISION RATED ‘OUTSTANDING’

BY OFSTED

ONE OF THE UK’S LARGEST TEACHER TRAINING UNIVERSITIES, EDUCATING TEACHERS FOR MORE THAN 100 YEARS

EDUCATION AND TEACHING The legacy of a good teacher is passed from generation to generation, from one person to whole communities.

Brighton is a sector leader in education and teacher training with a long-established reputation for our high quality courses. Our expertise spans all phases of learning and development, from early years though to adult education. Our students develop the skills and knowledge needed to be great educators, able to change our societies for the better.

TRAIN TO TEACH

You can choose from courses leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) at primary or secondary level, and specialise in maths, English or PE. Employment rates for our trained teachers are consistently above the sector average.

EDUCATION OPTIONS

Our education courses allow you to study education in its widest sense, exploring how we learn throughout life and how education is influenced by culture, history and government.

You’ll draw on psychology sociology, philosophy, history and social policy on courses that offer flexibility and choice. Courses open doors to further study as well as professional employment in roles including teaching, youth and community work, educational welfare, family support and local authority work.

114

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE

All of our education and teaching courses offer placement opportunities.

As a trainee teacher you’ll have opportunities to put your teaching into practice on placement at our partner schools across the southeast.

Our education courses offer many placement opportunities, including overseas; the setting will depend on your personal interests and ambitions.

Our students have chosen placements in school and community, scientific and cultural settings as well as learning support services.

LOCATION

Education courses are taught at our campuses in Brighton and Hastings. PE teaching and education courses are taught alongside our sports courses in Eastbourne.

Most students are based in Brighton on our Falmer campus, home to a teaching and research team of more than 90 staff, around 2,000 students and our Curriculum Centre with more than 30,000 specialist resources for trainee teachers.

UNIVERSITY IN THE COMMUNITY

As lead sponsor of the Hastings Academies Trust we are supporting the development of two secondary and seven primary academies in the area.

The University of Brighton Academics Trust, set up in 2014, is building on our relationships with schools in Sussex with the aim of transforming teaching and learning for the benefit of pupils, academies and their staff, and local communities.

The trust currently supports four primary academies.

BE INSPIRED Placements give you the opportunity to observe great teaching, try out what you have learnt at uni and give you confidence that you can do it! I had very supportive university and school mentors during my placements and as I was teaching with another student from Brighton we supported each other. You feel like a proper teacher at last.

Sian Phillips – Primary Education (5–11 years) BA(Hons) with QTS

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE Having time to reflect on what I was doing and what I hoped to achieve during my placement was pivotal to my learning because I was able to determine my next steps. The networking during my placement has put me in touch with lots of education professionals and I know that this will benefit my future.

Donna Moseley – Education BA graduate

The curriculum centre in Falmer houses over 30,000 specialist items to support trainee teachers

Digital technologies used by the University of Brighton to train teachers have been held up nationally as an example of good practice 115

Early Childhood Education and Care

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

The foundations for emotional, physical and intellectual development are established during the early years of infancy. The role of adults in supporting these foundations is central to the healthy development of an infant through to adulthood.

• Chance to gain relevant experience before you graduate • Placements in varied early childhood settings • Broad syllabus for a flexible future

This course gives you an in-depth understanding of child development from birth to five. You will explore topics in education, sociology, psychology, health and social policy. You will also examine the roles of the family and wider institutions.

In your final year you will draw on your placement experiences to explore the complexities of multi-agency and interdisciplinary working, as well as how childhood is interpreted across the globe.

You will also have the opportunity to research areas of particular interest.

Placements provide a great opportunity to explore potential career paths. If you are interested in teaching, for example, you could complete a placement in a nursery or primary school.

Year 1 Learning in Higher Education • Philosophies of Childhood • Theories of Learning • Child Development: Physical, Social and Emotional Development • Families and Communities • Understanding Policy and Legislation from an Early Years Perspective

Careers and employability The course will prepare you for a variety of careers and contexts in primary schools, children’s centres, health care, social work, the police and research.

You will gain a relevant qualification for the purpose of registration and regulation in an early years setting. After graduation you will be eligible to apply for Early Years Initial Teacher Training or a PGCE.

Course content (indicative) In year 1 you will study how babies and toddlers make sense of the world around them. You will learn key theories surrounding children’s physical, emotional and social health and consider the role of wider systems in a child’s development.

In year 2 you will focus on communication, language and literacy and the role of play on a child’s development. You will also gain realworld experience on placement in a setting of your choice.

Education and teaching

Year 2 Child Development: Play as a Developmental Learning Process • Research Methods • Equalities and Inclusion • Child Development: Communication, Language and Literacy • Placement: Understanding Young Children and Young Children’s Services

UCAS CODE X310 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with communication, numeracy and IT at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) must include English, maths and science at grade C or above.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Teamwork, Collaboration and Leadership • International Perspectives on Childhood • Assessing Children’s Learning and Development • Reflection on Learning • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

116

Education

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

This degree enables you to develop an in-depth understanding of education that will open doors to a wide range of opportunities in the sector including research and postgraduate study.

Taught by a highly qualified, experienced and enthusiastic team, you will experience a dynamic learning approach, encountering new ideas, perspectives and world-views. Course modules can be tailored to your area of interest and chosen career path.

Work placements will enable you to explore career avenues and gain relevant experience to build your CV. These placements will give you the opportunity to apply your learning in a setting of your choice, allowing you to build a solid understanding of education, as well as providing a high degree of flexibility to your studies.

Careers and employability Graduates from this course are confident, articulate and fully equipped to contribute as professionals within the field of education.

Our graduates have undertaken careers in primary teaching, secondary teaching, charities, youth work, alternative education, learning support, special educational needs, educational welfare, educational agencies, recruitment and human resources.

Course content (indicative)

Education and teaching • Chance to gain practical work experience on placements • Opportunity for both UK-based and international placements • Broad syllabus for a flexible future Previous students have experienced working in schools, local authorities, community groups, museums, and in business.

If you show strong academic performance you may also be considered for an international placement in year 2.

Year 1 Systems and Structures in Education • Philosophy of Education • Learning in Higher Education • Education and Society • Perspectives on Learning and Development • Placement Learning: Towards Enquiry-based Learning (includes 10-day placement) Year 2 Reflective Practice • Research Methods in Education • Equality and Inclusion in Education • Comparative Education • Research Placement (includes eightweek placement of your choice)

UCAS CODE X300 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 15 credits at distinction, and the rest at merit. Must include communication, numeracy and IT at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C). Must include English language and mathematics at grade C or above.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Inequality and Education: Critical Approaches • Reframing Identity • Learning in Practice • A Comparative and Cultural Approach to International Education • Dissertation

You will explore education from a range of psychological and sociological perspectives, looking at theories of learning, human development, international education, inclusion, government initiatives and policies.

In years 2 and 3 of the course you can apply your knowledge to real-world situations on your two placements.

Placements are an opportunity to put theory into practice and explore your career options.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 117

Education and English Literature

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Based at our Hastings campus, you will explore education and English literature through lectures, events and placement modules, and under the guidance of teaching staff who are active researchers.

On the course you’ll develop a critical understanding of the processes and traditions of literature in English, and engage with a variety of theories, approaches and critical debates.

You will also explore the philosophy and practice of education and develop your ability to effectively communicate complex issues.

Through reading a range of texts, from classical to contemporary, you’ll think critically and creatively, developing detailed methods of response. You’ll also learn to structure complex arguments and communicate your ideas at a higher level, in preparation for the graduate job market or further study.

You may have opportunity to become a mentor in a local school, which will further enhance your CV. This course will give you a range of career options in teaching, the public sector and cultural industries. Graduates could also have the option to progress onto our highly rated teaching course.

Careers and employability The skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and cultural industries including teaching, journalism, youth work, PR, advertising, marketing, arts administration and public and private sectors. A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Graduates interested in teaching can apply for the PGCE, run at our Falmer campus. Our education courses are rated among the best in the country.

Education and teaching • Gain professional experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between education and English literature.

Engaging with a variety of theories, approaches and critical debates, you’ll investigate how meaning is constructed through reading and writing, and how these are transformed by different historical, cultural and literary contexts.

Year 1 Systems and Structures in Education • Education and society • Narrative and Narratives • Powerful Texts • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Practices

UCAS CODE XQ33 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Equality and Inclusion in Education • Comparative Education • The Nineteenth Century in Literature • The Child in Literature • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices Final year Inequality and Education: Critical approaches • Reframing Identity • New English Writing and Voices • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

118

COMMITTED TO EDUCATION AND SOCIAL CHANGE

A School for Malagiri is a charity that enables young children in rural Malagiri, Nepal, to gain a primary education by supporting the construction and running of a new school.

The charity was founded by the School of Education and led by senior lecturer Kevin Fossey, and offers students another opportunity for overseas placement.

Designed with the environment in mind, Checkland Building has natural ventilation and green roofs

Our specialist facilities will help you get the most out of your course 119

Education and Sociology

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Professional placements and expert teaching make this degree a solid foundation for a wide range of careers in the public and private sectors.

Education and teaching • Gain professional placement experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and excellent student support

On the course you will master a range of sociological concepts, theories and methods. You will apply these to social and cultural processes, social diversity and inequality, whilst looking at the relationship between individuals, groups and institutions.

Course content (indicative)

You will also explore the philosophy and practice of education and develop your ability to effectively communicate complex issues.

In the education strand, you will explore the process of learning, issues of equality and inclusion, and policy, frameworks and systems.

Based at our Hastings campus, you will benefit from a range of resources and may have the opportunity to become a mentor in a local school, which will help to further enhance your CV. Graduates could also have the option to progress onto our highly rated teaching course.

In sociology you will study topics including crime and deviance, the family, cosmetic surgery and identity in a world in which gender, class, religion and science have been thrown into question, and in which social media, celebrity culture and the threat of terrorism seem much more important in determining our lives.

Careers and employability The creative and analytical skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and private sector roles including teaching, journalism, youth work, PR, advertising, marketing and arts administration.

A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Graduates interested in going into teaching can apply for the PGCE, run at our Falmer campus. Our education courses are consistently rated among the best in the country.

This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between education and sociology.

UCAS CODE XL33 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language, mathematics and a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 1 Systems and Structures in Education • Education and society • Foundations of Sociology • Sociological Imaginations • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Practices Year 2 Equality and Inclusion in Education • Comparative Education • Theorising the Social World • Mobilisation, Movements and Protest • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices Final year Inequality and Education: Critical approaches • Reframing Identity • Sociological Analysis: special topic • Sociological Analysis: concepts and theories • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

120

Physical Education

Key facts

BA(Hons) with QTS Eastbourne

As a physical education teacher, you will need to be determined, adaptable, and keen to inspire and motivate young people.

This course provides regular opportunities to work directly with children in schools, in the community and using the university’s own specialist facilities, so you’ll gain plenty of professional experience throughout.

You will graduate with the experience and knowledge to teach the National Curriculum for Physical Education (NCPE) in schools around England and Wales.

We have an excellent national and international reputation for physical education and teacher training, and our Eastbourne campus has fantastic sports facilities.

Professional accreditation This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS).

Careers and employability This course is ideal if you want to start a career as a physical education teacher.

The knowledge and experience that you gain on the course will also prepare you for a variety of roles across and beyond the education sector.

As well as teaching children and young people, our graduates have found success in such varied fields as sport and leisure development for young people, the armed forces, the police, sport management, sports coaching and doctoral research.

Course content (indicative) In years 1 and 2 you will gain knowledge of your subject and teaching methods, including behaviour management, assessment and examinations in PE, with a two-week school placement towards the end of year 2. Years 3 and 4 offer a combination of practical placement experience and classroom-based learning.

Education and teaching • Outstanding reputation for teacher training • Chance to gain professional experience before you graduate • Excellent sport facilities There are a range of qualifications and extracurricular activities on offer during your course, including a number of National Governing Body (NGB) awards, sports competitions and the opportunity to perform with the university’s KICKSTART and FIDGET dance companies.

There is also a water sports module and ski trip.

Year 1 Dance • Education Studies • Foundation Games • Gymnastic Activities • Professional Development • Outdoor and Adventurous Activities • Human Movement • Swimming and Water Safety • Teachers as Educators • Track and Field Athletics Year 2 Accredited PE • Creating a Positive Teaching and Learning Environment • Education Studies • School Experience • Learning and Teaching Through Adventurous Activities • Aesthetic Activity • Artistic Activity • Aquatic Activities • Athletic Activities • Games Activities • Research Methods in PE Years 3 and 4 Dissertation in each year • Education Studies: Inclusive Practice • Intermediate Professional Semester • PE and the National Agenda • Final Professional Semester • Physical Education in the 14–19 Curriculum • Options include: Association Football • Athletics • Dance and Choreography • Gender and Physical Culture • Invasion Games • Netball • Net Games • Skiing and Snowboarding • Striking and Field Games

UCAS CODE X1C6 DURATION Full-time 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics. We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants must have already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

Applicants must meet all the Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 276 for details.) All offers are subject to an occupational health and Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) enhanced disclosure check.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 121

Primary Education (3–7 years)

Key facts

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer Teachers play a vital role in the development of a child during their early years. As a practitioner you will encourage a love of learning and provide support to young learners, so that they can reach their full potential.

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities. We have an outstanding reputation and partnerships with over 600 schools, where you will gain practical experience and support.

Our relationship with these partners ensures you will graduate fully prepared for the teaching profession.

You will be placed in schools, both large and small, in rural and urban areas.

Modules will be relevant and delivered by an experienced team. The allocation of individual support tutors will help guide you through your professional development.

Professional accreditation This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

Careers and employability As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools.

Our graduates have a great reputation and are known for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning.

Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles, or have focused on specialist areas such as special education needs.

Course content (indicative) You will spend around a quarter of each year on placement. You will gain knowledge of the full primary curriculum, whilst developing your leadership and management skills. From year 2 you’ll study an area of subject interest. You will graduate being able to teach Foundation Stage and Key Stage 1.

Education and teaching • Outstanding reputation for teacher training • Gain experience before you graduate • Access excellent resources • Optional advanced studies year If you opt for the additional advanced studies year, you will be able to further develop your skills in leadership and gain masters credits. You may be able to undertake a placement in a complementary educational setting, possibly overseas.

Year 1 Education Studies: How Children Learn • Exploring Learning and Teaching in the Core Subjects 1 • Introducing Foundation Subjects • Computing with Academic Support • School placement • School experience days Year 2 Education Studies: Creating an Inclusive Learning Environment • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in the Core Subjects 2 • Foundation Subjects: Embedding Knowledge, Enhancing Practice (PE and primary languages) • Two subject-study modules • School placement Final year Deepening Subject and Pedagogic knowledge to Impact on Children’s Mathematics Understanding • Consolidating Teaching, Learning and Assessing English • Subject study module • School placement • Education Studies: Leading Children’s Learning • Individual professional project

UCAS CODE X100 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points; specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 15 credits at distinction, and the rest at merit.

GCSE (minimum grade C). At least five subjects including English language, mathematics and science.

The equivalent of at least two weeks recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary or nursery setting, is required.

Applicants must meet all the Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 276 for details.) All offers are subject to an occupational health and Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) enhanced disclosure check. Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

122

Primary Education (5–11 years)

Key facts

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer Teachers have the opportunity to shape young lives and minds, inspiring the next generation of learners to realise their potential.

As a practitioner you will gain the knowledge and understanding required to develop a love of learning in children.

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, with an outstanding reputation and partnerships with over 600 schools. Our relationship with these partners ensures you will graduate fully prepared for the teaching profession.

On the course you will be placed in schools, both large and small, in rural and urban areas. Modules will be relevant and delivered by an experienced team.

The allocation of individual support tutors will help guide you through your professional development.

Professional accreditation This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

Careers and employability As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools.

Our graduates have a great reputation and are known for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning. Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles, or have focused on specialist areas such as special education needs.

Course content (indicative) You will spend around a quarter of each year on placement developing your practical and analytical skills with the support of relevant theory. You will gain knowledge and understanding of the full primary curriculum, whilst developing your leadership and management skills.

Education and teaching • Outstanding reputation for teacher training • Gain experience before you graduate • Access excellent resources • Optional advanced studies year From year 2 you’ll be able to study an area of subject interest leading to advanced knowledge and graduate confidently able to teach Key Stage 1 and Key Stage 2.

If you opt for the additional advanced studies year, you will be able to further develop your skills in leadership and gain masters credits. You may be able to undertake a placement in a complementary educational setting, possibly overseas.

Year 1 Education Studies: How Children Learn • Exploring Learning and Teaching in the Core Subjects 1 • Introduction to Foundation Subjects • Computing with Academic Support • School placement • School experience days Year 2 Consolidating Teaching, Learning and Assessing in English • Education Studies: Creating an Inclusive Learning Environment • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in the Core Subjects 2 • Foundation Subjects: Embedding Knowledge, Enhancing Practice • Two subject-study modules • School placement Final year Deepening subject and Pedagogic knowledge • Teaching, Learning and Assessing English • Subject study module • School placement • Education Studies: Leading Children’s Learning • Individual professional project

UCAS CODE X122 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points; specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 15 credits at distinction, and the rest at merit.

GCSE (minimum grade C). At least five subjects including English language, mathematics and science.

The equivalent of at least two weeks recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary setting, is required. Applicants must meet all the Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 276 for details.) All offers are subject to an occupational health and Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) enhanced disclosure check.

Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 123

Primary English Education

Key facts

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

The legacy of a good teacher can last a lifetime. This course is ideal for those who have a lively enthusiasm for English and the desire to be an outstanding teacher across all the primary curriculum subject areas.

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, with an outstanding reputation and partnerships with over 600 schools. Our relationship with these partners ensures you will graduate fully prepared for the teaching profession.

On the course you will be placed in schools, both large and small, in rural and urban areas. Modules will be relevant and delivered by an experienced team.

The allocation of individual support tutors will help guide you through your professional development.

Professional accreditation The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

Careers and employability As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools.

Our graduates have a great reputation and are known for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning. Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles, or have focused on specialist areas such as special education needs.

Course content (indicative) You will spend around a quarter of each year on placement developing your practical and analytical skills with the support of relevant theory. You will gain a knowledge and understanding of the full primary curriculum, while developing your leadership and management skills.

You will study your specialist subject of English and graduate with the knowledge to confidently teach at primary level.

Education and teaching • Outstanding reputation for teacher training • Chance to gain professional experience before you graduate • Access to excellent resources • Optional advanced studies year If you opt for the additional advanced studies year, you will be able to further develop your skills in leadership and gain masters credits. You may be able to undertake a placement in a complementary educational setting, possibly overseas.

Year 1 Children’s Literature • Mathematics Curriculum • English Curriculum • Teaching Science • Exploring the Teaching and Learning of English with Academic Study Support • Introducing Foundation Subjects • Education Studies: How Children Learn • School Placement Year 2 Challenging Text, Drama and Writing • Literacies in the Twenty-first Century • Education, Learning and Development • Mathematics and English Curriculum • School Placement • Computing and Contemporary Curriculum Developments • Foundation Subjects Final year Mathematics Curriculum • English Curriculum • Placement • Current Theories, Developments and Practice with Professional Development • Education Studies: Leading Children’s Learning • Individual Project (English)

UCAS CODE XQ13 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Must include English.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, including English.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include English at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C). At least five subjects including English language, mathematics and science.

The equivalent of at least two weeks recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary setting, is required. Applicants must meet all the Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 276 for details.) All offers are subject to an occupational health and Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) enhanced disclosure check.

Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

124

BE INSPIRED

The work of Professor Andy Hobson, head of the Education Research Centre in the School of Education, focuses on advancing the wellbeing and professional learning and development of teachers in schools and colleges. He is an international authority on teacher mentoring, and his research impacts policy, practice and scholarship.

He is also Editor-in-Chief of the International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education.

125

Primary Mathematics Education

Key facts

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

We believe that the legacy of a good teacher can last a lifetime. This course is ideal for those who have a lively enthusiasm for mathematics and the desire to be an outstanding teacher across all the primary curriculum subject areas.

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, with an outstanding reputation and partnerships with over 600 schools. Our relationship with these partners ensures you will graduate fully prepared for the teaching profession.

On the course you will be placed in schools, both large and small, in rural and urban areas. Modules will be relevant and delivered by an experienced team.

The allocation of individual support tutors will help guide you through your professional development.

Professional accreditation This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

Careers and employability

Education and teaching • Chance to gain professional experience before you graduate • Access to excellent resources • Outstanding reputation for teacher training • Optional advanced studies year You will study your specialist subject of mathematics and graduate with the knowledge to confidently teach at primary level.

If you opt for the additional advanced studies year, you will be able to further develop your skills in leadership and gain masters credits. You may be able to undertake a placement in a complementary educational setting, possibly overseas.

Year 1 Mathematics through Computer Science • Mathematics Curriculum • English Curriculum • Teaching Science • Introducing Foundation Subjects • Education Studies: How Children Learn • Placement

As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools.

Our graduates have a great reputation and are known for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning. Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles, or have focused on specialist areas such as special education needs.

Year 2 Developing Mathematical Thinking and Professional Development • Mathematical Modelling and Real-world Applications • Education, Learning and Development • Mathematics and English Curriculum • School Placement • Computing and Contemporary Curriculum Developments • Foundation Subjects

Course content (indicative)

Final year Mathematics Curriculum • English Curriculum • Placement • Developing Excellence and Leadership within Mathematics • Education Studies: Leading Children’s learning

Your studies will take place in the university and on placement. You will spend around a quarter of each year on placement developing your practical and analytical skills, with the support of relevant theory.

You will gain knowledge of the full primary curriculum, while developing your leadership and management skills.

UCAS CODE XG1C DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Must include mathematics.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, including mathematics.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include mathematics at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C). At least five subjects including English language, mathematics and science.

The equivalent of at least two weeks recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary setting, is required. Applicants must meet all the Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 276 for details.) Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

126

Secondary Mathematics Education

Key facts

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

This two-year course is suitable if you have completed a foundation degree, HND or HNC, or if you have successfully completed at least one year of degree-level study in mathematics or a related subject such as engineering or computer science but have not graduated yet.

Education and teaching • Outstanding reputation for initial teacher training • Gain experience before you graduate • Access excellent resources

Course content (indicative) It could also be that you are already working in a similar area and are now looking to switch to a career where you can inspire young people on a daily basis.

As a teacher of mathematics you will be in high demand. With financial training incentives, competitive starting salaries and plenty of room to progress, it is a great time to train to teach.

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, with an outstanding reputation and partnerships with over 600 schools. In partner schools you will gain practical experience working alongside mentors and experienced teachers.

Professional accreditation The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) in relation to Key Stages 3 and 4, and will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

Careers and employability Our graduates enjoy a consistently higher rate of employment than the national average for the sector, alongside a high demand for mathematics teachers.

Some of our graduates go on to be special educational needs teachers or head teachers. The QTS is a universal qualification and many teachers teach other age ranges during their career.

The course is split between tuition, placements and independent study, and covers everything you need to teach mathematics at secondary level.

Your university studies explore areas including education policy, learning styles, classroom management and special needs. Tutors help you to identify your strengths and areas for development with a bespoke learning programme.

In year 2, two-thirds of your time is spent on placements in two secondary schools. A school-based mentor works in partnership with your university tutor to provide expert support and training throughout.

Year 1 Mathematics Subject Study • Learning Mathematics in a Digital Age • Using and Applying Mathematics • Geometry and Proof • Data Handling • Mathematical Technologies • Mathematical Enquiry • Fundamental Mathematics • Historical and Cultural Perspectives on Mathematics

UCAS CODE XG11 DURATION Full-time 2 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

Minimum one year full-time study at HE level (equivalent to 120 CATS points at level 4) in a relevant subject area.

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Applicants should have some relevant experience, preferably in a secondary school setting, and must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 276 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health and Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) enhanced disclosure check. Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Education Studies • Mathematics Education • Mathematics Subject Study • Placement • Professional Studies (including final placement)

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 127

ALL OF OUR DEGREES ARE ACCREDITED

BY PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS

BUILD EXPERIENCE AND SKILLS WITH A SALARIED PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENT YEAR

NEW ADVANCED ENGINEERING BUILDING WILL PROVIDE WORLD-CLASS SPECIALIST FACILITIES

TWO-THIRDS OF OUR ENGINEERING RESEARCH HAS BEEN ASSESSED AS INTERNATIONALLY EXCELLENT REF 2014

ENGINEERING AND PRODUCT DESIGN At Brighton we are respected in industry for our hands-on, design-led approach to engineering and this is a significant factor in the excellent employment prospects enjoyed by our graduates. Whichever type of engineering or product design you choose to study you’ll be joining a thriving learning community which delivers world-leading research and has strong links with industry through partnerships and consultancy.

LOCATION

You’ll be based at our Moulsecoomb campus in Brighton, just north of the city centre.

PLACEMENTS

All of our courses offer salaried professional placement year opportunities.

Our dedicated placements team will support you throughout the process. We have placed students with organisations throughout Europe, including: • Adidas • Bentley • BMW • Bosch • Coty • Dyson • Jaguar Land Rover • NATS • Ricardo • Rolls-Royce • The Body Shop • Visteon Corporation.

128

SPECIALIST FACILITIES

Engineering students benefit from our advanced facilities including the Sir Harry Ricardo laboratories for automotive engine research, laboratories for embedded microprocessor systems development, flight simulator, wind tunnel, professional design studio, prototyping laboratories and workshops and specialist laboratories for structural dynamics.

The new advanced engineering building will provide world-class specialist facilities for teaching and research. It is being developed with our longterm partner, Ricardo, the Shoreham-based global engineering, strategic and environmental consultancy and specialist manufacturer.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

All of our honours degrees in engineering and product design are accredited by professional bodies including: • Institution of Engineering and Technology • Institution of Engineering Designers • Institution of Mechanical Engineers • Joint Board of Moderators – which represents bodies including the Institution of Civil Engineers, the Institution of Structural Engineers and the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation.

INTEGRATED STUDY

We offer courses with an extra year of integrated study at foundation level to give you the support, knowledge and skills you need to study at degree level. They are

• Aeronautical engineering • Automotive engineering • Civil engineering • Electrical and electronic engineering • Mechanical engineering • Product design suitable for applicants with non-scientific A- or AS-levels and mature students with alternative qualifications and the experience to undertake an honours degree.

Integrated masters (MEng) programmes enable you to study advanced level modules, preparing you for higher-level positions earlier in your career. If you are on a BEng(Hons) course and achieve the required standard in year 2, you can progress to the third year of the MEng.

A GREAT EXPERIENCE THAT LASTS A LIFETIME

For her final year project, Emily Brookes invented a device that is revolutionising cycle safety. The Blaze – Laserlight increases visibility of cyclists on the road, alerting motorists and pedestrians to their presence. After graduating, Emily founded Blaze and the company now ships the light to 52 countries.

In 2015 Emily teamed up with Santander and Transport for London; from 2016 all 11,500 London Santander Cycles will be fitted with a Blaze Laserlight. Emily also won the prestigious 2014 NatWest everywoman Iris Award.

The Sir Harry Ricardo labs offer a specialist, advanced engineering research environment

Our engineering students have access to a flight simulator to support their learning

Electrical engineering labs are part of the refurbishment of the Cockcroft building

Our civil engineering students in the concrete lab 129

Aeronautical Engineering

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an aeronautical engineer.

Your learning will be supported with a strong foundation of mechanical engineering and a mix of theory and practice.

You will benefit from access to our new advanced engineering building, specialist laboratories, flight simulator, Sir Harry Ricardo research facilities, wind tunnel, experimental gas turbine, aerodynamics lab and facilities for rapid prototyping.

The course is designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Aeronautical Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and Institution of Engineering Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements stage for chartered engineer status (CEng).

Careers and employability Placement opportunities at companies such as NATS and Rolls-Royce offer a great opportunity to enhance your CV. Recent graduates are working in defence, aerospace and satellite development with companies including McAlpine Helicopters Ltd, Marshall Aerospace, Lucas Aerospace, Airbus and MSX International. Some graduates choose to go on to further study or research.

Integrated foundation year An integrated foundation year (UCAS code: H415) for applicants who do not meet standard entry requirements. See page 143 for more details.

Engineering • Access to specialist facilities including our advanced engineering building and flight simulator • Well-established links with industry • Chance to gain a year’s paid industry experience before you graduate

Course content (indicative) In year 1 you will explore mechanical engineering topics, giving you a solid basis to build specialist aeronautical engineering knowledge and skills in your second year. In your final year you will embark on a major project, often supported by industry.

Year 1 Design and Applications Project • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computeraided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts

UCAS CODE H410 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC including maths and a physical science. General Studies excluded.

BTEC DMM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

IB 28 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or above. Must include maths and a physical science.

Year 2 Fluid Mechanics • Thermodynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Aeronautical Instrumentation and Testing • Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics and a physical science.

Optional placement year

English language requirements see page 275.

Final Year Fluid Mechanics • Aircraft Propulsion Systems • Aircraft Design • Control Systems • Product Innovation and Management • Project • Options: Radio and Navigation Systems • Materials Engineering • Engineering Simulation

Recognised foundation course containing mathematics and physical sciences.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

130

Aeronautical Engineering

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The MEng is an integrated qualification giving you opportunities to study at an in-depth masters level.

Your learning will be supported by a strong foundation of mechanical engineering and a mix of theory and practice. The MEng course will extend your technical understanding and knowledge of business processes and management expertise. You will benefit from gaining project management skills during team projects alongside industry.

The course is designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date, relevant programme and hands-on experience. You will also benefit from access to our specialist laboratories and the option of a year’s paid placement.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and Institution of Engineering Technology (IET) as meeting the educational requirements stage for chartered engineer status (CEng).

Careers and employability The additional management and business training you receive on an MEng course is recognised as an ideal route into management positions early in your career. Recent graduates are working in companies including McAlpine Helicopters Ltd, Marshall Aerospace.

Lucas Aerospace and MSX International.

Some graduates choose to go on to further study or research.

Course content (indicative) In year 1 you will develop your skills in engineering, project management and teamwork.

In year 2, you will study management as well as computer-aided design and modelling. Group project work will help you to develop skills used in the workplace.

Engineering • Access to specialist facilities including our advanced engineering building and flight simulator • Well-established links with industry and chance to gain a year’s paid industry experience before you graduate • Advanced study in engineering and its business applications In the final year you will embark on team projects potentially supported by industry, with strong industry links established by many of our teaching staff.

Year 1 Design and Applications Project • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computeraided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts Year 2 Fluid Mechanics • Thermodynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Aeronautical Instrumentation and Testing • Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management Optional placement year Year 3 Fluid Mechanics • Aircraft Propulsion Systems • Aircraft Design • Control Systems • Product Innovation and Management • Project • Integrating case study

UCAS CODE H416 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB including maths and a physical science. General Studies excluded.

BTEC DDM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

IB 30 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course with maths and physical sciences.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Major Team Project • Operations Management for Logistics • Flight Simulator Technologies • Aircraft Dynamics and Control • Computational Fluid Dynamics • Avionics GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 131

Automotive Engineering

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an automotive engineer.

Your learning will be supported by a strong foundation in mechanical engineering and a mix of theory and practice.

You will benefit from access to our specialist facilities including the Sir Harry Ricardo Laboratories and the new advanced engineering building.

Brighton is recognised by the UK’s Advanced Propulsion Centre (APC) as the National Centre of Excellence for Internal Combustion Engine Thermal Efficiency. You will be taught by a team with an international reputation for automotive research.

The course is designed in consultation with industry partners and gives you the opportunity to take a year’s paid placement to enhance your CV. If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Automotive Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) as partially meeting the educational requirements stage of chartered engineer status (CEng). To fully satisfy the educational needs for chartered status, you will also need to complete a relevant accredited masters programme.

Careers and employability Recent graduates are working in companies including Jaguar Land Rover Ltd, Ricardo UK Ltd and Mahle Powertrain Ltd. Some have gone on to further study at MSc and PhD level.

Integrated foundation year An integrated foundation year (UCAS code: H415) for applicants who do not meet standard entry requirements. See page 143 for more details 132

Engineering • Well-established links with industry • Access to excellent facilities in our new advanced engineering building • Chance to gain a year’s paid work experience before you graduate

Course content (indicative) In your first year you will gain a broad understanding of mechanical engineering and undertake project-based work in small groups to develop your teamwork and communication skills. You begin to focus on automotive engineering in your second year before specialising in areas that interest you most in your final year.

Year 1 Design and Applications Project • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computeraided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts Year 2 Fluid Dynamics • Thermodynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Automotive Instrumentation and Testing • Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management Optional placement year Final year Advanced Fluid Mechanics • Control Systems • Power Train Engineering • Vehicle Design • Product Innovation and Management • Project • Options: Radio and Navigation Systems • Materials • Engineering Simulation

UCAS CODE H330 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Must include mathematics and a physical science.

BTEC DMM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

IB 28 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or distinction. Must include maths and a physical science.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course with maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Automotive Engineering

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The MEng is an integrated qualification giving you opportunities to study at an in-depth masters level.

Your learning will be supported by a strong foundation in mechanical engineering and a mix of theory and practice. The masters-level study will extend your technical understanding and knowledge of business processes and management expertise, as you gain project management skills in team projects set by industry partners.

Brighton is recognised by the UK’s Advanced Propulsion Centre (APC) as the National Centre of Excellence for Internal Combustion Engine Thermal Efficiency. You will be taught by a team with an international reputation for automotive research.

You will also benefit from access to our specialist laboratories and the option of a year’s paid placement.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMEchE) and the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as meeting the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

Careers and employability The additional training you receive on an MEng course is an ideal route into management positions early in your career. Recent graduates are working in companies including Jaguar Land Rover Ltd, Ricardo UK Ltd and Mahle Powertrain Ltd. MEng graduates are also well-placed to go on to further study or research.

Course content (indicative) You will gain knowledge of topics including mechanics, electronics, programming, mathematics, conceptual design, manufacturing and automotive systems.

Engineering • Access to excellent facilities in our new advanced engineering building • Well-established links with industry • Chance to gain a year’s paid work experience before you graduate Project-based work will develop your skills in engineering, team working and communication. Specialist projects in the final year are often proposed and supported by our industry partners.

Year 1 Design and Applications Project • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computeraided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management • Thermodynamics • Fluid Dynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Automotive Instrumentation and Testing

UCAS CODE H335 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Must include maths and a physical science.

BTEC DDM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

IB 30 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Optional placement year

Fees and funding page 280

Year 3 Project • Radio and Navigation Systems • Advanced Fluid Mechanics • Control Systems • Vehicle Design • Product Innovation and Management • Integrating Case Study

Help with your application page 279

Final year Major Team Project • Operations Management for Logistics • Power Train Engineering • Computational Fluid Dynamics • Sensors and Interfacing • Options: Automotive Control Systems • Sustainable Automotive Power Technology (Optional) GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 133

Computer Systems and Communications

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb On this course practical projects and industry-informed teaching enable you to develop your understanding of the hardware and software technologies that underpin computer systems and communications.

You will develop the skills required to evaluate existing systems, isolate network design issues and program the necessary solutions in different scenarios.

Your learning is supported by access to our extensive computing facilities, which include a dedicated communications laboratory, a specialist computing suite and laboratories devoted to hardware, digital media and games development.

You will also have access to Tobii Glasses 2, the latest in mobile eye tracking technology.

The optional paid placement year gives you the chance to build your CV, put your knowledge into practice and gain a head start in the graduate jobs market.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Computer Systems and Communications MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Careers and employability Our graduates are equipped with the skills and knowledge to work in a range of roles within the computing industry – locally, nationally and internationally. Graduate opportunities exist in telecommunications companies, computer manufacturers, software manufacturers, electronics companies and large organisations such as financial and retail companies.

Engineering • Opportunity for paid industry work experience before you graduate • Courses designed in consultation with employers • Industry-standard facilities including eye tracking technology

Course content (indicative) This course is based around several themes: programming languages and embedded architecture, digital electronics, networks and communications, engineering design and management, object–oriented software design and implementation, operating systems and client-server computing, network management, and security.

It is taught through lectures, tutorials and laboratory-based assignments and assessed through exams, projects, portfolios, reports and presentations.

Year 1 Programming • Databases • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Networking • Human-computer Interaction • Professional and Study Skills • Digital Electronics • Mathematics

UCAS CODE I3H7 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Must include maths subject to at least AS-level.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points. Study of Higher level maths or high grade at Standard level.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or distinction. Must include computing.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Computer Systems Architecture • Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Mathematics and Control • Engineering and Design • Network Design and Technologies Optional placement year Final year Programming Languages, Concurrency and Client-server Computing • Mobile Application Development • Network Management and Security • Communications • Individual Project

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

134

Computer Systems and Communications

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb The Computer Systems and Communications MEng is an integrated masters programme centred on advanced-level options and a research project. It gives you the expertise to lead projects and take on higher level roles earlier in your career.

Your learning is supported by access to our extensive computing facilities, which include a dedicated communications laboratory, a specialist computing suite and laboratories devoted to hardware, digital media and games development.

You will also have access to Tobii Glasses 2, the latest in mobile eye tracking technology.

The optional paid placement year gives you the chance to build your CV, put your knowledge into practice and gain a head start in the graduate jobs market.

Careers and employability Graduate employment opportunities exist in telecommunications companies, computer manufacturers, software manufacturers, electronics companies and large organisations such as financial and retail companies.

Course content (indicative) This course is based around several themes: programming languages and embedded architecture, digital electronics, networks and communications, engineering design and management, object-oriented software design and implementation, operating systems and client-server computing, network management, and security.

Laboratory-based practical work is an essential element of the course. You will gain essential programming and problem-solving skills, both of which are highly sought after by employers.

The final year gives you the chance to specialise in areas that match your interests and career aspirations as you choose from a range of option modules.

Engineering • Opportunity for paid industry work experience before you graduate • Courses designed in consultation with employers • Industry-standard facilities including eye tracking technology Year 1 Programming • Human-computer Interaction • Professional and Study Skills • Databases • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Digital Electronics • Mathematics • Networking Year 2 Computer Systems Architecture • Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Mathematics and Control • Engineering and Design • Network Design and Technologies

UCAS CODE I3H6 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Must include maths subject to at least AS-level.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points. Study of Higher level maths or high grade at Standard level.

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Optional placement year

English language requirements see page 275.

Year 3 Programming Languages, Concurrency and Client-server Computing • Mobile Application Development • Network Management and Security • Communications • Team Project

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Research Methods • Advanced Networking Technologies • Secure Network Systems • Individual Project • Options: Algorithms and Computability • Intelligent Systems • Specification, Verification and Validation • Distributed Systems Principles • Advanced Computer Systems and Architecture • Enterprise Application Development

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 135

Electrical and Electronic Engineering

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course you will develop a strong foundation of electrical and electronic engineering knowledge and skills. You will explore fundamental theories, and apply them during practical work in the lab.

You will benefit from access to our specialist electronics and computer laboratories, and the option of a year’s paid placement.

The course is designed with input from industry and the accrediting body (IET) to provide you with the most up-todate and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements for chartered engineer (CEng) status.

Careers and employability The practical approach of this course, alongside placement opportunities, means that our graduates enjoy great employment success. Students have undertaken placements at Network Rail, Rolls-Royce, General Electric and Cummins Generator Technology.

Recent graduates are working in companies including Rolls-Royce, Southern Water, National Rail, Edwards High Vacuum and Innogy. Some graduates go on to further study and research at masters or PhD level.

Integrated foundation year An integrated foundation year (UCAS code: H415) for applicants who do not meet standard entry requirements. See page 143 for more details.

Engineering • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) • Well-established links with industry and option of a paid placement year • Access to advanced engineering facilities

Course content (indicative) In years 1 and 2 you will take modules in electronic engineering, mathematics and communications. You will also undertake practical projects – including a Robot Wars-style project – and have the option of a year’s paid industrial placement. In your final year you will specialise in areas of interest and complete an extensive piece of individual work that you can showcase to potential employers.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design, Innovation and Management • Analogue Electronics • Electrical Engineering • Radio and Navigation Systems • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications • Robot Wars Project Optional placement year

UCAS CODE H605 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC including maths and a physical science. General Studies excluded.

BTEC DMM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

IB 28 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include maths and a physical science.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, maths and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course containing mathematics and physical science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Project • Product Innovation and Management • Integrating Case Study • Electronics • High Voltage Power, Distribution and Utilisation • Options include: Digital Signal Processing • Communications GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

136

The new advanced engineering building, will provide world-class specialist facilities for students

Our students have access to a range of equipment including Oculus Rift technology

A product design student using one of our 3D printers 137

Electrical and Electronic Engineering

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The MEng is an integrated qualification giving you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level.

You will develop an advanced understanding of engineering theory, business and project management, with access to specialist facilities including electronics and computer laboratories as you work on group and individual projects.

The course is designed in consultation with industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience. You will have the opportunity of a year’s paid placement to enhance your CV.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) and fully meets the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer (CEng) status.

Careers and employability The practical approach of this course, alongside masters-level study and placement opportunities, means our graduates enjoy great employment success. Studying at this level provides opportunities for more senior positions as a chartered engineer early in your career.

Recent graduates are working for companies including Applications Solutions (ASL), Rolls-Royce, Southern Water, National Rail, Edwards High Vacuum and Innogy. Some graduates have chosen to study at PhD level.

Course content (indicative) In years 1 and 2 you will take modules in electronic engineering, mathematics and computer programming. You will also undertake practical projects.

You will have the option of a year’s paid placement after year 2.

Engineering • Well-established links with industry and option of a paid placement year • Advanced study in engineering, business and project management • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) In your final two years, you will specialise in areas of interest and undertake an individual project that you can showcase to potential employers. The final year allows you to work on another major project, which may be supported by one of our industrial partners.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design, Innovation and Management • Analogue Electronics • Electrical Engineering • Radio and Navigation Systems • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications Optional placement year Year 3 Project • Product Innovation and Management • Integrating Case Study • Electronics • High Voltage Power, Distribution and Utilisation Final year Interdisciplinary Team Project • Operations Management for Logistics • Automotive Control Systems • Automotive Communication Systems • Sensors and Interfacing • Power Electronics and Actuators

UCAS CODE H607 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB including mathematics and a physical science. General Studies excluded.

BTEC DDM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

IB 30 points, specified subjects. including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course containing mathematics and physical science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

138

Electronic and Computer Engineering

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course you will develop a strong foundation of electrical and electronic engineering knowledge and skills. You will explore fundamental theories, and apply them during practical work in the lab, helping to prepare you for a career in this fastpaced field.

XX Engineering • xx Well-established links with industry • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) • Chance to gain a year’s paid industry experience before you graduate

You will benefit from access to specialist facilities including laboratories for embedded microprocessor systems development, electronic and computeraided design resources, and digital video equipment.

Integrated foundation year

The course is designed in consultation with industry and the accrediting body (IET) to provide you with the most up-todate and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience. You will have the opportunity of a year’s paid placement and will prepare a project portfolio for your future career.

Course content (indicative)

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements for chartered engineer status (CEng).

Careers and employability The practical approach of this course and placement opportunities help our graduates to achieve great employment success. Recent graduates are working in companies including Electa, Eurotherm, Paxton Access and Hanover Displays, while others have established their own companies. Some graduates choose to go on to further study and research at MSc or PhD level.

This degree is also offered with an integrated foundation year (UCAS code: H161) offering access to applicants who do not meet standard entry requirements.

See page 143 for more details.

Your first year will provide you with a broad introduction to electronic and computer engineering, which will be developed in more detail in your second year. You may choose to spend a year in industry after your second year, and in your final year you will consolidate your knowledge, skills and experience with an emphasis on embedded computer systems design. You will complete an individual final year project, focusing on areas that interest you.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design, Innovation and Management • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications • Analogue Electronics • Radio and Navigation Systems • Electrical Engineering Optional placement year Final year Project • Product Innovation and Management • Communications • Digital Signal Processing • Microprocessor Systems Design

UCAS CODE HG64 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year 4 x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274. xx.

A-levels BBC xx. including mathematics and a physical science. General BTEC xx.excluded.

Studies IB xx. DMM. Must include maths for BTEC HE or further engineering Access to HE diploma xx. maths or equivalent.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

IB 28 points, specified subjects English language requirements including maths and a physical see pageatxx. science Higher level.

Fees and pagepass, xx Access tofunding HE diploma 30 credits must be at merit or Entry and application page xx distinction. Must include maths, computing and a physical science.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course containing mathematics and physical science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 139

Electronic and Computer Engineering

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Gain a solid foundation of theory and practice in digital electronics and computing with extra, masters-level study to help you prepare for more senior positions in this fast-paced field.

You will benefit from an in-depth understanding of engineering theory, business and project management, with an emphasis on embedded computer systems design. You’ll have access to specialist facilities including embedded microprocessor systems and electronics and computer laboratories.

The course is designed in consultation with industry and the accrediting body (IET) to provide you with the most up-todate and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience. You will learn from practical hands-on group and individual projects and have the opportunity of a year’s paid placement.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) and fully meets the educational requirements for chartered engineer status (CEng).

Careers and employability The practical approach of this course, alongside the masters-level study and placement opportunities, means our graduates enjoy great employment success. Studying at this level provides opportunities for more senior positions as a chartered engineer earlier in your career.

Recent graduates are working in companies including Electa, Eurotherm and Paxton Access. Some graduates have established their own companies or gone on to study at PhD level.

Engineering • Established links with industry and the option of a year’s paid placement • In-depth study of engineering, business and project management • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering

UCAS CODE HG6K DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB including maths and a physical science. General Studies excluded.

BTEC DDM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design, Innovation and Management • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications • Analogue Electronics • Radio and Navigation Systems • Electrical Engineering

IB 30 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Optional placement year

Recognised foundation course containing mathematics and physical science.

Year 3 Project • Product Innovation and Management • Integrating Case Study • Microprocessor Systems Design • Options: Digital Signal Processing • Communications

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Interdisciplinary Team Project • Operations Management for Logistics • Automotive Control Systems • Automotive Communication Systems • Embedded Processor Systems • Engineering with MATLAB

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 140

Mechanical Engineering

Key facts

BEng(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Gain the knowledge and skills to become a mechanical engineer. The course provides you with a strong foundation in engineering and a mix of theory and practice with industrial and commercial insight.

You will benefit from access to our specialist facilities in our new advanced engineering building, the Sir Harry Ricardo Laboratories, manufacturing workshops, rapid prototyping equipment, vehicle simulators, and hydraulics, thermodynamics and materials laboratories. You will also have the option to take a year’s paid placement.

The course is designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Mechanical Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements for chartered engineer status (CEng).

Careers and employability Recent graduates are working in a range of industries from aerospace to manufacturing and at companies including Visteon, Jaguar Land Rover and Bosch. Some students choose to go on to further study and research at masters or PhD level.

Integrated foundation year An integrated foundation year (UCAS code: H415) for applicants who do not meet standard entry requirements. See page 143 for more details.

Engineering • Specialist facilities in the new advanced engineering building • Option of a year’s paid industry placement in companies such as Rolls-Royce and Ford • Well-established links with industry and a focus on your career

Course content (indicative) In your first year you will explore conceptual design, manufacturing and testing through project-based learning, giving you a solid basis to build specialist mechanical engineering knowledge and skills in your second year. In your final year, you will embark on a major project, often supported by industry.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Computer-aided Engineering and Design • Design and Applications project (EA) • Materials and Manufacture Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design, Innovation and Management • Dynamics • Thermodynamics • Fluid Dynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Mechanical and Manufacturing Instrumentation and Testing Optional placement year Final year Product Innovation and Management • Control Systems • Individual Project • Advance Fluid Dynamics • Manufacturing Systems

UCAS CODE H300 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC including maths and a physical science. General Studies excluded.

BTEC DMM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths or equivalent.

IB 28 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include maths and a physical science.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, maths and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course containing mathematics and physical science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 141

Mechanical Engineering

Key facts

MEng Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The MEng is an integrated qualification giving you opportunities to study at an in-depth masters level. You will extend your technical understanding, business process knowledge and project management skills through industry insight and a strong foundation in engineering.

You will use the facilities in the new advanced engineering building, Sir Harry Ricardo Laboratories and manufacturing workshops. You will also gain highly transferable project management skills and have the option to take a year’s paid placement to enhance your CV. The course is designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and the Institution for Engineering and Technology (IET) as meeting the educational requirements for chartered engineer status (CEng).

Careers and employability The in-depth training you receive on the MEng course provides an ideal route to management-level positions earlier in your career.

Recent graduates are working in a range of industries from aerospace to manufacturing at companies including Visteon, Triumph, Bosch, Ford and Jaguar Land Rover. Some graduates choose to go on to further study and research at PhD level.

Course content (indicative) In your first year you will explore conceptual design, manufacturing and testing through project-based learning, giving you a solid basis to build specialist knowledge and skills from your second year.

Engineering • In-depth study of engineering, business processes and project management • Specialist facilities in our new advanced engineering building • Well-established links with industry and the option to take a year’s paid placement

UCAS CODE H302 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

You will have the option of a year’s paid placement after year 2.

A-levels BBB including maths and a physical science. General Studies excluded.

In your final years you will embark on a major project – often supported by industry – and develop your business, management and technical expertise.

BTEC DDM. Must include maths for HE or further engineering maths, or equivalent.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Computer-aided Engineering and Design • Design and Applications project (EA) • Materials and Manufacture

Access to HE diploma not accepted.

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design, Innovation and Management • Dynamics • Thermodynamics • Fluid Dynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Mechanical and Manufacturing Instrumentation and Testing Optional placement year

IB 30 points, specified subjects including maths and a physical science at Higher level.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, maths and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course containing mathematics and physical science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 3 Product Innovation and Management • Control Systems • Individual Project • Advance Fluid Dynamics • Manufacturing Systems • Integrated Case Studies Final year Automotive Control Systems • Aircraft Dynamics and Control • Design for Manufacture • Computational Fluid Dynamics • Operational Management for Logistics • Major Team Project

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

142

Engineering

Key facts

Integrated foundation year Brighton: Moulsecoomb

We offer courses with an extra year of integrated study at foundation level to give you the support, knowledge and skills you need to progress.

They are suitable for applicants with non-scientific A- or AS-levels and mature students with alternative qualifications and the experience to undertake an honours degree.

We offer the following integrated foundation year degree courses: • Aeronautical Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) (UCAS code H415) • Automotive Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) (UCAS code H331) • Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) (UCAS code H202) • Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) (UCAS code HI61) • Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) (UCAS code H606) • Mechanical Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) (UCAS code H301)

Engineering • xx Accredited courses recognised by industry • Access to industry-standard facilities including specialist laboratories and custom-built workshops • Chance to take a year’s paid placement in industry

Course structure Lectures, laboratory classes, tutorials and seminars provide a varied learning environment.

The course runs in two parallel streams: a home stream and an EU stream. The home stream is for UK students but may also accommodate those from outside the UK who require no English language support. The second stream is for EU students who need to improve their English language skills in addition to their academic qualifications.

Students from outside the EU who require a foundation programme and English language support should contact the University of Brighton’s International College. www.brighton.ac.uk/ubic

Professional accreditation

Course content (indicative)

All of our integrated foundation year courses are accredited by professional organisations, including the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET), Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and Joint Board of Moderators (JBM).

Home stream Core Mathematics • Geometry • Core Science • Engineering Mathematics • Engineering Science • Engineering Mechanics • Group Project

Careers and employability The practical approach of this course and placement opportunities help prepare you for your career as an engineer. Recent graduates are working in companies including Rolls-Royce, National Rail, Bosch and Airbus.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BEng(Hons), you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the respective MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

EU stream English for Academic Purposes • Geometry • Core Science • Engineering Mathematics • Engineering Mechanics • Engineering Science • Group Project

UCAS CODE See course codes in left column.

DURATION Full-time 1 year plus 3–4 year BEng(Hons) TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

UCAS tariff 200 points with maths and physics at A or AS-level otherwise 260 points. General Studies excluded.

BTEC MMP/DM. IB 24 points, specified subjects; certificates considered.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including maths and a physical science (or equivalent).

For the EU stream, EU students must have IELTS 5.0 plus UK AS-level equivalent qualifications including maths and physics (min grade C).

Mature students without these qualifications but with relevant industrial experience may be considered.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 143

Product Design with Professional Experience

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb By studying product design with us, you will explore the theory and practice behind designing innovative and functional consumer products, from researching concepts through to launching a product.

You’ll benefit from access to specialist facilities including our professional design studio, prototyping laboratories and engineering workshops, which include simulators, laser scanners, wind tunnels, plasma and laser cutters, and five-axis CNC machines.

Through project-based teaching, you will develop professional expertise in areas such as culture, business, creativity and engineering, with a particular emphasis on the design of lifestyle and household products.

Our product design courses feature opportunities to exhibit your work nationally, gain professional experience during the placement year and study abroad at one of our partner universities.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by Institution of Engineering Designers (IED).

Careers and employability The course equips you for professions ranging from traditional manufacturing and design consultancy to work in creative industries such as graphics, social media, marketing, research and new technologies.

Recent graduates are now working for companies including Apple, Dyson, Hallmark Cards, Jaguar, Mars and Nokia, while others have set up their own enterprises, some with support from the university.

Product design • Hands-on project work to take your ideas from concept to completion • Opportunity to spend a year on placement or studying abroad at a partner university • Professional accreditation from the Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Course content (indicative) Year 1 In year 1 you will gain the skills, knowledge and techniques needed to undertake design research, concept generation and product development.

You will also look at culture, social trends, behaviours and aesthetics in relation to how people and products interact.

Year 2 In year 2 projects will become increasingly challenging and varied. There will also be an emphasis on professional and commercial skills to help you prepare for your third year placement.

Placement year The placement year gives you the opportunity to put theory into practice, gain experience and build a network of professional contacts.

Final year The final year develops your ability to work as an independent and confident designer, and to engage with high-level practice and design theory. You will publicly exhibit your work to help you understand more about the commercial potential of your product.

UCAS CODE W242 DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. Must include an A-level in a technology-based subject (design technology, science and creative subjects are appropriate).

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course in relevant area or relevant professional experience will be considered.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 144

Graduate Adam Gale, developed a sustainable music sharing device

Graduate, Nik Hannay created Contego which is an innovative design solution aiming to reduce concussion rates in American football

Graduate, Demetris Constantinou’s olive oil maker allows you to extract olive oil in a matter of hours Graduate, Alex Mclean designed the S-011 a high visibility skipping rope developed to support visually impaired people

Designed by graduate Daniel Cano, Yi Qi is inspired by the Asian tea culture, and encourages people to grow their own tea and share it socially

Graduate, Ollie Hyde developed Don’t Leave Me – a wearable technology product that offers security to protect possessions against theft or loss 145

Product Design Technology with Professional Experience

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb On this course you will explore the theory and practice behind designing innovative and functional consumer products, from researching concepts through to launching a product.

Through project-based teaching, you will develop professional expertise in areas such as culture, business, creativity and engineering, with a particular emphasis on the design of complex, technologyrich products.

You’ll benefit from access to specialist facilities including our professional design studio, prototyping laboratories and engineering workshops, which include simulators, laser scanners, wind tunnels, plasma and laser cutters, and five-axis CNC machines.

Our product design courses feature opportunities to exhibit your work nationally, gain professional experience during the placement year and study abroad at one of our partner universities.

Professional accreditation The course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering Designers (IED).

Careers and employability The course equips you for a wide variety of professions, ranging from traditional manufacturing and design consultancy to work in creative industries such as graphics, social media, marketing, research and new technologies.

Recent graduates are working for companies including Apple, Dyson, Hallmark Cards, Jaguar, Mars and Nokia.

Others have set up their own enterprises, some with support from the university.

XX Product design • xx Specialist focus on advanced engineering technology • Hands-on project work to take your ideas from concept to completion • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Course content (indicative) Year 1 In year 1 you will gain the skills, knowledge and techniques needed to undertake design research, concept generation and product development as you look at technology and human factors design. There will also be classes in digital and micro-electronics, software and stress analysis.

Year 2 In year 2 projects will become increasingly challenging and varied. There will also be an emphasis on professional and commercial skills to help you prepare for your third year placement.

UCAS CODE W241 xx DURATION Full-time With placement x yearsyear 4 years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels ABB. Must include an A-levels A-level inxx. a technology-based subject (design technology, BTEC xx.and creative subjects are science appropriate).

IB xx.

BTEC DDM. Access to HE diploma xx.

IB 32 points, specified subjects.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

Access to HE diploma pass, English language requirements 30 credits must be at merit or see page xx. distinction.

Fees and funding page xx GCSE (minimum grade C) at least Entry and application xx five subjects includingpage English language, mathematics and a physical science.

Placement year The placement year gives you the opportunity to put theory into practice, gain experience and build a network of professional contacts.

Recognised foundation course in relevant area or relevant professional experience will be considered.

Final year The final year develops your ability to work as an independent and confident designer, and to engage with high-level practice and design theory. You will publicly exhibit your work to help you understand more about the commercial potential of your product.

Fees and funding page 280

English language requirements see page 275.

Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 146

Sports Product Design with Professional Experience

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb On this course you will explore the theory and practice behind designing innovative and functional consumer products, from researching concepts through to launching a product.

Through project-based teaching, you will develop professional expertise in areas such as culture, business, creativity and engineering, with a particular emphasis on the design of sports-related products.

You’ll benefit from access to specialist facilities including a professional design studio, the Brighton Creativity Centre, prototyping laboratories and engineering workshops, which include simulators, laser scanners, wind tunnels, plasma and laser cutters, and five-axis CNC machines.

Our product design courses feature opportunities to exhibit your work nationally, gain professional experience during the placement year and study abroad at one of our partner universities.

Professional experience The course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering Designers (IED).

Careers and employability The course equips you for a wide range of design-related professions, from traditional manufacturing, research, development and consultancy to creative industries such as graphics, social media and marketing.

Recent graduates are now working for companies including Adidas, Puma, SportKreative and d3o. Others have set up their own enterprises, some with support from the university.

Product design • Specialist focus on biomechanics and sports product design • Hands-on project work to take your ideas from concept to completion • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Course content (indicative) Year 1 In year 1 you will gain the skills, knowledge and techniques needed to undertake design research, concept generation and product development, as you look at culture, social trends, behaviours and aesthetics in relation to how people and products interact. There will also be classes in biomechanics, anatomy and sport science.

Year 2 In year 2 projects will become increasingly challenging and varied. There will also be an emphasis on professional and commercial skills to help you prepare for your third year placement.

Placement year The placement year gives you the opportunity to put theory into practice, gain experience and build a network of professional contacts.

Final year The final year develops your ability to work as an independent and confident designer, and to engage with high-level practice and design theory. You will publicly exhibit your work to help you understand more about the commercial potential of your product.

UCAS CODE CJ69 DURATION With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. Must include an A-level in a technology-based subject (design technology, science and creative subjects are appropriate).

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at merit or distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language, mathematics and a physical science.

Recognised foundation course in relevant area or relevant professional experience will be considered.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 147

PUT THEORY INTO PRACTICE WITH FIELDWORK AND PLACEMENTS

WORK IN OUR NEW SPECIALIST LABS, PART OF OUR CAMPUS INVESTMENT

STUDY THE SUBJECTS THAT INTEREST YOU MOST WITH FLEXIBLE COURSE AND MODULE CHOICES

80%

OF OUR EARTH SYSTEMS AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES RESEARCH IMPACT IS RATED INTERNATIONALLY EXCELLENT

GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT REF 2014

At Brighton, our courses in geography, geology and environmental sciences offer exceptional course choice and flexibility, exciting fieldwork opportunities in the UK and overseas, and the chance to apply and develop your learning through professional placement opportunities.

LOCATION

Most of our courses in these subjects are based at our Moulsecoomb campus in Brighton, just north of the city centre. Environmental biology is available on our Hastings campus, an hour east of Brighton.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Our Geology and Physical Geography and Geology courses are accredited by the Geological Society of London.

Environmental Sciences and Earth and Ocean Science are accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES).

WORK IN THE FIELD

Field trips are at the heart of our learning experience.

Fieldwork allows you to develop practical skills and apply your learning in realworld situations, preparing you for your final year project and for your career.

148

In the UK our residential fieldwork locations include Wales and Yorkshire whilst overseas destinations include North Africa, Greece, Sicily, Spain, Cyprus and France.

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE

Our courses feature many opportunities for you to build practical experience and to apply it during fieldwork, in the lab and in the workplace.

You will have access to: • computer labs running GIS • remote sensing and image analysis software • a refurbished geology lab • soil and water analysis lab • high-tech public health and geochemical labs, including walk-in cold storage, mass spectrometer and XFR • advanced microscope technology • equipment for rock and mineral analysis • equipment for field-based geophysical surveying.

Volunteer as part of your course by choosing our Community Engagement module. Recent students have worked with community gardening, recycling and food coop projects, in wetland conservation and at the Sussex Wildlife Trust.

The optional professional placement year is a great opportunity to experience paid employment and make professional contacts.

Our students have been on placement with: • Australian Marine Research Laboratories • Cascade Experimental Forest project, USA • Department for Energy and Climate Change • Field Studies Council • Samsung • Sunseed Desert Technologies, Spain • Transport for London.

• • • • • • •

Archaeology Earth and ocean science Ecology Environmental biology Environmental sciences Geography Geology

ADVANCED STUDY

You may choose to study one of our integrated masters courses, Geology MGeol or Geography MGeog.

Integrated masters are an opportunity to gain advanced knowledge and research skills required for work as a practising geoscientist or geographer, and to develop an in-depth independent research project in a specialist subject that interests you.

BE INSPIRED

Professor Huw Taylor and Dr James Ebdon were commissioned

by UNICEF to investigate options for the provision of safe water in rural Malawi.

Working in collaboration with the University of Malawi, the project offers a valuable blueprint for new ways to reduce excretarelated disease associated with water supply and sanitation. The work won national recognition being ‘Highly Commended’ at the Times Higher Education Awards 2015 in the International Collaboration of the Year category.

Our students put theory into practice in the field, on trips abroad and in the UK

Our geology labs are part of the refurbished Cockcroft building 149

Archaeology and Geography

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Archaeology and Geography BSc(Hons) investigates the relationship between human societies and their physical and social environments over time.

During the course you will develop expertise in contemporary archaeological and environmental issues, informed by international archaeological research projects on areas such as human evolution, African Iron Age dynasties and environmental degradation.

Field trips both in the UK and abroad are integral to the course and give you the chance to put theory into practice as you explore classical archaeological sites and natural environments. You also have the opportunity to take a year of paid professional experience and develop your skills in the workplace.

Careers and employability With modules that span the human and physical sciences, a degree in archaeology and geography from Brighton demonstrates a wide range of transferable skills in research and data analysis.

The course helps to prepare you for careers across the geographical and archaeological sectors, for example as a field archaeologist, archivist, cartographer, environmental consultant, GIS officer, heritage manager, or planning and development surveyor. It will also prepare you for postgraduate research and study.

Course content (indicative) You will follow a broad curriculum before specialising through optional modules and your final year research project. The course is designed to develop both your academic and professional skills, as well as your practical skills in archaeology and geography.

• UK and overseas field trips, with destinations including Greece and Sicily • Practical archaeology work in excavation, geoarchaeology, geoprospection, archiving, geoinformatics and data analysis • Opportunity to take a professional work placement as part of your course Year 1 Introduction to Archaeology • Ancient Societies • Archaeological Practice 1: Pre-excavation • Contemporary Human Geography • Data Presentation and Analysis for Geographers • Fieldwork • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Skills for Independent Learning Year 2 Prehistoric Societies of Europe • Advanced Data Analysis • Archaeological Practice 2: Excavation and Post-excavation • Fieldwork, Sicily • Geoarchaeology • Geographical Information Systems 1 • Ice Age Earth • Human Origins and Evolution • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Climate Change • Coastal and Aeolian Processes • Environmental and Spatial Planning • Environmental Conservation and Management • Environmental Hazards • Environmental Pollution and Control • Geographies of Development

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE FF84 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Should normally include geography or an equivalent subject.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include geography, geology or science at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Archaeological Practice 3 • Archaeological Heritage • Introduction to Remote Sensing • Options include: Air Quality Management • Coastal Environments • Geographical Information Systems 2 • Geographies of Genders, Sexes and Sexualities • Humans and the Environment • Medical Geography • Political Ecology

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

150

Earth and Ocean Science

Key Key facts facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course combines the study of oceanography with geology and earth science. It introduces the earth-ocean system and investigates the role of earth and ocean science in managing contemporary environmental problems.

You will have the freedom to choose between a broad-based programme or specialising in areas such as marine biology, coastal engineering, pollution control and geochemistry.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips to France and Cyprus help you develop your field skills, while the paid placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geology MGeol and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) and entitles you to apply for free membership during your studies.

Careers and employability You will develop specialist and transferable skills suitable for work in the coastal and offshore industries, environmental management and consultancy, construction, business and finance.

• xx Professional accreditation from the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) • UK and overseas field trips to destinations including France and Cyprus • Opportunity to take a professional work placement

Course content (indicative) You will follow a broad curriculum before specialising through optional modules and your final year research project.

Year 1 Fundamentals of Geology • The Global Earth System • The Ocean Planet: An Introduction • Introduction to Field Geology • Mineralogy and Petrology • Water in the Environment • Ecology and Conservation 1 • Geology of Your Home Area • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • Data Collection and Analysis Year 2 Research and Career Skills • Structure of the Earth and Global Processes • Marine/Coastal/Freshwater Ecology • Sedimentology • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Boatbased Field Course • Marine Biology Fieldwork in France • Options include: Alternative and Renewable Energy • Applied Palaeontology • Climate Change • Coastal and Aeolian Landscapes • Human Origins and Evolution • Ice Age Earth • Structural Geology

Geography, geology XX and environment UCAS CODE xx UCAS CODE FF67 DURATION Full-time DURATION x years Full-time With placement 3 yearsyear x years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your xx. experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels xx.

A-levels BBB. Must include a BTEC xx.science-related subject. relevant IB xx. DDM. BTEC Access to HE specified diploma xx.

IB 30 points, subjects.

GCSE (minimum gradepass C) xx.with Access to HE diploma 18 credits at meritrequirements or above. Must English language include science. see page xx.

GCSE (minimum Fees and fundinggrade page C) xx at least three subjects including English Entry and and application page xx language mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Recent graduates have found roles in organisations such as Geoenvironmental Services and Fugro EMU, a commercial marine environmental services organisation. Others have gone on to postgraduate research and study.

Final year Earth and Ocean Science Independent Project • Field Course in Cyprus • Options include: Air Quality Management • Ecology Field Skills • Applied Remote Sensing • Biogeography • Coastal Environments • Environmental Geology: Professional Practice • Geohazards • Evolution and the Fossil Record • Exploration Geology • Hydrogeology • Oceanography • Water and Health

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 151

Ecology

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms and their physical and biological environments.

Ecologists play a crucial role in areas as diverse as conservation biology, natural resource management and community health.

Informed by principles relating to sustainable development and conservation, this degree addresses the pressing need for solutions to a range of environmental challenges. A strong emphasis is put on fieldwork and practical skills, with field trips to diverse locations including Wales and South Africa.

Our industry-standard facilities include laboratories dedicated to the study of ecology, molecular biology, tissue culture and microbiology. You will also have access to an advanced Image Analysis Unit as well as biomaterials and chemistry facilities.

Throughout your time at Brighton, you will benefit from teaching that is informed by research. In the final year you can work alongside a member of staff to research an area that interests you most.

With both optional modules and an optional placement year, you will have the freedom to shape your learning experience and career beyond Brighton.

Careers and employability Throughout your degree, you will develop the skills specified by the Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM) as being essential to good overall employability.

Our graduates follow a variety of ecology careers, for example in conservation organisations, local authorities, consultancy, and ecological research and teaching. Others choose to continue their studies at postgraduate level.

• Professional work placements and opportunities for fieldwork in the UK and overseas • Commitment to the principles of sustainable development and conservation • Internationally recognised teaching staff

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Physiological Ecology • Ecological Processes • Evolutionary Biology • Field Trip • Habitat Ecology • The Ocean Planet • Essential Skills for Biosciences • Four from: Biology of Reproduction • Introduction to Microbiology • Elements of Chemistry • Genes and Inheritance • Global Environmental Issues • Water in the Environment • Fundamentals in Physical Geography Year 2 Behavioural and Evolutionary Ecology • Evolution and Diversity • Marine Biology • Ecological Techniques • Geographic Information Systems 1 • Professional Development • Further Statistics • One from: Water in the Landscape • Ice Age Earth • Environmental Planning • Environmental Pollution and Control • Four from: Biology Field Trip to South Africa • Environmental Microbiology • Forensic Biology • Genetics • Soil and Water Analysis • Environmental Conservation and Management • Climate Change • Applied Palaeontology

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE CFC8 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. Must include biology.

BTEC DDM in science-related subject.

IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Must include 12 credits in biology.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Ecology Project • Applied Ecology and Conservation • Biogeography • Ecology Field Skills • Plant Animal Interactions • Options include: Air Quality Management • Freshwater Processes and Ecosystems • Geographic Information Systems 2 • Medical Genetics • Molecular Ecology • Oceanography • Parasitology • Water and Health • Wetland Environments

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

152

BE INSPIRED

Dr Dawn Scott is a national authority on ecology and conservation, specialising in the influence of human activities in biodiversity. In 2015 she appeared alongside Chris Packham in BBC Two’s Autumnwatch to talk about the university’s research into urban badgers.

Our students have access to equipment, such as this DGPS, Differential Global Positioning System, which maps the topography of the land surface using satellite technology

One of our research students using a UV cabinet for the molecular analysis of waterborne pathogens 153

Environment and Media Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Whether through photographs, the internet, mobile phones, documentaries, advertising or news articles, we are made aware of the challenges that face our planet like never before. Scientists, environmental organisations, businesses and governments are being challenged to develop new and engaging ways to get their message across.

This course provides you with insights into global environmental management, environmental communication and citizenship as well as sustainable development. Our graduates are equipped to shape the debate on sustainability and its communication across the media and creative industries, NGOs and charities, government and the Civil Service.

Careers and employability Our graduates are working in areas such as environmental charities, pressure groups, environmental journalism, public relations and local authorities.

Course content (indicative) The course structure allows you to develop a programme of study that reflects your interests. There are also opportunities to study modern languages from the first year.

Year 1 Contemporary Human Geographies • Critical Approaches to Media • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Media, Culture and Change • Social Action and Community Media • Options include: Film Language and History • Photographic Practice 1 • Producing and Consuming Social Media • Soundtrack of Media • Video Production 1

• Explore media and communications and the way they shape our perception of environmental concerns.

• Work placements with high-profile organisations • Opportunities to volunteer through our Active Student scheme and contribute to local efforts towards sustainability

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE DP43 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC.

Year 2 Community Engagement: Theory into Practice • Critical Contemporary Geographies • Research Methods and Methodologies • Sustainable Development • Options include: Climate Change • Environmental Conservation and Management • Geographies of Development • Journalism • Photographic Practice 2 • Popular Music • Renewable Energy • Social Media: Applications and Debates • Video Production 2 Optional placement year

BTEC DDM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass including at least 24 credits at merit.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Independent project or productionbased dissertation • Options include: Air Quality Management • Celebrity Media • Communication for International Development • Critical Approaches to the Video Game • Genre and Film • Geographies of Racism and Security • Media Policy • Political Ecology • Transport, Mobility and Social Exclusion • Water and Health

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 154

Environmental Biology and Education

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

With access to state-of-the-art laboratory facilities, field trips and placements, on this joint honours course you will get to grips with both environmental biology and education. The course team are active in research and in the fields of ecology, environmental studies and education.

You will also benefit from awardwinning student support.

You will explore biodiversity, sustainability, ecology and climate change as well as the philosophy and practice of education in formal and informal contexts. Studying education alongside environmental biology enables you reflect on the process by which you could communicate your discoveries and ideas with others.

Studying at our campus in Hastings, you will benefit from a range of resources and may have the opportunity to become a mentor in a local school.

Careers and employability Career opportunities are available in environmental work, support roles in community industries and the public sector, private sector environmental agencies and research.

• Chance to gain professional placement experience before you graduate • Inspirational guest lecturers • Optional field trip to South Africa

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE CX1H (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years

You will have the opportunity to undertake a work placement or international field trip to South Africa in year 2, enabling you to explore potential career paths and build your CV.

TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

Year 1 Biological Systems • Ecological Systems and Processes • Socio-cultural Context for Education • Systems and Structures in Education • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches

BTEC DMM.

Year 2 Evolution and Behaviour • Introduction to Marine Habitats • Critiques of Inclusive Policy and Practice • Comparative Education • Learning through Practice • Research Practices and Applications Final year Ecology Field Skills • Issues in Environmental Biology • Critical Perspectives on Learning and Education • Reframing Identity • Dissertation

A-levels BCC. Must include biology A-level at grade B or above.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

The education strand provides a firm foundation for those wishing to apply for a postgraduate certificate in education (PGCE) to pursue a career in teaching.

Our education courses are consistently rated among the best in the country.

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between environmental biology and education modules.

The course is delivered through seminars, lectures, laboratory practicals, fieldwork and workshops, and benefits from regular guest lectures from academics and industry professionals.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 155

Environmental Sciences

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Environmental Sciences BSc(Hons) is a flexible degree that draws from geography, ecology and chemistry to address themes such as sustainability, conservation, pollution and environmental hazards.

You will develop scientific skills and knowledge through classroom, laboratory and project work, with the freedom to choose between a broad-based study programme or a more specialised route.

The course has a general focus on employability, transferable skills and practical learning. Trips to Greece and Sicily help you develop your field skills, while the option of a paid placement year gives you the chance to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

Placement companies have included the Department for Energy and Climate Change, the Field Studies Council and the Office of National Statistics.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) and entitles you to apply for free membership during your studies.

Careers and employability The degree will prepare you for careers in a range of areas including nature conservation, recycling and waste management, environmental planning, consultancy and geoinformatic systems.

Recent graduates have found roles in organisations such as GIS consultancies, Low Carbon Europe, the Environment Agency, Southern Water and local authorities.

Course content (indicative) The course allows a great deal of freedom to tailor the syllabus to your personal interests. The final year dissertation allows you to research a topic of your choice in depth.

• Accreditation from the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) • Field trips to destinations including Greece and Sicily • Opportunity to take a professional placement year Year 1 Global Environmental Issues and Management • Ecology and Conservation 1 • Introduction to Environmental Chemistry • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Introduction to Fieldwork • Skills for Independent Learning • Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Options include: Cities: An Introduction to Urban Geography • Citizenship for the Environment • Discovering Geospatial Data • Elements of Chemistry • Principles in Biology • Fundamentals of Geology • Landscapes and Ecosystems 1 • Introduction to Archaeology • Mathematical Skills for Scientists • The Global Earth System • Water in the Environment Year 2 Geography Fieldwork, Sicily (or South Africa as a specialist option) • Skills for Research and Careers • Advanced Data Analysis • Options include: Environmental Conservation and Management • Sustainable Development • Environmental Hazards • Climate Change • Ecology and Conservation 2: Populations • Behaviour and Evolution • Environmental Pollution and Control • Soil and Water Analysis

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F901 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Must include a relevant science.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Must include geography or environmental studies/science at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Options include: Air Quality Management • Applied Remote Sensing • Environmental Assessment • Geographic Information Systems • Geohazards • Ecology and Conservation 3 • Ecology Field Skills • Water and Health • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

156

Geography

Key Key facts facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geography BA(Hons) focuses on human and environmental geography, while also covering some elements of physical geography featured on our BSc(Hons) to give you a broad foundation in the subject.

During the course, you will examine crucial contemporary issues including social justice and change, development, sustainability and society-nature relations.

You will have the freedom to tailor the course to your own interests and career aspirations through a wide range of module options.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips to Greece and North Africa help you develop your field skills, while the paid placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geography MGeog and study towards a masterslevel qualification.

Careers and employability As well as knowledge of geography, you will develop skills in communication, research and data analysis, opening up career possibilities in government, social enterprise, non-government organisations (NGOs), marketing, media, teaching, fair trade and environmental consultancy. It also prepares you for postgraduate study or teacher training.

Course content (indicative) You will follow a broad curriculum before specialising through optional modules and your final year research project.

The course is designed to develop your academic and professional skills, as well as your geographical skills in mapping, remote sensing and geographical information systems (GIS).

• xx Field trips to destinations including Greece and North Africa • Flexible programme that allows you to specialise in areas of interest • Opportunity to take a professional placement year Year 1 Contemporary Human Geographies • Data Presentation and Analysis for Geographers • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Introduction to Fieldwork • Skills for Independent Learning • Discovering Geospatial Data • Options include: Ancient Societies • Archaeological Practice • Cities: An Introduction to Urban Geography • Citizenship for the Environment • Introduction to Environmental Hazards • Water in the Environment Year 2 Advanced Data Analysis • Geography Fieldwork, North Africa • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Alternative and Renewable Energy • Climate Change • Community Engagement: Actioning Sustainability • Contemporary Rural Geography • Environmental and Spatial Planning • Environmental Conservation and Management • Environmental Pollution and Control • Geographies of Development • Sustainable Development

Geography, geology XX and environment UCAS CODE xx UCAS CODE L7F8 DURATION Full-time DURATION x years Full-time With placement 3 yearsyear x years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your xx. experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels xx.

A-levels BBB. Should normally BTEC xx. include geography.

IB xx. DDM. BTEC Access to HE specified diploma xx.

IB 30 points, subjects.

GCSE (minimum gradepass C) xx.with Access to HE diploma 24 credits at meritrequirements or above. Must English language achieve see pagelevel xx. 3 in geography or environmental science.

Fees and funding page xx GCSE (minimum grade C) at least Entry subjects and application page xx three including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Options include: Applied Remote Sensing • Coastal Environments • Environmental Change in Low Latitudes • Freshwater Processes and Ecosystems • Geographies of Education • Geographies of Genders, Sexes and Sexualities • Geographies of Racism and Security • Geographies of Sport and Leisure • Landscape Geographies

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 157

Geography

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geography BSc(Hons) focuses on the processes that create physical landscapes while incorporating elements of human geography featured on our BA(Hons) course to give you a broad foundation in the subject.

During the course, you will learn about the scientific and social contexts of real-world problems such as climate change and global sustainability, with the flexibility to shape your degree through optional modules.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips to Greece and Sicily help you develop your field skills, while the paid placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geography MGeog and study towards a masterslevel qualification.

Careers and employability A degree in geography from Brighton could lead to work as a GIS officer, asset systems manager, environmental energy consultant, public health officer, teacher, insurance assessor or government administrator. It also prepares you for postgraduate research and study.

Employers of our graduates include Bristol City Council, the Japan Exchange & Teaching Programme (JET), Philip Morris International, The All England Lawn Tennis Club, Blue Arrow, DEBRA (an epidermolysis bullosa charity) and Southern Water.

Course content (indicative) The course allows you to follow a broad pathway before specialising. It includes modules that develop both your professional and research skills, and a final year dissertation project.

158

• Field trips to destinations including Greece and Sicily • Flexible programme that allows you to specialise in areas of interest • Opportunity to take a professional placement year Year 1 Contemporary Human Geographies • Data Presentation and Analysis for Geographers • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Introduction to Fieldwork (Greece) • Skills for Research and Careers • Discovering Spatial Data • Options include: Citizenship for the Environment • Elements of Chemistry • Ecology and Conservation 1 • Fundamentals of Geology • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • The Global Earth System • Principles in Biology • Diversity: Form and Function Year 2 Advanced Data Analysis • Geography Fieldwork, Sicily • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Alternative and Renewable Energy • Applied Palaeontology • Climate Change • Community Engagement: Actioning Sustainability • Contemporary Rural Geography • Earth Resources • Environmental Conservation and Management • Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry • Human Origins and Evolution • Sustainable Development • Behaviour and Evolution

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F800 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Should normally include geography.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include geography or environmental science.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Options include: Air Quality Management • Applied Remote Sensing • Energy Assessment • Environmental Assessment • Evolution and the Fossil Record • Geographies of Disability and Impairment • Geographies of Genders, Sexes and Sexualities • Humans of Ice Age Britain • Landscape Geographies • Plant and Animal Interactions • Transport, Environment and Society • Ecology Field Skills

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Geography

Key facts

MGeog Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geography MGeog extends your studies to masters level in specific areas of geography and deepens your critical knowledge and skills in geographical research practice.

A key element of the course involves learning outside of the classroom, for example in field trips to Greece, Sicily and North Africa. You will undertake guided investigations into geographical inequalities, sustainable development and physical processes in the landscape, helping you turn theory into practice.

You will develop your skills in our specialist laboratories, purpose-built for soil and water analysis, hydraulics and environmental simulation. You will also have access to surveying, field collection and data recording equipment to support your learning.

You have the option to spend a year on placement. Our recent placement employers include CarbonPlan Limited, Coty and DS Smith. This is an excellent opportunity to build professional skills and a network of industry contacts before you graduate.

Careers and employability Our recent geography graduates are now working in environmental consultancies, local and central government, and non-governmental organisations (NGOs) related to local economic development and disaster relief. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and PhD research.

Course content (indicative) The course covers human, physical and environmental geography, teaching you core geographical skills in the first year.

Subsequent years allow you to practise and develop these skills as you design your own syllabus through the choice of option modules.

You will learn through lectures, personal tutorials, laboratory classes, IT projects, seminars and guided independent study.

• Field trips to destinations including Greece, Sicily and North Africa • Flexible programme that allows you to specialise in areas of interest • Chance to gain in-depth skills in geographical research and practice Year 1 Contemporary Human Geographies • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Introduction to Fieldwork • Discovering Geospatial Data • Options include: Ancient Societies • Introduction to Environmental Hazards • Water in the Environment • Elements of Chemistry • Evolutionary Biology • Fundamentals of Geology • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • Physiological Ecology Year 2 Advanced Data Analysis • Geography Fieldwork • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Alternative and Renewable Energy • Applied Palaeontology • Behavioural and Evolutionary Ecology • Climate Change • Critical Contemporary Geography • Environmental Conservation and Management • Geographical Information Systems

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F840 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. Should normally include geography.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass, including 18 credits at merit or above. Must include geography or environmental science.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Year 3 Independent Project • Options include: Air Quality Management • Applied Ecology • Remote Sensing • Environmental Assessment • Evolution and the Fossil Record • Freshwater Processes and Ecosystems • Geographies of Disability and Impairment • Geographies of Racism and Security • Political Ecology • Water and Health Final year Extended Project • Options: Environmental Placement • Applications in GIS • Environmental Impact Assessment • Geographies of Social Justice • Hydrogeology • Spatial Data Analysis • Water Analysis

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 159

Geography with Geoinformatics

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Geography with Geoinformatics BSc(Hons) focuses on the scientific and social context of real-world problems through the lenses of geoinformatics and geographic information science.

On the course, you will develop expertise in the collection, processing, analysis and presentation of large spatial data sets but also have the freedom to tailor the course to your own interests and career aspirations through a wide range of module options.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips in the UK and to Greece and Sicily help you develop your field skills, while the paid placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

You will also have the chance to develop your technical skills through access to specialist equipment including Trimble, Leica GPS and laser scanning systems.

Careers and employability Through developing your technical expertise in geoinformatics, this course will boost your employability in GIS consultancies, environmental agencies, local and national government, IT companies and water utility companies.

Graduates can also go on to postgraduate study and research.

Course content (indicative) You will follow a broad curriculum before specialising through optional modules and your final year research project. The course is designed to improve both your academic and professional skills, as well as your technical skills in geoinformatics.

• Field trips to destinations including Greece and Sicily • Flexible programme that allows you to specialise in areas of interest • Access to specialist facilities and equipment Year 1 Data Presentation and Analysis for Geographers • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Geographical Information Systems 1 • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Introduction to Fieldwork • Skills for Independent Learning • Surveying Practice • Discovering Geospatial Data • Options include: Ancient Societies • Citizenship for the Environment • Contemporary Human Geographies • Fundamentals of Geology • Introduction to Environmental Hazards Year 2 Advanced Data Analysis • Introduction to Remote Sensing • Applied Remote Sensing • Geographical Information Systems 2 • Geography Fieldwork, Sicily • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Archaeological Practices 2 • Climate Change • Environmental and Spatial Planning • Environmental Hazards • Geoarchaeology • Geographies of Development • Human Origins and Evolution • Sedimentology • Societies of Prehistoric Europe

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F830 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Should normally include geography or an equivalent subject.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include geography, geology or science at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Applications in GIS • Independent Project • Options include: Active Remote Sensing • Air Quality Management • Archaeological Heritage • Coastal Environments • Environmental Impact Assessment • Environmental Change in Low Latitudes • Freshwater Processes and Ecosystems • Medical Geography • Geographies of Sport and Leisure • Geographies of Genders, Sexes and Sexualities • Humans of Ice Age Britain

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

160

Geology

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Geology BSc(Hons) is a practical, hands-on degree that involves a high level of fieldwork on top of thorough academic study.

During the course, you will explore the Earth and its evolution as a global-scale system, developing an understanding of the role of geology in our environment and communities and its place in multidisciplinary topics such as oceanography, the assessment of natural hazards, and climate change.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips to Spain and Cyprus help you develop your field skills, while the paid placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geology MGeol and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Geological Society of London. Accredited status provides added assurance to prospective students that a department’s teaching is of high quality, and has been approved by an independent body of academics and industrialists. An accredited degree will reduce the amount of experience required for applications for Chartered Geologist and Chartered Scientist.

Careers and employability This degree qualifies you for careers in geological resource exploration and extraction, water resources and environmental management, engineering geology and construction, and planning and promoting earth science heritage.

Recent graduates have found work in companies such as Schlumberger Geoservices (petroleum geology), Imerys (industrial minerals) and NPA Satellite Mapping (geological remote sensing).

• Accreditation from the Geological Society of London • Field trips to destinations including Spain and Cyprus • Flexibility to specialise in areas of interest

Course content (indicative) Teaching consists of lectures, practical classes, fieldwork and seminars, with many modules featuring industrial scenarios and professional practice.

Year 1 Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Fundamentals of Geology • Geology Field Course, Yorkshire • Geology of Your Home Area • Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks • Interpreting Geological Maps • Introduction to Field Geology • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System • Options Year 2 Applied Palaeontology • Earth Resources • Geographical Information Systems 1 • Geological Mapping Field Course, Anglesey • Geology Field Course, Spain • Igneous and Metamorphic Processes • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Research and Careers Skills for Geoscientists • Sedimentology • Structural Geology • Structure of the Earth and Global Processes

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F600 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Must include a science-related subject.

BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include geography, geology or science at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Environmental Geology or Professional Practice • Exploration Geology • Geology Field Course, Cyprus • Geology Independent Project • Options include: Evolution and the Fossil Record • Global Petrogenesis • Hydrogeology • Oceanography • Geology of Major Civil Engineering Projects • Planetary Geology • Geohazards • Applied Remote Sensing • Cold Environments: Processes and Landsystems • Dryland Environments

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 161

Geology

Key facts

MGeol Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geology MGeol takes you from core concepts in the subject to advanced, masters-level study. It prepares you for further research and employment in fields such as engineering geology, mineral exploration, geological remote sensing and contaminated land.

Many modules on the course are specially designed to improve your employability, for example by training you in the latest research methodologies or putting you in seminars with leading geoscience professionals. You can also develop your practical skills through extensive fieldwork in the UK, Spain, Portugal and Cyprus, and through access to specialist equipment for field-based surveying and the laboratory characterisation of geological samples.

• Fieldwork opportunities in the UK, Spain, Portugal and Cyprus • Specialist equipment including a ground conductivity meter, field gamma ray spectrometer and magnetic gradiometer • Seminars with leading geoscience professionals

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Year 1 will give you a sound understanding of core concepts in geology, including rock composition, mineral and rock forming processes, Earth structure, plate tectonics, geological time, and interpretation of the geological development of regions using maps and other representations.

You have the option to spend a year on placement, with recent employers including the Ministry of Defence, SITA, the Braas Monier Building Group and JBA Consulting. This is an excellent opportunity to build professional skills and a network of industry contacts before you graduate.

Year 2 Year 2 will give you the key skills required of a professional geoscientist in structural geology, geological mapping, sedimentology, igneous and metamorphic processes, tectonics and global processes, geochemistry and natural resource geology.

Careers and employability

Optional placement year

Through its emphasis on professional experience, fieldwork and technical skills, the MGeol will give you an advantage in the hydrocarbon industries, environmental consultancies, and civil engineering and construction companies.

It also prepares you for further research into particular areas of geology, for example geochemistry, hydrogeology or mining engineering.

Year 3 In year 3, you will study advanced and interdisciplinary aspects of the earth sciences in modules that integrate science with industrial practice. You will also produce a dissertation that includes a critical evaluation of published research as well as your own primary data from geological mapping.

Recent geology graduates from Brighton have gone on to work for major companies including Schlumberger Geoservices (petroleum geology), Imerys (industrial minerals), Rio Tinto (mineral exploration) and NPA Satellite Mapping (geological remote sensing).

Other graduates have progressed to postgraduate study through taught masters courses and PhD research.

Final year The final year will allow you to develop specialist knowledge in areas such as rock mechanics, palaeoenvironments, environmental geochemistry, hydrogeology, petrology and mineral resources. It will provide training in research methodologies, field and analytical techniques, and report writing.

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F601 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. Must include a science-related subject.

BTEC DDM. IB 32 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass including 18 credits at merit or above. Access to Science course.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

162

Physical Geography and Geology

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) explores the diverse processes that regulate our planet, covering topics such as climate change, natural resources and the impact of geology on environmental management.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips to Pembrokeshire, Yorkshire and Sicily help you develop your field skills, while the paid placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geology MGeol and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Geological Society of London. Accredited status provides added assurance to prospective students that a department’s teaching is of high quality, and has been approved by an independent body of academics and industrialists. An accredited degree will reduce the amount of experience required for applications for Chartered Geologist and Chartered Scientist.

Careers and employability The Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) will equip you with the necessary skills to pursue careers in the water, resource extraction and construction industries, teaching, planning and promoting earth science heritage, environmental management and consultancy, and the remediation of contaminated land.

Recent graduates have found work with Geo-Environmental Services (environmental and engineering geology), Gardline Geosciences (geotechnical engineering) and NPA Satellite Mapping (remote sensing and GIS). Others have progressed to postgraduate study.

• Accreditation from the Geological Society of London • Field trips to destinations including Pembrokeshire and Sicily • Opportunity to take a professional placement year

Course content (indicative) Teaching methods consist of lectures, practical classes, fieldwork and seminars, with some modules specifically designed to incorporate industrial scenarios and professional practice.

Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE FF86 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. Should include geography or a science subject.

BTEC DDM.

Year 1 Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Fundamentals of Geology • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Introduction to Field Geology (Pembrokeshire) • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks or The Ocean Planet: An Introduction • Geology Field Course, Yorkshire • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System

IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Year 2 Applied Palaeontology • Geography Fieldwork, Sicily • Geographical Information Systems 1 • Research and Career Skills for Geoscientists • Options include: Earth Resources • Sedimentology • Climate Change • Environmental Conservation and Management • Environmental Pollution and Control • Geology Field Course • Coastal and Aeolian Landscapes • Water in the Landscape • Ice Age Earth

Fees and funding page 280

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Must included geography or science at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Options include: Active Remote Sensing • Applied Ecology • Coastal Environments • Environmental Change in Low Latitudes • Exploration Geology • Freshwater Processes and Ecosystems • Geology of Major Civil Engineering Projects • Oceanography • Planetary Geology

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 163

TOP 10

IN THE UK FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONS THE GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2016

TOP 20

BRIGHTON AND SUSSEX MEDICAL SCHOOL

THE GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2016

UK UNIVERSITY FOR OVERALL STUDENT SATISFACTION

IN THE UK FOR PHARMACY AND PHARMACOLOGY

JOINT TOP NSS 2015

TOP 10

UNIVERSITY FOR WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS, NURSING AND PHARMACY REF 2014

HEALTH

The values of the NHS constitution are at the heart of our health courses. Realistic learning environments, placements in healthcare settings and working with students studying other health subjects help make our graduates high-performing, compassionate and patient-focused professionals.

LOCATION

Medicine is taught at the Brighton and Sussex Medical School – a partnership between the University of Brighton, the University of Sussex and NHS trusts in Sussex and Surrey. Midwifery, occupational therapy, podiatry and physiotherapy are taught in Eastbourne.

Pharmacy, paramedic practice, and child and mental health nursing are taught in Brighton. Adult nursing is taught in Brighton and Eastbourne.

Public health is based in Hastings, with optional modules offered in Brighton and Eastbourne.

PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED

Our courses are accredited by the relevant governing bodies including the General Medical Council, Health and Care Professions Council, the Nursing and Midwifery Council and the General Pharmaceutical Council.

164

PLACEMENTS

Placements give you the opportunity to build your professional practice skills and knowledge in healthcare settings. You’ll be supported throughout, and as well as using your new skills and knowledge, you’ll learn about building relationships and working with other health professionals.

Nursing, midwifery and paramedic practice students benefit from our partnerships with local NHS trusts, spending up to 50% of their course on placement.

Pharmacy students have placements in each year of their course.

Study and placements abroad enable nursing students to develop experience of health care in places including Denmark, Australia and the USA.

REALISTIC LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS

Wherever you are based you will have access to clinical learning facilities and equipment that replicate professional settings, including our: • podiatry hospital • human movement lab • midwifery and nursing simulation suites • physio practical skills room.

Our two-bedroom flat, with cameras and microphones, enables paramedic, nursing and midwifery students to practise their skills and learn from other students.

Paramedic and nursing students also have access to the Simbulance. Funded

by Health Education Kent, Sussex and Surrey, the Simbulance carries medical equipment used to meet most emergencies and scenarios.

Video technology enables pharmacy students to record practice skills sessions with patients, and then review what they have done and the SimMan 3G, a highly advanced patient simulator, allow you to monitor vital signs, detect signs of disease and assess clinical response to drug treatment in real time.

• • • • • • • • •

Medicine Midwifery Nursing Occupational therapy Paramedic practice Pharmacy Physiotherapy Podiatry Public health

BE INSPIRED

The values of the NHS constitution are at the heart of your learning – working together for patients, respect and dignity, commitment to quality of care, compassion, improving lives, and making sure that everyone counts.

WORKING IN THE COMMUNITY

All students at Brighton can volunteer in the community through our Active Student scheme – and pharmacy students have their own Active Pharmacy programme.

The Active Student team will help you to find a relevant project and support you throughout. Volunteering can develop your confidence and people skills, and contribute to community development.

BE INSPIRED

Dr Greg Scutt is a principal clinical lecturer in medicines optimisation and the head of pharmacy practice.

An experienced clinical pharmacist, Greg has a particular interest in researching the care and medication needs of older people, especially with respect to age-related neurological conditions such as Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease.

Physiotherapists working in intensive care at Eastbourne District General hospital

Podiatry students benefit from access to Leaf Hospital, our in-house podiatry clinic

Paramedics at our flexible learning environment 165

Occupational Therapy

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Occupational therapists help people to maintain or rebuild their physical and psychological lives, and retain their independence through activity.

As an occupational therapist, you will work with a diverse range of people who, for various reasons, are unable to do the things in life that they want or need to do.

These might be essential everyday skills such as dressing, eating and cooking, or aspects of life that help us define who we are such as our jobs, leisure interests and relationships.

This accredited part-time course gives you everything you need to qualify and practice as an occupational therapist. A practical approach to learning means that you will apply your knowledge to solve real-world case scenarios from clinical settings.

You will learn and develop practical skills in our Daily Living Suite. The suite is furnished like a flat with kitchen, bedroom and bathroom facilities. Other specialist rooms are equipped for creative arts and crafts such as pottery.

Many students on the course are already working in health and social care, but we also welcome applicants with transferable experience from other backgrounds.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council and the College of Occupational Therapists.

Careers and employability Occupational therapists work in an ever-widening range of mental health and physical disability settings including acute hospitals, long-term rehabilitation, social care, local communities, schools, residential homes, voluntary organisations and prisons.

Health professions • Innovative problem-based learning approach • Excellent facilities • Accredited by the HCPC and College of Occupational Therapists

Course content (indicative) You will attend classes on campus two days per week, 32 weeks per year. In each year of the course you will also complete at least seven weeks of fulltime practice placement.

The innovative curriculum uses a problem-based learning approach, where you will examine real-life scenarios in small groups with a tutor. This type of education has been found to deepen understanding and promote lifelong learning. You will practice a variety of creative skills, for example in arts and crafts, cooking, ceramics, and horticulture.

Year 1 Human Occupation • Beginning Practice • Assessing Occupational Capacities • Novice Practice Year 2 Occupational Therapy in Teams • Intermediate Practice • Maximising Occupational Participation Year 3 Occupational Therapy in Diverse Settings • Diverse Practice • Evaluating Therapeutic Occupations

APPLY DIRECT TO UNIVERSITY DURATION Part-time 4–6 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

Knowledge and understanding of occupational therapy.

At least one A-level (or equivalent level 3 qualification) completed within five years of the start date of the course. All applicants are required to demonstrate recent study Access to HE diploma pass in health studies or nursing preferred, with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Other equivalent qualifications National Vocational Qualification at level 3 or above (relevant experience will be taken into consideration in the selection process).

Further professional requirements are listed online, www.brighton. ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Competent Student Practice • Personcentred Occupational Therapy • Achieving Best Practice

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

166

Paramedic Practice

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

As a paramedic you will often be the first healthcare professional at the scene of an accident or emergency.

You will assess a patient’s condition and make potentially lifesaving decisions about treatment and hospital transfers.

Completing this course will give you everything you need to begin your career as a paramedic, and once you’ve graduated you will be eligible to apply for professional registration.

To ensure you can confidently apply theory to practice, you’ll spend 50% of each academic year on placement with the South East Coast Ambulance Trust and in other healthcare settings such as labour wards and cardiac units. You will also practice in our Clinical Skills and Simulation Suite, and Flexible Learning Environment.

Working as a paramedic offers many opportunities and experiences in the UK and further afield. There are opportunities for our students to undertake an international placement, and explore practice in a different environment and culture.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council.

Careers and employability Working as a paramedic, no two days are the same. You’ll operate in different locations and encounter many challenges, from caring for an elderly person who has fallen in their home to responding to critical incidents such as road traffic accidents. Qualified paramedics are increasingly found at the heart of multidisciplinary NHS teams.

Career paths include specialist practice, teaching, management and research.

Health professions • Accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council • State-of-the-art clinical skills and simulation suite • 50% of time on placement and the opportunity to study abroad

Course content (indicative) The curriculum covers the core areas necessary for a career as a paramedic, including physical, social and behavioural sciences, pharmacology, medicine and research methods.

You will spend some time learning alongside health professions students from other fields, for example midwifery.

This enriches your learning and helps prepare you for the workplace where you will work with different health and social care professionals.

Placements are designed to complement theoretical learning and to link with the rest of your studies.

Year 1 Foundations of Paramedic Practice • Social and Behavioural Sciences for Paramedics • Clinical Skills for Paramedics • Paramedic Practice-based Learning Year 2 Paramedic Care Delivery • Principles of Physical Assessment for Paramedics • Research Appreciation for Paramedics • Paramedic Practice-based Learning Final year Skills for Specialised Paramedic Practice • Transitions to Registered Paramedic Practice • Clinical Leadership in Paramedic Practice: Resuscitation • Paramedic Practice-based Learning • Dissertation

UCAS CODE B780 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. A science A-level is desirable.

BTEC DDM in health-related subject.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass in health studies, nursing or science, with 30 credits at distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a strong GSCE profile will also be an advantage. Mathematics, English and science at grade C and above are desirable.

Interviews will be conducted jointly by the South East Coast Ambulance Trust and by university staff.

Candidates successful at interview will also be tested for physical fitness. A literacy and numeracy test must also be passed. All applicants must hold a full clean (no points) UK driving licence. All offers will be subject to occupational health and DBS clearance.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 167

Physiotherapy

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Physiotherapy is a healthcare profession concerned with human function and movement.

Physiotherapists improve a person’s quality of life through advice, exercise and education, which can positively affect their physical abilities.

As a physiotherapist you will work closely with people who are affected by physical illness caused by accident, injury, or from a variety of conditions affecting their health and wellbeing. You will provide individualised treatment with compassion, patience and strong interpersonal skills.

To ensure you are confident applying theory to clinical practice, you’ll spend around 30 weeks on placement in varied settings. You will simulate handling different situations in our practical skills rooms fully equipped with industrystandard equipment. Our physiotherapy courses are professionally accredited and have an excellent reputation at undergraduate, postgraduate and research levels.

Professional accreditation Accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council and the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy.

Careers and employability This course gives you everything you need to start working as a chartered physiotherapist in the UK, with professional and portfolio development from start to finish. Many graduates secure employment with local placement providers.

You might choose to go straight into a specific area of practice such as paediatric or musculoskeletal fields, or take a post that gives rotation through several clinical areas to gain broad experience. Some students stay with us to study at masters level to enhance their practice skills or follow a research path.

Health professions • Accreditation from the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) and Chartered Society of Physiotherapy • Specialist facilities and equipment • 30 weeks’ experience to fully prepare you for practice

Course content (indicative) In years 1 and 2 of the course you will focus on the core theory needed to start your career as a physiotherapist such as anatomy, health psychology, exercise prescription, surgery, orthopaedics and research methods. You will take modules with other health students, helping prepare you for the workplace.

On your placements you’ll work with senior physiotherapists and other health professionals such as nurses, doctors and occupational therapists. You will be based in settings such as hospitals, rehabilitation centres and patients’ homes.

Year 1 The Physiotherapist as a Professional • Physiology • Pathophysiology • Exercise for Health • Clinical Anatomy and Biomechanics • Musculoskeletal Physiotherapy • Health Psychology and Health-related Behaviour • Rehabilitation through Exercise • Clinical Anatomy Year 2 Cardiorespiratory Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation • Health Psychology and Communication • Neurological Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation • Neuromusculoskeletal Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation • Healthcare across Practice Settings • Research Methods in Healthcare • Six-week Clinical Placement Final year Clinical Placements (four blocks of six weeks) • Professional Development for Physiotherapists • Research for Evidence-based Practice

UCAS CODE B160 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. One A-level must be a biological science or PE. Excluding General Studies.

BTEC DDM in a relevant BTEC such as Sport and Exercise Science, plus grade B at A-level in biology or human biology. Please enquire early to see if your BTEC is accepted.

IB minimum 32 points to include biology at Higher level. Applicants whose first language is not English will also be required to obtain English at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma a relevant access diploma which must include biological science. 60 credits required, to include 45 level-3 credits, with at least 30 at distinction and 15 at merit, plus 15 credits at level 2.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a strong profile is expected eg 8 Bs in one sitting. GCSE requirements may be relaxed for mature applicants, but English and mathematics are expected.

Some work experience in the field.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

168

On placement, Aquatic Physiotherapy at Eastbourne District General hospital

On placement in the Physio department at Eastbourne District General hospital

169

Podiatry

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Podiatry is a flexible, rewarding and varied career that offers opportunities to work in a range of specialist disciplines. Podiatrists care for those with foot and lower limb complaints and help people to maintain their health and wellbeing through advice, exercise and education.

Completing this course will give you everything you need to begin your career as a podiatrist. As a graduate you will be eligible for professional registration.

You will have access to excellent facilities including our own Leaf Hospital, providing you with clinical practice experience that will be valued by a range of employers. You will accumulate over 1000 hours of practice, giving you experience of working with real patients throughout your degree.

Brighton developed and awarded the first undergraduate and postgraduate podiatry degrees in the UK, and we have an outstanding research record in this area. Our lecturers are all members of the College of Podiatry (CoP), ensuring that teaching and the curriculum is up-to-date with current podiatry policy and practice.

Professional accreditation Accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council and approved by the College of Podiatry.

Careers and employability There is an increasing demand for podiatrists, which is in part due to an emphasis on health and fitness, an ageing population, and their role in the care of people with chronic diseases such as diabetes. Our graduates enjoy excellent employment prospects typically securing roles in advanced practice, clinical teaching, research, education and training, and a variety of positions in the NHS and private sector.

XX Health professions • xx Excellent facilities and in-house hospital • 1,000 hours of professional experience • Accreditation from the College of Podiatry (CoP) and Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC)

Course content (indicative) You will study the core areas necessary for professional practice: the clinical sciences, health psychology, medicine, pharmacology, surgery, orthopaedics and research methods.

You will also share modules with other health students, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise.

Year 1 Clinical Practice: two placements • Musculoskeletal Podiatry • Podiatrist as a Professional: Fundamentals of Practice • Skin and its Appendages • Academic Skills for Healthcare Professionals • Neurology and Endocrine Physiology • Cardiovascular Physiology • Health Psychology and Health-related Behaviour Year 2 Clinical Practice: two placements • Musculoskeletal Podiatry • Local Anaesthetic and Surgery • Clinical Sciences • Research Design and Ethics • Health Psychosocial and Communication • Podiatrist as a Professional: the Social Context Final year Clinical Practice: final two placements • Podiatrist as a Professional: Preparation for Work • Medicine and Pharmacology as Applied to the At-risk Foot • Learning

by Objectives • Conducting Research • Promotion of Health and Wellbeing • Critical Reflection: Readiness for Practice

UCAS CODE B985 xx DURATION Full-time x 3 years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. Must include a A-levels science, xx. preferably human biology.

BTEC xx.

DMM. IB 28 xx.points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass xx. (at least 45 credits at level 3) in science or GCSE grade C)with xx. 24 health(minimum studies preferred, credits at merit orrequirements distinction. Must English language include biology. see page xx.

GCSEand (minimum Fees fundinggrade page C) xx at least five subjects including English Entry and application page language, mathematics andxx a science.

Mature students are assessed on previous work experience, recent and other significant academic study.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

170

Public Health

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

This course will provide you with an in-depth understanding of the factors that can support or undermine people’s health. Public health professionals make a difference to people’s lives by supporting them in making changes that can boost their physical and mental wellbeing.

Based at our campus in Hastings, the course provides a mix of classroom and community-based learning. This enables you to experience firsthand the challenges of protecting and promoting people’s health. Your learning will be supported by a team of experienced public health professionals.

Careers and employability As a graduate from this course you will be confident, articulate, highly skilled and equipped to contribute as a professional within the field of public health.

You will be well placed for work in fields including public health, drug and alcohol counselling, work with homeless people, housing, education, environmental health, as well as youth and social work.

You could also choose to continue your studies on a postgraduate course.

Course content (indicative) You will be based at our campus in Hastings, however, option modules in year 3 may be taught at our campuses in Brighton and Eastbourne, giving you opportunity to learn with other students from other health professions.

XX Health professions • xx Community and public health engagement gives you practical experience before you graduate • Professionally focused course, developed in consultation with public health organisations and practitioners Year 1 Introduction to Key Concepts in Health and Public Health • Study Skills for Health and Social Practice • Anatomy and Physiology to Support Health and Social Care Practice • Introduction to Public Health Ethics, Policy and Service Delivery • Introduction to Public Health Research Methods and Project Management • Introduction to Health Needs and Assessment Year 2 Population Surveillance and Assessment Methods • Global Health • Epidemiology and Research Methods • Enabling Behaviour Change • Health Protection • Community Engagement for Public Health Year 3 Health Promotion for Public Health Improvement • Leadership and Managing in Health Care Organisations • Dissertation for Public Health • Community and Public Health Engagement • Options include: Global Social Policy • Health Law and Ethics

UCAS CODE L510 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DDM. BTEC xx.

IB 28 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least Access 45tolevel-3 HE diploma credits; xx.30 at merit or above and 15 at distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least English language requirements five subjects including English see page xx. language, mathematics and a science social science.

Fees andor funding page xx Mature students are assessed Entry and application page xx on previous work experience, recent and other significant academic study.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 171

Medicine BM BS Brighton: Falmer and University of Sussex

The Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) is a partnership between the Universities of Brighton and Sussex, and NHS Trusts across the Surrey and Sussex region. Students are full members of both universities.

This course has consistently enjoyed high student satisfaction scores in the annual National Student Survey.

The BSMS Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery (BM BS) degree integrates the development of academic knowledge with clinical experience. From the first weeks students gain experience of working with patients in parallel with their academic study of the biomedical sciences.

Professional accreditation Successful completion of the course entitles graduates to provisional registration with the General Medical Council, subject to demonstrating that their fitness to practice is not impaired.

They will then need to undertake further training to become a GP or specialist consultant.

To obtain a foundation year 1 post, undergraduates apply through the UK Foundation Programme Office selection scheme during the final year of their course, which allocates these posts to graduates on a competitive basis. To date, all suitably qualified UK graduates have found a place on the foundation year programme but this cannot be guaranteed, for instance if there were to be an increased number of competitive applications from non-UK graduates.

Successful completion of the foundation year 1 programme is normally achieved within 12 months and is marked by the award of a Certificate of Experience.

Graduates will then be eligible to apply for full registration with the General Medical Council. They will need full registration with a licence to practice for unsupervised medical practice in the NHS or private practice in the UK.

172

Although this information is correct at the time of going to press, regulations in this area may change from time to time, visit www.foundationprogramme.nhs.uk for updates.

Years 3 and 4 are based at the Audrey Emerton Building at the Royal Sussex County Hospital in Brighton, and in the teaching hospitals of the Brighton and Sussex University Hospitals NHS Trust.

Career opportunities

In year 3, students undertake three tenweek clinical attachments in medicine, surgery, elderly care and mental health, plus student-selected components and weekly teaching sessions on the scientific basis of medicine.

The degree in medicine will equip students with the knowledge and the clinical and personal skills they will need to progress to the next stage of their training – the first year of foundation training. Wherever they do foundation jobs, they will have close educational supervision and continue with their portfolio.

Course structure A wide range of teaching and learning methods are employed, with the emphasis throughout on small-group teaching. With an average intake of 138 in each year, BSMS students benefit from being taught in small groups, usually about eight per group for tutor and dissection groups. The curriculum is designed to develop students’ ability to relate clinical findings to underlying clinical and social sciences, and to use information from different disciplines and sources.

In the first two years, academic and clinical studies are based on both university campuses at Falmer. Clinical experience is in both primary care and acute care settings. Students carry out a longitudinal clerkship following a patient with dementia.

Academic studies are based on a series of systems modules focused on the normal and abnormal functioning of the human body. These include the core material that every doctor must know, together with student-selected components enabling the exploration of selected topics in depth.

They also maintain a logbook and electronic portfolio, which are used to assess progress, and to help them reflect on how their personal strengths are developing alongside their clinical experience.

In year 4, students also undertake research projects, go on clinical placements in hospital and community settings and develop their primary care experience.

Subject to satisfactory academic performance, students have the opportunity to take an intercalated degree in order to study a subject of their choice in greater depth. This is taken in one year between years 3 and 4 of BM BS studies and provides the necessary academic background for those wishing to embark on a career combining medical practice with medical research.

They might choose neuroscience, medical education, molecular medicine, pharmacological sciences or experimental psychology.

Year 5 prepares students for their first postgraduate year as foundation year (FY) doctors. It is organised in regional attachments comprising clinical placements in district general hospital and community settings in Sussex and its adjoining counties, including periods spent work-shadowing an FY doctor.

Key facts

The year also includes a clinical elective, in the UK or abroad, offering the opportunity to experience medical practice in a different cultural and clinical setting.

Medicine

Recent destinations have included India, Cambodia, Peru, Jamaica and the Solomon Islands.

TYPICAL OFFER

Areas of study The degree develops key personal skills and attitudes including: learning how to learn and understanding the need for lifelong learning; reflective practice; communication and IT skills; working effectively in multi-professional teams; the personal and ethical attitudes essential for good professional practice; and an appreciation of doctors’ responsibilities to their patients, to professional colleagues, to society and to themselves.

Students also develop clinical skills in history taking, physical examination, diagnosis, and effective communication with patients. Experience of medical practice in hospital settings includes visits to a busy accident and emergency unit.

In year 3, students are introduced to research methodology, essential for the practice of evidence-based medicine, and join a BSMS, Brighton or Sussex research team to carry out an individual research project in year 4.

Course content (indicative) Full details on the curriculum, entry requirements, eligibility, and admissions are published in the Brighton and Sussex Medical School prospectus, available from • BSMS Admissions, Academic Services, Checkland Building, Falmer campus, University of Brighton BN1 9PH • 01273 643528 • medadmissions@bsms.ac.uk • www.bsms.ac.uk.

UCAS CODE A100 DURATION Full-time 5 years

BSMS expects students to become compassionate practitioners who are really in touch with their patients and committed to the core values of the NHS. Successful applicants must possess the abilities, the commitment and the personal qualities necessary to become an excellent doctor. In assessing applications, the BSMS admissions team will be looking for evidence of: • academic achievement and potential • BMAT score • a realistic attitude to medical training and clinical practice • a commitment to quality of care, compassion and improving lives • the ability to communicate and work effectively in a team for the benefit of patients • the ability to appreciate other people’s point of view • an appreciation of the need to treat people with respect and dignity • a willingness to accept responsibility.

Biomedical Admissions Test (BMAT) All BSMS applicants must sit the BMAT in the year of application in order to be considered for interview. You are required to register with BMAT assessment centres before the test. www.admissionstestingservice.org A-levels AAA to include biology and chemistry. General Studies and Critical Thinking excluded.

IB 36 points overall, including biology and chemistry at Higher level, grade 6.

GCSE English and mathematics at grade B or above, or evidence of equivalent literacy and numeracy.

Contextual data We are committed to widening participation into medicine.

When assessing your academic profile,

we will also be looking to see if you have any contextual data that may enhance your application. www.bsms.ac.uk/entryrequirements Graduate entry Applicants should hold, or expect to hold, a first or upper second class honours degree and be able to demonstrate an adequate knowledge of biology and chemistry – equivalent to an A grade pass at A-level in both.

Applicants should note that the integrated nature of the BSMS degree in medicine does not normally allow advanced entry to a different year of the course. If offered an interview, they may be asked to supply a transcript of their degree results.

Applicants with a first or upper second class honours degree but who do not have the necessary knowledge of biology and chemistry, are invited to consider the Access to Medicine route.

EU or Channel Island Applications are considered on the same basis as UK applicants.

International BSMS has ten places per year for students from outside the European Union. Applicants should possess academic qualifications equivalent to those required from UK and EU applicants. We may be able to interview international applicants by video link at their local British Council office.

Date of qualifications All above qualifications should have been achieved no earlier than August 2007.

Medicine course UCAS application deadlines To start in 2017, 15 October 2016 To start in 2018, 15 October 2017 English language requirements see page 275.

GOT A QUESTION? Brighton and Sussex Medical School 01273 643528 medadmissions@bsms.ac.uk www.bsms.ac.uk 173

Midwifery

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Midwives provide essential care, advice and support for women and their families during pregnancy, labour and the early postnatal stage.

As a midwife, you will share people’s most personal experiences as well as helping to shape them. To thrive in this role you need to be adaptable, compassionate and dependable, with a sound knowledge of both everyday procedure and potential complications.

To ensure you can confidently apply theory to practice, you will spend 50% of the year on placements in varied health settings, and simulate care and delivery in our flexible learning environment and new midwifery care and delivery suite, which includes a replica hospital room and home birthing room.

Midwives are needed all over the world.

To give you the opportunity to experience midwifery abroad, we offer overseas observational placements.

Professional accreditation Successful completion leads to eligibility for registration as a midwife on part 10 of the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) single professional register.

Careers and employability This course will provide you with an excellent foundation for work in a range of contexts providing midwifery care and for further professional development in clinical practice, education and research.

Many students go on to work for their practice placement provider.

Nursing and midwifery • 50:50 split of theory and practice • Excellent facilities including new midwifery care and delivery simulation suite • Opportunity to study abroad You will share modules with other health students, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise.

Year 1 Developing Midwifery Practice • The Art and Evidence of Midwifery Practice • Midwifery • The Physiological Basis of Midwifery Assessment • The Human Body in Childbearing • Human Relationships in Midwifery Practice Year 2 Developing Competent Midwifery Practice • Developing the Art and Evidence of Midwifery Practice • Altered Health in Childbearing • Midwifery Emergencies • Public Health for Nursing or Midwifery Practice • Appreciating the Research Process in Midwifery Final year Developing Proficient Midwifery Practice • Valuing Individual Cultures or International Midwifery Elective • Preparation for Autonomous Midwifery • Leadership

UCAS CODE B720 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB, to include at least two full A-levels. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DDM; health-related subject IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass (at least 45 credits at level 3) in health studies, nursing or science. 30 credits at distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a strong profile including science, mathematics and English.

Other suitable qualifications A wide range of other qualifications will be considered on an individual basis.

Further professional requirements are listed online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Course content (indicative) You will develop core midwifery competencies in areas including human biology and relationships, midwifery practice and its professional framework.

As you progress through the course, you will learn about more complex medical or obstetric needs and referral of mother or baby.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

174

Hospital room, midwifery suite

In 2015, senior lecturer Jill Durrant received an Excellence in Community Engagement Award from the university recognising her role in the team that developed of Zambia’s first paediatric nursing course

175

Nursing (Adult)

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Falmer or Eastbourne/Hastings

As a nurse you will work closely with people and their families as part of a versatile team that includes doctors, psychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists.

In this job no two days are the same. To succeed, you need to be adaptable and committed, with a solid knowledge base and strong sense of compassion.

To ensure you can confidently apply theory to practice, you will spend 50% of your year on placements with local NHS Trusts in a variety of healthcare settings and simulate nursing situations in our clinical skills and simulation suites.

Nurses are in demand all over the world and we recognise that some of our students want to experience nursing abroad. We offer overseas placements from two to four weeks, or an immersive three-month international stay.

You can start this course in September or February.

Professional accreditation On successful completion of this course you will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).

Careers and employability This course provides a solid foundation for working in numerous healthcare settings and for further development in clinical practice, education, management and research.

Many of our graduates find that they leave university with a firm offer of employment from their sponsoring trust.

The course also prepares you for further academic study at masters and doctoral level.

XX Nursing and midwifery • • • •

State-of-the-art facilities xx Meets NMC standards Excellent employment prospects Opportunity to study abroad

Course content (indicative) You will based at either our Falmer campus in Brighton, or our Eastbourne campus. There will be some tutorial support available in Hastings for students studying at the Eastbourne campus.

In each year you will develop theoretical, clinical and communication skills in clinical practice and in the classroom.

You’ll share learning with other health students, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise.

UCAS CODE B7L0 xx DURATION Full-time x 3 years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBB. A science and/or A-levels social science xx. is desirable. General Studies not included.

BTEC xx.

BTEC DDM in health-related subject.

IB xx.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma xx.

Access to HE diploma pass (at GCSE (minimum grade least 45 credits at levelC) 3)xx. in health studies,language nursing or science required.

English requirements 30 credits must be at distinction. see page xx.

In your final year you will focus on more complex patient needs, and begin to develop your management and leadership knowledge and skills.

GCSEand (minimum Fees fundinggrade page C) xx a strong GSCE profile will also be an Entry and application page xx advantage.

Must include maths, English and science.

Year 1 The Nurse as a Professional: an introduction • Human Qualities in Nursing • Introduction to Human Structure and Function Applied to Nursing • Psychosocial Studies in Nursing • Professional Nursing Practice

Other qualifications A wide range of other qualifications will be considered on an individual basis.

Year 2 Public Health for Nursing and Midwifery Practice • Acute Care Across Care Settings • Appreciating the Research Process • Long Term Conditions • Professional Nursing Practice • Options include: Global Health • International Nursing • Extended International Nursing • Student Community Engagement • Arts and Health • Developing Clinical Research Nurse Careers • Spiritual Health • Emergency First Aid

English language requirements see page 275.

Final year Dissertation • End of Life Care • Physical Assessment • Leadership • Professional Nursing Practice

Further professional requirements are listed online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

176

Nursing (Child)

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

As a nurse, in this field, you will work closely with children, young people and their families as part of an important team of health professionals.

You will work in various settings, tailoring individual care for your patients, whilst taking into consideration factors such as their cultural, economic and psychological background. To succeed in this role, you need to be resilient, adaptable and committed, with a solid knowledge base and strong sense of compassion.

To ensure you can confidently apply theory to healthcare practice, you will spend 50% of the course on placements with local NHS trusts in a variety of healthcare settings, and simulate nursing situations in our state-of-the-art clinical skills and simulation suites.

Nurses are in global demand. To give you the opportunity to experience nursing abroad, we offer overseas placements from two to four weeks, or an immersive three-month international stay.

You can start this course in September or February.

Professional accreditation On successful completion of this course you will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).

Careers and employability Children’s nursing offers a variety of roles caring for children and young people needing emergency, medical, surgical, high dependency, palliative, complex continuing care and neonatal care in hospitals and community settings.

Many of our graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment from their sponsoring trust.

XX Nursing and midwifery • • • •

State-of-the-art facilities xx Meets NMC standards Excellent employment prospects Opportunity to study abroad

After a period of consolidation and further study you can work as a specialist practitioner in such fields as community children’s nursing, health visiting, school nursing, or as a nurse practitioner.

Course content (indicative) In each year of the course you will develop theoretical, clinical and communication skills in clinical practice and in the classroom. You’ll share modules with other health students, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise. In your final year you will focus on more complex patient needs, and begin to develop your management and leadership knowledge and skills.

Year 1 The Nurse as a Professional: an introduction • Human Qualities in Nursing • Human Structure and Function Applied to Nursing • Psychosocial Studies in Nursing • Professional Nursing Practice Year 2 Public Health for Nursing and Midwifery Practice • Childhood Transitions • Appreciating the Research Process • Principles of Nursing Children and Young People • Professional Nursing Practice • Options include: Global Health • International Nursing • Extended International Nursing • Student Community Engagement • Arts and Health • Developing Clinical Research Nurse Careers • Spiritual Health • Emergency First Aid Final year Dissertation • Contemporary Child Health Practice • Chronic Childhood Conditions • Leadership • Professional Nursing Practice

UCAS CODE B730 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBB. A science and/or social A-levels science xx. is desirable. General Studies not included.

BTEC xx.

BTEC DDM; health-related subject.

IB xx.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma xx.

Access to HE diploma pass (at GCSE45 (minimum grade least credits at levelC) 3)xx. in health studies, nursing or science required, English language requirements 30 must be at distinction. seecredits page xx.

GCSE (minimum Fees and fundinggrade page C) xx a strong GSCE profile will also be an Entry and application page xx advantage.

Must include maths, English and science.

Other qualifications A wide range of other qualifications will be considered on an individual basis.

Further professional requirements are listed online, www.brighton. ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 177

Nursing (Mental Health)

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

As a nurse in this field, you will support people experiencing mental health problems through building compassionate and therapeutic relationships. Often, you will work with your patient alongside their families, carers and friends.

Nursing and midwifery • • • •

State-of-the-art facilities xx Meets NMC standards Excellent employment prospects Opportunity to study abroad

Course content (indicative) You will work in various settings, tailoring individual care for your patients. To succeed in this role, you need to be resilient, adaptable and committed, with a solid knowledge base and strong sense of compassion. Studying mental health nursing will allow you to develop and deepen an understanding of yourself and others.

To ensure you can confidently apply theory to practice, you will spend 50% of your year on placements with local NHS trusts in varied settings, and simulate healthcare situations in our clinical skills and simulation suite.

To give you the opportunity to experience nursing abroad, we offer overseas placements that last from two to four weeks, or an immersive three-month international stay.

Professional accreditation On successful completion of this course you will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).

Careers and employability This course provides an excellent foundation for work in numerous healthcare contexts and for further development in clinical practice, education, management and research.

Many of our graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment from their sponsoring trust. After further study you can work as a specialist practitioner in the community, or in acute care, for example caring for people needing crisis intervention.

In each year of the course you will develop theoretical, clinical and communication skills in clinical practice and in the classroom. You’ll share learning with other health students, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise.

In your final year you will focus on more complex patient needs, and begin to develop your management and leadership knowledge and skills.

Year 1 The Nurse as a Professional: an introduction • Human Qualities in Nursing • Introduction to Human Structure and Function Applied to Nursing • Psychosocial Studies in Nursing Year 2 Public Health in Nursing • Everyday Mental Health Nursing Practice • The Research Process in Nursing • Key Concepts and Theories Underpinning Assessment and Care in Mental Health Nursing • Professional Practice • Options include: Global Health • International Nursing • Extended International Nursing • Student Community Engagement • Arts and Health • Developing Clinical Research Nurse Careers • Spiritual Health • Emergency First Aid

UCAS CODE B760 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. A science and/or social science is desirable. General Studies not included.

BTEC DDM; health-related subject.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass (at least 45 credits at level 3) in health studies, nursing or science required, 30 credits must be at distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a strong GSCE profile will also be an advantage. Must include maths, English and science.

Other qualifications A wide range of other qualifications will be considered on an individual basis.

Further professional requirements are listed online, www.brighton. ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Dissertation • Therapeutic Interventions in Mental Health Nursing • Leadership • Professional Practice • Enhanced Practice in Mental Health Nursing GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

178

Pharmacy

Key facts

MPharm Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Pharmacists are experts in medicines and how they work. They play an important role in providing healthcare to patients in many different settings – in the community, hospitals, industry and academic – using their clinical expertise to ensure the safe supply and use of medicines by the public.

Our MPharm programme is taught through a series of case studies that bring together the science of pharmacy with the needs of the patient. It also offers placements, in each year, in community and hospital settings so you can gain the experience you need to successfully enter the workplace.

Your learning is supported by access to advanced facilities including the SimMan 3G – a patient simulator that enables you to monitor vital signs, detect signs of disease and assess clinical response to drug treatment in real time.

You will benefit from inter-professional learning opportunities with Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS), and from teaching informed by our extensive industry links and world-leading research.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the General Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC), the UK’s independent regulator for pharmacy.

The MPharm qualification is the only undergraduate UK degree acceptable for registration with the GPhC.

Careers and employability After a successful pre-registration year and examination, you will be eligible for professional registration with the GPhC and ready to begin your career in pharmacy.

Our course will prepare you for all areas of the profession, including community, hospital and industrial pharmacy.

Pharmacy • Case-based approach to show relevance of science to the practice of pharmacy • Professional work placements in all years of the course • Advanced facilities including the SimMan 3G

Course content (indicative) Our MPharm course integrates an understanding of chemistry, pharmaceutics, microbiology, physiology, pharmacology and health psychology with the practice of pharmacy.

Year 1 The first year consists of 10 cases designed to give you an understanding of minor ailments and their treatments using medicines that can be purchased from a community pharmacy. Cases cover subjects such as digestive ailments, skin conditions and eye conditions.

Year 2 In year 2, you study 12 cases of more complex conditions such as asthma, hypertension and ischaemic heart disease. You learn about relevant drugs, how they are formulated and how their quality is assured. You also learn how to take a drug history and produce a care plan as you develop further clinical skills.

UCAS CODE B230 DURATION Full-time 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB, including B in chemistry and one further science A-level.

BTEC DDD and A-level chemistry at grade B. IB 34 points including a grade 5 in chemistry and biology at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma pass, 30 credits must be at distinction. Must include 24 distinctions in biology and chemistry.

GCSE mathematics and English at grade B or above.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 3 In year 3, you build on your learning through a further 12 cases. You learn about endocrinology, immunology and oncology in considering the treatment of patients with Type 1 diabetes, autoimmune diseases and breast cancer.

Further cases consider the treatment of patients with mental health concerns.

Final year In the Preparing for Practice module, the focus is on more complex patient cases, as you take part in sessions that simulate real-life clinical scenarios. You also study two special topics and undertake a research project.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 179

TOP 20

UNIVERSITY FOR WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN ART AND DESIGN: HISTORY, PRACTICE AND THEORY

BE PART OF A PIONEERING COMMUNITY IN THE HISTORY OF ART AND DESIGN

BENEFIT FROM OUR CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS WITH LOCAL MUSEUMS

ACCESS TO WORLD-CLASS ARCHIVES AND TEXTILES COLLECTIONS

REF 2014

HISTORY OF ART AND DESIGN The University of Brighton is one of the founding institutions in the field of history of art and design. Students benefit from practical experience developed through placements, field trips and from access to our worldclass Design Archives including the Design Council Archives and Dress and Textiles teaching collection.

BE INSPIRED

The University of Brighton is a major centre for visual and material culture and the critical and historical research of design.

Develop your historical, analytical and interpretative skills. Build on your ideas through seminar and small group teaching, group and individual project work.

Explore your own specialist areas of study, and the subjects that interest you most.

Hands-on study gives you vital workplace experience and networking opportunities.

Leading artists and makers have been making Brighton and the surrounding area their home since the nineteenth century. As well as having Brighton and Hove Museums and the Royal Pavilion on your doorstep, Ditchling Museum of Art and Crafts and Charleston Farmhouse, home of the Bloomsbury group, are nearby.

180

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Our graduates include: • Professor David Crowley, Royal College of Art • Oliver Barry, BAFTA awardwinning filmmaker • Lesley Miller, Senior Curator (Textiles), Furniture, Textiles and Fashion Dept at V&A • Amy de la Hay, Joint Course Director, London College of Fashion.

Our courses provide a strong foundation for careers in a host of areas, many of our graduates develop careers in museums, galleries, arts administration, auction houses, journalism, publishing and education. Others study for further professional qualifications or postgraduate degrees, including our History of Design and Material Culture MA.

LOCATION

Our history of art and design courses are taught in the heart of Brighton city centre at Pavilion Parade, part of our Grand Parade campus.

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES

Our students benefit from University of Brighton resources including: • internationally significant collections of the Design Archives • one of the UK’s leading art and design library collections • Screen Archives South East • the Dress and Textile Teaching Collection.

Resources within the city include: • The Keep, a world-class centre for archives which provides access to the collections of the East Sussex Record Office • the Royal Pavilion & Museums Local History Collections • the Mass Observation Archive which contains material about everyday life in Britain since 1937.

• Fashion and dress history • History of art and design • Visual culture

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE I gained excellent experience during my placement at the Design Archives, helping with the photography of items for a digital archive, carrying out conservation techniques on accessioned objects, and using archival database systems. There was an opportunity for paid work when my placement ended, and I was lucky enough to continue working there throughout my third year.

Suzy Horada – History of Design, Society and Culture BA(Hons)

BE INSPIRED

Professor Catherine Moriarty is the curatorial director of the University of Brighton’s internationally significant Design Archives. She believes that direct contact with original documents, records and photographs presents endless opportunities for interpretation.

Integral to Professor Moriarty’s development of the Design Archives is her conviction in curation as a creative practice.

Initiating artists’ residencies, exhibitions and research projects, she is interested in the use of archival resources in a broad range of contexts.

Caption

The Design Archive gives students the chance for hands on learning experience

Fashion and Dress History students get the chance for hands on learning experience

181

Fashion and Dress History

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

If you have a keen interest in contemporary fashion and historical dress, this course will develop your understanding of its changing significance from the late eighteenth century until the present day.

You will focus on ways in which different social, national, cultural and gender groups construct and project their identities through their dress, considering dress in broader design, historical and visual culture contexts. At the same time you will assess the importance of fashion in stimulating consumption and its effects on marketing and retailing.

You will have access to our world-class Design Archive, an excellent art and design library, the Screen Archive South East and the Dress and Textiles Teaching Collection, founded by Professor Lou Taylor.

You will benefit from our productive relationships with local and national museums, including the Victoria and Albert Museum. You will have the opportunity to undertake an assessed work placement in a local museum, gallery, archive or creative service.

Students work closely with professionals on focused tasks such as cataloguing, collections management, publications and other areas of cultural practice.

Careers and employability Through this course, you will develop as a critical thinker, researcher and communicator ready for work in fashion, heritage or other related industries.

Our graduates are equipped with a range of historical, visual, interpretative and problem-solving skills which provide a good foundation for a wide variety of careers including work with fashion designers, on fashion magazines and as fashion historians, through to museum and gallery work.

History of art and design • World-class reference facilities on-site such as the Design Archives and the Dress and Textiles Teaching Collection • Hands-on learning builds confidence and prepares you for the workplace • Groundbreaking course was founded by Professor Lou Taylor, one the world’s leading experts on dress history

UCAS CODE V371 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Others choose to study for further professional qualifications or postgraduate degrees, including our History of Design and Material Culture MA.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 You’ll develop your subject knowledge in the core lecture/seminar modules.

Art, Culture and Commerce • Art Design and Modern Life • Art and Design History in Brighton • Interpreting Objects

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 In years 2 and 3 option modules enable you to choose subjects that particularly interest you.

Modernism, Ideology and Avant Garde • After Modernism: Post Modernism and Beyond • Option from a wide choice of arts and humanities topics (extend your study to fashion drawing, textile weaving or a European language) • Option modules include Reflections: Fashion and Film in Britain and America • Reading Dress • The Past in the Present: Vintage, Retro, Revival • European study visit Final year A range of independent but closely supervised research projects, including: Dissertation • Group research project and poster • Framing Fashion: theories of fashion and dress • Option modulemay include: Dress on Display • Orientalism and Dress

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

182

History of Art and Design

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

On this course you will study a stimulating range of subjects including fine art, design, heritage, museum studies, film and fashion.

Guided by a course team who are all researchers in this field, you will engage with art and design works, critiquing the use, production, preservation, cult-value and memorial importance of the things that societies and individuals have created.

Studying here you’ll have unique access to our world-class research resources including our Design Archives, Textile and Dress teaching collection and Screen Archive South East.

Brighton has a rich cultural heritage and you will benefit from our productive relationships with local and national museums, including the Victoria and Albert Museum. Work placements give you insight into professional practice, helping you build key skills and enhancing your job prospects by giving you hands-on, relevant experience and the opportunity to forge networks.

Careers and employability Students move into positions in commercial and cultural organisations as well as into teaching and journalism.

Graduates from the History of Art and Design programme hold senior appointments at the Victoria and Albert Museum, the Royal Ontario Museum in Canada and the Edinburgh College of Art and many take up careers in museums, galleries, heritage sites, arts administration and auction houses.

Others study for further professional qualifications or postgraduate degrees, including our History of Design and Material Culture MA.

History of art and design • We were one of the founding institutions for research in design history and our staff are world authorities in the field • Hands-on study gives you vital industry experience and networking opportunities • Develop your own specialist areas of interest

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Art, Commerce and Culture: Art and Design 1760–1900 • Perspectives on Photography • History of Art and Design in Brighton • Options include: Art, Architecture, Design and Decoration in the British Country House • Screening Meanings (history of cinema) Year 2 In year 2, you have the opportunity to undertake an assessed work placement in a local museum, gallery, archive or creative service. Students work on tasks such as curating, cataloguing, collections management and publications.

UCAS CODE V352 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Modernism, Ideology and the Avant Garde in the Twentieth Century • After Modernism: Postmodernism and Beyond • Option modules from wide range of arts and humanities topics • Options include: The Politics of Place: People and Nature in British Landscape Art • European study visit • Reflections: Fashion and Film in Britain and America Final year Dissertation • Interpreting Art and Design: Research Methods and Theory • Group research poster project • Communicating Research (seminar and exhibition) • Options include: From Bubbles to Benetton: Theory and Practice in Advertising since the Nineteenth Century • Public Art

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 183

Visual Culture

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

We live in an image-led and imageconscious society where we are expected to decipher visual cues designed to sell, to celebrate and to represent. Our Visual Culture degree allows you to study these forms of visual communication and their history in order to understand the society in which we live.

You’ll combine an interest in art, culture and media history to explore the broad spectrum of visual creativity that permeates contemporary life. You will explore everything from the history and theory of painting and sculpture to print, photography, film, advertising and fashion.

You will develop transferable skills in research and in written, visual and verbal presentation. Specialist staff will encourage your visual literacy and enable you to develop critical approaches to visual language and its importance.

Brighton has a rich history of popular culture and heritage and links to local and national museums, including the Victoria and Albert Museum.

As a student here you’ll have unique access to our world-class research resources including our Design Archives, Textile and Dress teaching collection and Screen Archive South East.

In year 2 you will also have an opportunity to undertake an optional assessed work placement in a local museum, gallery, archive or cultural organisation.

Careers and employability Many of our graduates go on to careers in museums, galleries, arts administration, auction houses, journalism, publishing and education.

Others study for further professional qualifications or postgraduate degrees, including our History of Design and Material Culture MA.

XX History of art and design • xx Access to our world-class Design Archives, an excellent library, the Screen Archive South East and the Dress and Textiles Teaching Collection • Learn from academics, artists, researchers and writers • Develop your own specialist areas of study for a competitive edge on graduation

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Art, Culture and Commerce: Art and Design 1760–1900 • Perspectives on Photography • Options include: Screening Meanings (Film Studies) • Cities of Modernism: London, Paris and New York • Visualising Empire Year 2 Modernism, Ideology and Avant Garde in the Twentieth Century • After Modernism: Post Modernism and Beyond • Arts and humanities options including European languages, photography or drawing modules • Placement • European study visit • Photo-Identities: The Human Image and Photography • The Politics of Place: People and Nature in British Landscape Art • Reflections: Fashion and Film in Britain and America

UCAS CODE V350 xx DURATION Full-time x 3 years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DMM. BTEC xx.

IB 28 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with Access at leastto 45HE credits diploma at level xx. 3.

Humanities, history or politics are GCSE (minimum grade C) xx. preferred.

English languagegrade requirements GCSE (minimum C) at least see xx. including English threepage subjects language and mathematics Fees and funding page xx or science.

Entry and application page xx English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Eye and Mind: Research Methods and Theory • Visual Culture Case Study (group research poster project) • Dissertation • Options include: From Bubbles to Benetton: Theory and Practice in Advertising since the Nineteenth Century • Performance, Participation and Politics • India! South Asian Identity and the Visual and Material World Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

184

Students benefit from small group seminars

BOAC poster by FHK Henrion, late 1940s – University of Brighton Design Archives

St Peter’s House Library houses one of the UK’s leading art and design library collections

185

OUR INDUSTRY NETWORK SUPPORTS OUR GUEST LECTURE PROGRAMME AND FIELD TRIP OPPORTUNITIES

OPTIONAL YEAR-LONG PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENTS IN UK AND INTERNATIONAL SETTINGS

12th

IN THE UK FOR HOSPITALITY THE TIMES UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2015

TOP 20

UK UNIVERSITY FOR WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE, LEISURE AND TOURISM

HOSPITALITY, RETAIL, EVENTS AND TOURISM REF 2014

A degree from the University of Brighton opens the door to diverse and exciting opportunities in the UK and abroad, whether your interests lie in events, hospitality, retail or tourism. Our courses give you practical business and management skills and enable you to gain real work experience through professional placements.

PLACEMENTS

Work placements are a great way to use your new knowledge, and to build experience and contacts.

They are optional, last 48 weeks and are taken after the second year of study. Our students have had placements with organisations including: • ALDI • Amadeus • DKNY • Eagle Rock Entertainment • Fabric Nightclub • Harrods • Majestic Wines • Marks & Spencer • Neilson Holidays • Park Plaza Hotels • Saatchi and Saatchi • Sainsbury’s • Sea Pines Resort, USA • STA Travel • Superdry • Teenage Cancer Trust • TUI Travel • Universal Studios, USA.

186

Our long-standing partnership with Walt Disney World enables us to offer year-long placements in the USA.

IN TOUCH WITH INDUSTRY

Teaching is informed by a combination of experience, research and consultancy.

We are a founding member of the Association for Events Management Education (AEME), part of the Institute for Hospitality’s Membership Scheme (EMS) and one of only 25 institutions worldwide to be linked to the UN World Tourism Organisation.

BE INSPIRED

Lectures, workshops, seminar and group activities create a fresh and stimulating learning environment, complemented by industry visits and field trips. Assessments develop your adaptability and professional skills.

As well as essays and exams you could be asked to develop a business proposal, present an advertising account pitch, write a management report or a business news article, or pitch to a guest client.

For some courses you can choose to explore the subjects that interest you most through option modules and specialist pathways in marketing, travel and sport.

SPECIALIST FACILITIES

Hospitality students develop their skills in our Culinary Arts Studio, Much more than a commercial kitchen, it offers the chance to observe and record social interaction and document how lighting, music and other factors influence guest behaviour.

LOCATION

All hospitality, retail, event and tourism courses are based and taught in Eastbourne.

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Our students go on to careers in all parts of the sector: • Account Executive, ID Experiential • Advertising Account Executive, Independent News and Media • Brand Manager, Heinz • Buyer, Ralph Lauren • Buyer, Jaeger • Cargo and Passenger Analyst, Virgin Atlantic Airways • Commercial Analyst, L’Oréal, Paris • Director of Business Travel, Rocco Forte Hotels • Event Coordinator, Selfridges • Event Manager, United World Games • Head of HR, Gordon Ramsay Group • Head of Events, Paragon Sports Management • Merchandiser, Ted Baker.

Principal lecturer in retail and food studies, Harvey Ells works closely with local industry and recently collaborated with Source BMX – the developers of Europe’s biggest underground skate park in Hastings

We received funding to research and develop solar cooking methods

187

International Hospitality Management

Key facts

BA(Hons) Eastbourne

Our International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) is well known for its teaching excellence, student achievement and graduate success.

The university subscribes to the Institute of Hospitality’s Education Membership Scheme (EMS) and meets international standards of professionalism, knowledge, skills and understanding. The course is regularly reviewed in consultation with industry to ensure it stays up to date.

Food, hospitality and retail • Contact with industry professionals through the Savoy Society Mentoring Scheme • Access to our state-of-the-art Culinary Arts Studio • Optional placement year with a high-profile hospitality organisation in the UK or abroad

Course content (indicative)

UCAS CODE N221 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC.

Year 1 The Hospitality Business • Food and Drink Operations • The Hospitality Consumer Experience • Economics and Finance • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People

BTEC DMM.

The option of a placement year gives you a valuable opportunity to work either domestically or abroad with high-profile organisations including Soho House and Co, Montcalm Hotels, South Lodge Hotel and Doubletrees by Hilton. If you impress your employer during your placement year, you may be offered a full-time position once you graduate.

Year 2 Design and the Environment • Resources and Revenue Management • Hospitality Live! • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) • One from: Managing Service Excellence • Marketing Planning (marketing pathway)

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Specialist marketing pathway

Optional placement year

Our facilities include a digital media suite and the Culinary Arts Studio, which recreates a contemporary hospitality setting so you can put your skills into practice.

You can choose to specialise in marketing at the end of your first year, which would make your final award International Hospitality Management with Marketing BA(Hons). Alternatively, you can continue to study for a broadbased hospitality management degree.

Careers and employability Through its balance of academic and vocational modules, the International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) is designed to maximise your employment options across the sector.

Many of our graduates now hold senior management positions, for example as the head of catering at the Marylebone Cricket Club, the vice president of Global Sales Europe at Marriott Hotels and the director of Life’s Kitchen.

Final year Business Strategy • Contemporary Issues in International Hospitality • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options include: Food, Society and Culture • Gastronomy • Financial Issues in the International Hospitality Industry • Business Morality • Change Management • Marketing options include: Public Relations • Beverage Marketing • Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) • Competitive Marketing Strategy • Hospitality Consultancy

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in business or management preferred.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

188

Retail Management

Key facts

BA(Hons) Eastbourne

Retail is critical to the growth of the global economy. In the UK alone, it accounts for approximately 11 per cent of all employment, 5 per cent of GDP and 35 per cent of consumer spending.

But the retail industry can’t succeed without effective management, and this course – through its balance of vocational and academic modules – is designed to maximise your employability and help you succeed in this fast-paced and rewarding environment.

Many of our lecturers have years of retail experience and can offer you expert advice and insight into the industry. You will also benefit from the contribution of guest speakers from such high-profile organisations as Harrods, Ted Baker, Topshop and Debenhams, and have the chance to go on field trips to the London Westfield Centre, Spitalfields, the Clothes Show Live in Birmingham and as well as retail environments in Paris.

Food, hospitality and retail • One of the most established retail courses in the UK • Opportunity for placement year and professional experience • Field trips to retail environments at home and abroad

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Retail Operations Management • Retail Buying and Supply Chain Management • The Retail Industry • Economics and Finance • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People Year 2 Merchandising, Design and Retail Consumption • eTailing and Multichannel Retail • Managing Service Excellence • Retail Professional Practice • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) Optional placement year

If you want to supplement your degree with work experience, you can take a placement year with organisations such as Urban Outfitters, Marks & Spencer, Superdry, Saatchi and Saatchi, Harrods and Walt Disney World. If you impress your employer during the placement, there is a good chance you will be offered a full-time position once you graduate.

Careers and employability This course will prepare you for roles throughout the retail sector as you develop transferable skills in teamwork, decision making, communication, numeracy and leadership.

Graduates from the course are working in roles including area manager for ALDI, buyer at Ralph Lauren, brand manager at Heinz, commercial analyst at L’Oréal, eCommerce merchandiser at Coast, manager at Dorothy Perkins, visual merchandiser at Primark and marketing manager at Squidcard.

Final year International Retail and Global Brand Management • Business Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options: Fashion Retail • Retail Consultancy • Change Management • Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) • International Management • Public Relations • Beverage Marketing • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • Business Morality • Social Media Marketing and Metrics • Management in the Not-for-Profit Sector • Leadership • Retail Project Management

UCAS CODE N240 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in business or management preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 189

Retail Marketing

Key facts

BA(Hons) Eastbourne

Retail is critical to the future growth and development of the global economy, and effective marketing is considered an important factor in any organisation’s sustainability.

Informed by our partnerships with retail SMEs, this course combines marketing and management skills with the specialist knowledge required by retail employers.

It’s designed to enhance your capacity to succeed in areas such as branding, consumer psychology, merchandising, PR and strategic marketing.

Many of the tutors on the Retail Marketing BA(Hons) are chartered marketers who conduct research and consultancy for external clients, so they are able to provide you with expert advice and insight into the industry. You will also benefit from field trips to the London Westfield Centre, Spitalfields, the Clothes Show Live in Birmingham as well as retail environments in Paris.

If you want to supplement your degree with work experience, you can take a placement year with organisations such as Urban Outfitters, Marks & Spencer, Superdry, Saatchi and Saatchi, Harrods and Walt Disney World. If you impress your employer during the placement, there is a good chance you will be offered a full-time position once you graduate.

Careers and employability The course allows you to pursue a variety of career paths in commercial business environments, and our dedicated Employability Hub offers extensive support to help you secure that dream job.

Recent graduates are now working for companies including Ted Baker, P&O, Jaeger, Harrods, Saatchi and Saatchi, MySpace, American Express, Barclays Corporate Banking, Tribal Fusion, Austin Reed, Red Bull, River Island and John Lewis.

Food, hospitality and retail • Regular guest speakers from the retail industry • Option of a placement year with organisations including Urban Outfitters, Superdry and Majestic Wines • Field trips to retail environments at home and abroad

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Retail Operations Management • Retail Buying and Supply Chain Management • The Retail Industry • Marketing, Communications, Advertising and Public Relations • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People Year 2 Merchandising, Design and Retail Consumption • eTailing and Multichannel Retail • Marketing Planning • Retail Professional Practice • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) Optional placement year Final year International Retail and Global Brand Management • Competitive Marketing Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options: Fashion Retail • Retail Consultancy • Change Management • Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) • International Management • Public Relations • Beverage Marketing • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • Business Morality • Social Media Marketing and Metrics

UCAS CODE N551 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in business or management preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

190

BE INSPIRED

Professor Marina Novelli’s collaborative work with governments and organisations across Africa has helped the reshaping of the tourism industry and contributed to the sustainable development of local communities. Her research has had farreaching effects on policy making and industry planning in countries including Ghana, Nigeria and Tanzania.

Tourism students have the opportunity to be part of Turtle SOS in the Gambia as part of their course

Field trips help bring our courses to life – retail students recently visited Clothes Show Live at the NEC 191

International Event Management

Key facts

BA(Hons) Eastbourne

Event management is a growing and dynamic profession that allows you to mastermind everything from a small business conference to a major music festival.

In charge of both planning and execution, event managers have a range of creative and technical responsibilities that shift with every project, helping to ensure that the job remains varied and stimulating.

As a founding member of the Association for Events Management Education (AEME), we have a long-standing association with the events industry. Our staff have backgrounds in the corporate, cultural and sporting sectors and are involved in various applied sociological and industry-related research projects.

The optional placement year gives you an excellent opportunity to gain contacts, professional experience and an advantage in the job market. Many students take up full time positions with their placement organisation after graduating.

Specialist sport and marketing pathways This course offers two specialist pathways: • International Event Management with Marketing BA(Hons) • International Event Management with Sport BA(Hons) You can choose to follow either of these pathways at the end of your first year, or continue to study for a broad-based event management degree.

Careers and employability The International Event Management BA(Hons) is designed to enhance your employability from the first year through a mixture of both academic and vocational modules. Recent graduates include a conference and event coordinator at Twickenham Experience, an event manager at Paragon Events and an event coordinator at Selfridges.

Food, hospitality and retail • Founding member of the Association for Events Management Education (AEME) • Staff with extensive professional experience • Optional placement year with an events-based organisation

Course content (indicative) Year 1 The Event Industry • The Event Consumer Experience • Event Operations and Project Planning • Organisations, Management and People • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Economics and Finance Year 2 Events Live! • Risk and Crisis Management in the International Events Industry • International Event Management Challenges • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) • One from: Event Experience Design • Marketing Planning (marketing pathway) • Politics and Policy in Sport (sport pathway) Optional placement year Final year Theorising the International Events Industry • Business Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options include: Leadership • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • International Management • Business Morality • Marketing options include: Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) • Public Relations • Management in the Not-for-Profit Sector • Competitive Marketing Strategy • Sport options include: Sport Tourism • Sport and Deviance • Racism in Sport and Popular Culture • Sport for International Development and Peace

UCAS CODE N820 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in business or management preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

192

International Tourism Management

Key facts

BA(Hons) Eastbourne

Tourism is recognised as one of the world’s biggest industries, accounting for nearly 10 per cent of global GDP and one in every 11 jobs. It is generally resistant to economic downturns, but still needs effective planning, marketing, human resources and financial management to succeed.

Our International Tourism Management BA(Hons) focuses on the environmental, sociocultural and economic impacts of the sector in both developed and developing destinations. It also covers ideas related to mobility, planning models and globalisation while giving you practical and transferable skills in attraction management, communication and market research.

The optional placement year allows you to build sector experience and management skills in the UK or abroad and gain a competitive edge in the graduate jobs market.

Specialist marketing and travel business pathways This course offers two specialist pathways: • International Tourism Management with Marketing BA(Hons) • International Tourism Management with Travel Business BA(Hons) You can choose to follow either of these pathways at the end of your first year, or continue to study for a broad-based tourism management degree.

Careers and employability Graduate opportunities exist in a number of sectors directly and indirectly related to tourism consulting, destination marketing and management, transport (eg airports and airlines), cruising, tour operation and hotel management.

Some graduates have developed their entrepreneurial skills and set up their own travel and tourism businesses. Others have chosen to progress to masters or PhD studies.

Food, hospitality and retail • Industry-focused course recognised by the Institute of Travel & Tourism (ITT) • Regional and international field trips • Placement opportunities with employers including Disney, STA Travel, Amadeus and the Civil Aviation Authority

UCAS CODE N840 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 The Travel and Tourism Industry • Impacts of Tourism • Resort and Destination Management • Economics and Finance • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People Year 2 Tourism, Society and Culture • Tourism Management in Action • Transport, Travel and Mobility • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) • One from: Tourism Planning and Development • Marketing Planning (marketing pathway) • Business Practices for the Travel Industry (travel business pathway) Optional placement year Final year Contemporary Global Issues in Travel and Tourism • Business Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options include: Leadership • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • International Management • Marketing options include: Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) • Public Relations • Competitive Marketing Strategy • Travel business options include: Cruise Management: A Critical Perspective • Aviation in the Twenty-first Century • Sport Tourism

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in business or management preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 193

DEVELOP YOUR SKILLS IN CRITICAL THINKING, LISTENING, RESEARCH, WRITING, PRESENTATION AND DEBATE

CHALLENGE IDEAS IN SMALL SEMINAR GROUPS

SHARE AND DEVELOP YOUR WORK THROUGH WORKSHOPS, FIELD TRIPS, SEMINARS AND BLOGS

JOIN A DYNAMIC AND STIMULATING ACADEMIC COMMUNITY

HUMANITIES At Brighton we take a distinctive approach to the humanities. Through an combined exploration of history, philosophy, politics and cultures you’ll examine the world that human beings have created for themselves.

BE INSPIRED

Our humanities courses are characterised by small seminar groups – an approach that is designed to allow every student to be heard. We pride ourselves on our teaching environment.

You will receive a high level of support from your personal tutor who you will meet with regularly to discuss your progress throughout your course.

You will be encouraged to express your opinions, to take part in the challenging debates that are central to a study of the problems confronting humanity today: global conflict and culture; sexuality, gender and class; racism, conflict and religion; war, ‘terror’ and fundamentalism; and the relationship between these issues and our philosophical and critical grasp of the human condition. You will develop critical analytical skills and the ability to apply these to real-world problems.

Staff research interests include globalisation, political philosophy, philosophical enquiry, narratives, history and identity, democracy, modernity, the link between art, politics and philosophy, archives, race and racism,

194

survival horror, youth subcultural style, and terror and terrorism.

Humanities, literature and philosophy student societies provide opportunities to develop your ideas and debate with your peers.

Visiting speakers from other universities and from organisations such as Amnesty International challenge your thinking and enrich your learning.

Publish your work in student publications and share your ideas with students and staff across the university’s arts and humanities community.

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Our students go on to work in many areas including journalism, publishing, NGOs, politics, law, social work, arts administration and museums, and gallery work, teaching and research study.

Our graduates include: • Simon Kernick, author • Anji Hunter, Edelman • Norman Cook, (aka Fatboy Slim) DJ, musician and producer • Saira Khan, TV presenter and business woman.

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES

Our students benefit from: • the university’s art, design and humanities library, one of the UK’s leading collections, which includes rare and historic materials • internationally renowned Design Archives (including the Design Council Archives) • placements and volunteering opportunities that enable you to apply your learning in practice.

Resources within the city include: • The Keep, a world-class centre for archives, which provides access to the collections of the East Sussex Record Office • the Royal Pavilion & Museums Local History Collections • the Mass Observation Archive which contains material about everyday life in Britain since 1937.

LOCATION

Humanities are taught at our Brighton city centre campus, Grand Parade.

• Globalisation • History, literature and culture • Humanities • Philosophy • War and conflict

What inspires me is when I read a text, maybe written more than 100 years ago, and it still resonates with the world today ... I find it fascinating that philosophy scholars can paint such vivid pictures of the future by looking at ideas and where they might lead.

Freddie Harris – Humanities: War, Conflict, Modernity BA(Hons)

BE INSPIRED

Dr Lucy Noakes is a social and cultural historian interested in war, memory, gender and national identity; she is also course leader for Humanities: War, Conflict and Modernity. Lucy appears regularly in the media talking about her research on memory of the first and second world wars.

Humanities courses are based in the heart of Brighton at our city centre campus

Humanities students are taught in small seminar groups

BE INSPIRED Our tutorials and small group seminars allow you to develop ideas by discussing, debating and asking questions – of other students, of tutors and of yourself.

Dr Victoria Margree, course leader, History, Literature and Culture BA(Hons)

195

Globalisation: History, Politics, Culture

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

If you are fascinated by the transformation of every aspect of our lives as a consequence of apparently unstoppable global forces, then this degree is for you.

The world has changed more in your lifetime than your parents could have imagined. Communication networks, multinational industries and global political movements shape our planet while many of us experience a lack of control over our daily lives. This course gives you the means to think critically about these crucial issues. You will ask fundamental questions about the fabric of our globalised experience and refine and answer those questions, drawing on disciplines including politics, history and critical theory.

You will participate in small seminar groups that encourage you to develop your oral presentation, debating and listening skills. Seminars are supported by lectures. In project work you will learn to take an independent approach to your studies, confidently presenting your ideas and developing the transferable skills useful for careers in global NGOs, journalism, politics, publishing, teaching, business or academia.

Humanities • Small teaching groups • An interdisciplinary approach to studying the global world • Develop analytical, research, communication and debating skills • Attention to your individual needs

Course content (indicative) Year 1 In year 1 you will develop the historical, political and philosophical skills central to this degree.

Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Culture • Democracy: from Athens to Baghdad • Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives Year 2 You will choose your main option for the rest of your degree from subjects including: Global Politics; Globalisation, History and Identity; Global Society • All students study Critical Traditions • Optional attendance of up to 12 lectures on the humanities programme

Careers and employability

Final year Research project • Continued study of your chosen specialist option • Humanities programme lectures on 12 • Options

Graduates from this degree leave with the skills required to navigate the complex working world: independent research management, communication skills both written and oral, and in depth knowledge of your chosen area of study.

For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, as social workers and publishers, as politicians, academics and business managers or in global charities. This degree is of particular relevance to international development, the legal profession, the environment, the European Union and the United Nations.

Many progress to postgraduate study taking advantage of the masters degrees offered at the University of Brighton.

UCAS CODE VL12 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Applicants are required to attend an interview for this course as offers will be made primarily upon the interview.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

196

History, Literature and Culture

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Are you critical and independentminded? Do you think that history and literature should challenge political certainties?

Join us and explore how the complex problems of modern societies originate.

Study cultural, historical and literary works to illuminate these problems. How do novels, poems, autobiographies, memorials, films and television shape our perception of the world? Who decides what counts as history? How do different versions of the past shape how we live today? What role do cultural texts and practices play in negotiating the conflicts which divide so many societies?

You will debate and answer these questions in small seminar groups, in lectures and through individual tutorials tailored to your learning needs. Seminar groups are never bigger than 12 and are assessed as part of your degree. Here you express and defend your ideas, while listening to and debating with other students. In essays your analytical skills are extended to the consideration of how literary, cultural and historical texts relate to real-world political and philosophical concerns.

You will also complete a research project on a topic of your own choosing.

Supervised by an academic tutor with expertise in your topic you learn the art of completing independent and original research. You will present and defend your arguments to staff, and to other students, as the culmination of your integrated degree experience.

Humanities • Small teaching groups • An interdisciplinary approach to literature and history • Develop analytical, research, communicative and debating skills • Attention to your individual needs

Careers and employability You will graduate with the key skills valued by employers in the globalised world: excellent written and spoken communication ability, management, planning and analytical skills complemented by detailed knowledge of the complexity of our networked lives. Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, as social workers and publishers, as politicians, academics and business managers. Many progress to postgraduate study taking advantage of masters degrees offered at the University of Brighton.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Culture • Democracy: from Athens to Baghdad • Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives

UCAS CODE LQV0 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Critical Traditions • Research project preparation • One option chosen from: Fictions in History, Politics of the Past or Culture and Conflict • Choice of humanities programme modules • Humanities programme lectures Final year Research project • Continued study of your option: Fictions in History, Politics of the Past, or Culture and Conflict • Humanities programme lectures For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 197

Humanities

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Humanities degree draws on philosophy, politics, history and literature to investigate the major challenges of life in the contemporary world.

You will meet academic experts in all the major humanities subjects and join a critical environment with frequent visitors – academics, politicians and writers – from around the world.

Based in the heart of Brighton’s cultural quarter, you will join an intimate learning community. You will benefit from small group teaching, and interdisciplinary study while you think and learn about what it means to be a human being in the twenty-first century.

Your lecturers encourage you to adopt a critical attitude to yourself, to the world you live in and to the received opinions which so many take for granted.

Key to this is our seminar system: you will work in groups no bigger than 12 students, and will be assessed for your contributions, your preparation, your engagement with other students and your presentational skills. Seminars are supported by lectures and reading of key texts. Everything you learn on the degree comes together in your final project.

Supported by an academic tutor you will learn how to complete independent and original research on a topic of your choice.

Humanities • Small teaching groups • An interdisciplinary approach to studying the human world • Develop analytical, research, communicative and debating skills • Choose from a variety of options tailored to your interests

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Culture • Democracy: from Athens to Baghdad • Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives Year 2 Choose the main topic for the rest of your degree from 12 options including: Politics, History, Ideology • Globalisation, Politics and Culture • Culture and Conflict and Self and Society • All students study Critical Traditions • Humanities programme lectures Final year Research project • Continued study of specialist option chosen in year 2 • Humanities programme lectures For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

UCAS CODE LV00 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Applicants are required to attend an interview for this course as offers will be made primarily upon the interview.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Careers and employability Graduates from this degree leave with the skills needed to navigate the complex working world: independent research management, communication skills both written and oral, and in depth knowledge of your chosen area of study. Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, as social workers and publishers, as politicians, academics and business managers. Many progress to postgraduate study taking advantage of the range of masters degrees offered at the University of Brighton.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

198

Humanities: War, Conflict and Modernity

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade Why do human beings engage in violent conflicts such as war, genocide, murder and terrorism? Is it possible to end the seemingly endless circle of violence? On this course you will critically investigate violent conflict including war, genocide, state violence, terrorism and conflict resolution You will explore the origins and the consequences of violence. We investigate how conflict is remembered as well as its legacies for us today.

Drawing on philosophy, history, politics and culture you will learn about the war on terror, humanitarian intervention, the genocides of the twentieth century, the Cold War, the two world wars, and the century long conflict in Northern Ireland.

Students become experts on the violent conflicts of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, learning how global conflicts have been resolved.

Our small seminar groups and individual tutorial system are tailored to your learning needs. Prepare for your seminars in lectures and develop analytical skills from several academic disciplines including philosophy, politics and history.

In seminars you express and defend your ideas, while listening to and debating with other students. In essays your analytical skills are extended to the consideration of real world problems of violent conflict.

You will also complete a research project on a topic of your own choosing.

Supervised by an academic tutor you learn the art of completing independent and original research. You will present and defend your arguments to staff, and to other students, as the culmination of your degree experience.

Careers and employability You will complete this degree with the key skills valued by employers in our global world: excellent written and spoken communication ability,

Humanities • Small teaching groups • Develop analytical, research, communicative and debating skills • Attention to your individual needs • Opens up opportunities in a diverse range of careers management, planning and analytical skills complemented by detailed knowledge of the complexity of our networked lives. Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, as social workers and publishers, as politicians, academics and business managers.

Many progress to postgraduate study taking advantage of the range of masters degrees offered at the university.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Culture • Democracy: from Athens to Baghdad • Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives Year 2 Critical Traditions • Research project preparation • One topic from: War, Genocide and Terror, Terror and Terrorism, or Culture and Conflict • Humanities options • Humanities programme lectures • Options

UCAS CODE L252 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Applicants are required to attend an interview for this course as offers will be made primarily upon the interview.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Research project • Continued study on your specialist topic: War, Genocide and Terror, Terror and Terrorism, or Culture and Conflict • Humanities programme lectures For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 199

Philosophy, Politics and Art

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

How far does political engagement depend on representation? Is politics a war of images as much as a struggle between antagonistic interests? Can art frame our appreciation of the right and the good? Can art constrain and enable our responses through images or other forms? How does this happen? How do different forms of power manipulate appearances, and frame our view of the world? How is art complicit in this process?

These are the questions you’ll examine on this unique course which combines three disciplines: history of art and design, politics and philosophy with a focus on aesthetics. You will critically engage with artistic, political and philosophical ideas developed by individual thinkers and schools of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. You will develop your own understanding of how art and art-making intersect with political movements.

Taught by specialist staff, the course addresses art-historical and aesthetic themes such as formalism and realism, expression and engagement, landscape and power against a backdrop of artmaking including performance art, paint, collage, sculpture, installations and interventions. Studying at Brighton, you’ll be immersed in a lively culture of artistic practice, exhibition and critique.

Careers and employability This course is designed primarily as an academic experience but will also give sound preparation for careers in arts and heritage administration, curatorship, critical writing, publishing, catalogue preparation and broadcasting.

Many students stay for further study or research and the university offers four masters degrees onto which graduates with a 2.1 or first class qualification from this degree secure automatic entry. All Philosophy, Politics and Art graduates are guaranteed an interview.

XX Humanities • xx A unique opportunity to combine study in three connected disciplines • Develop the skills and knowledge needed for many industries including publishing, journalism, gallery work or even political lobbying • Be part of a thriving creative community with access to worldclass resources, including our Design Archives, an excellent art and design library, Screen Archives South East and the Dress and Textiles Teaching Collection

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Art, Culture and Commerce: Art and Design 1760–1900 • Philosophical Inquiry • Art, Design and Modern Life • Art: Philosophy and the Politics of Representation • Approaching Narrative • Options include: Screening Meanings; Art of Intervention; Philosophy, Art, Politics and the City.

Year 2 Critical Traditions in Western Thought • Modernity: Interrogation and Representation • Modernism, Ideology and the Avant Garde • Art, Politics and Philosophy from Modernism to Postmodernism • Modernism, Postmodernism and Beyond

UCAS CODE D2SC xx DURATION Full-time x 3 years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DMM. BTEC xx.

IB 28 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with Access at leastto 45HE credits diploma at level xx. 3.

Humanities, history or politics are GCSE (minimum grade C) xx. preferred.

English languagegrade requirements GCSE (minimum C) at least see xx. including English threepage subjects language and mathematics Fees and funding page xx or a science.

Entry and application page xx Applicants are required to attend an interview for this course (in person, or by telephone or Skype if unable to attend interview days) as offers will be made primarily upon the interview.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Individual Research Project • Representation and Engagement after Postmodernism • Options include: Feminism and Art • Conceptualism and its Legacy • Art, Politics and the City • Limits of Representation • The Situationist International • Aesthetics and Politics of Music • Performance, Participation and Politics Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

200

Philosophy, Politics and Ethics

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

The first question a philosopher asks is How should I live? Any answer demands knowledge of politics, of ethics, of history and of the arts.

The Philosophy, Politics and Ethics degree investigates the ethical and political complexities of modern life. It uses the rigor of philosophical critique to question what we take for granted. What does it mean to live a good life today?

Who has power over us, our life chances, our opportunities and why? Why do so many resist dominant powers? Are they right? Can we know the difference between right and wrong? If you are interested in answering these questions then join us at Brighton to find out more.

Guided by our staff and taught in small seminar groups, you will explore how best to live a good life, what ethics might mean in a world divided by war and gross inequalities, and what responsibilities we have to the future. You will develop a critical and independent attitude, along with skills in oral presentation, debating and listening.

Students on this degree confront their own prejudices, and explore how they might contribute to changing this world.

You will graduate with the critical and analytical skills so valued in the globalised world. Join our diverse and friendly student community committed to actively changing our world for the better.

XX Humanities • xx Small teaching groups • An interdisciplinary approach to studying ethical and political life • Develop analytical, research, communication and debating skills • Attention to your individual needs

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Culture • Democracy: from Athens to Baghdad • Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives Year 2 You will choose your main option for the rest of your degree from four options: Morality, Politics and the Good Life, Self and Society, Politics, History and Ideology, and Race and Resistance • All students study Critical Traditions in Western Thought • Humanities programme lectures Final year Research project • Continued study of your specialist option • Humanities programme lectures For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

UCAS CODE LV25 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DMM. BTEC xx.

IB 28 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with at Access leastto 45HE credits diploma at level xx. 3.

Humanities, history or politics are GCSE (minimum grade C) xx. preferred.

English languagegrade requirements GCSE (minimum C) at least see page xx. including English three subjects language and mathematics Fees and funding page xx or a science.

Entry and application page xx Applicants are required to attend an interview for this course (in person, or by telephone or Skype if unable to attend interview days) as offers will be made primarily upon the interview.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Careers and employability Graduates from this degree are equipped with skills needed to navigate the complex working world: independent research, innovative thought, written and oral communication, and in depth knowledge of your chosen area of study. Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, social workers and publishers, politicians, academics and business managers. Many progress to postgraduate study in philosophy or critical theory, taking advantage of the masters degrees offered at the university.

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 201

STUDY IN A DYNAMIC, SUPPORTIVE ENVIRONMENT

DEVELOP CONTACTS THROUGH WORK PLACEMENTS

OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUR WORK TO REACH A WIDER AUDIENCE

LEARN FROM VISITING WRITERS AND RESEARCHERS

LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS At Brighton our exceptional range of English and linguistics courses enable you to develop your skills as a writer and researcher whilst giving you the option to explore media, literature, language, creative writing and linguistics in depth.

LOCATION

Literature, linguistics and English language courses are based at Falmer, north of Brighton city centre.

English literature is also taught as a joint honours degree alongside education, media, history and sociology at our Hastings campus, an hour from Brighton.

BE INSPIRED

Write, edit and support the brightONLINE journal of student writing.

Alongside lectures, seminars, project work, workshops and field trips, visiting lecturers and alumni contribute to your learning. Best-selling crime novelist Peter James, and scriptwriter (and Brighton graduate) Graham Duff have both shared their experiences with our students. Visits to cultural and historical exhibitions also provide a fresh perspective.

202

Research is at the heart of university life and students benefit from the analysis and insight generated by our staff during their research. Research interests include literary and linguistic interventions in text: from feminist literature to seventeenth century drama, from language identity and political discourse to the philosophy of language.

The C21 research group engages across the cultures of writing and narrative, examining the nature of twenty-first century practice.

Brighton & Hove has inspired novelists from Dickens to Greene and is home to a thriving literary and creative culture. The city hosts England’s biggest arts festival, and City Reads aims to spread a love of books and ideas across Brighton & Hove.

Take part in The Big Read, our campaign in association with the Booker Prize Foundation to encourage first year students to read a Booker-nominated novel.

• • • •

Creative writing English language English literature Linguistics

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Our students go on to work in many areas, including journalism, publishing, speech and language therapy, teaching, NGOs, politics, social work and research.

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE

• Short placements in years 2 and 3 are a great opportunity to explore the work place, to develop contacts and get some valuable experience.

• Depending on your course you could spend up to a year studying abroad during your studies.

• You can choose to learn or improve your French, German, Spanish or Italian.

I studied one module where local poets, writers, actors and comedians came in to give workshops to help us learn about writing creatively. Each one could recommend things to read but also tell you where to go in Brighton to find out more and meet other writers Rosanna Wood – English Language and English Literature BA(Hons)

University of Brighton Drama Society won society of the year at 2015 Brighton Students’ Union’s (BSU) Excellence Awards

BE INSPIRED

Jess Moriarty is course leader of our English Language and Creative Writing, and English Literature and Creative Writing degrees. She is also co-founder of Work Write Live, which provides writing short courses and volunteering opportunities for students to develop vocational and academic skills.

Language, literature and linguistics courses are taught at the Falmer campus

203

English Language and Creative Writing

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

This course is for students who are passionate about English language and want to apply their critical reading skills to writing practice.

You are encouraged to write in a variety of styles and develop an understanding of the techniques and skills involved in storytelling across different genres.

Language, literature, linguistics • Work in a dynamic and supportive environment.

• Learn to think critically and creatively • Chances to reach a wider audience through submitting your work to an online journal

Our award-winning tutors enable you to become a motivated thinker and writer with critical and creative writing skills.

You will be able to link your awareness of technique, form and style to the craft of writing and consider texts and your own work in relation to political, social and cultural theories.

Course content (indicative)

Local publishers and writers work with us to develop your understanding of the craft. We also have specific modules that allow you to work with a community group or company to develop your writing and reflect critically on your practice.

Year 2 Language and Identity • Writing for Stage, Radio and Screen • Researching Variations of English • Researching Narrative • Options: Introduction to Journalism • Second Language Acquisition • Spoken and Written Language • Creative Writing • Photography • Video Game Cultures • Life Online: Digital Media and Culture • Studying Travel Writing • Queer Writing • Video Documentary Project • Reading the Graphic Novel • Signs, Genres and Representation

There are placement opportunities available in year 2 as well as field trips to theatres, museums, schools, retirement villages and other community organisations.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability The course will help you to develop skills in critical thinking, storytelling, presenting, teamwork and independent research.

You will also develop an advanced knowledge of the discipline and its place outside the classroom.

Our graduates are equipped with the knowledge and transferable skills needed to pursue a career in many related areas, including publishing, social media, marketing, teaching, journalism, public relations or human resources. Graduates may go on to further study, for example through our Creative Writing MA.

Year 1 The Structure and Grammar of English • Practices of Reading and Writing • Writing the Self • Perspectives on the History of the English Language • Text, Design, Genre and Style • Poetry in Cultural History

UCAS CODE Q310 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional year abroad Final year Dissertation • Final Year Conference • Options: Reading British Narrative Texts • From Script to Screen • Creative Writing Project • Film Adaptations • Film, Culture and Language • Images of War • Practice of Media Writing

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

204

English Language and English Literature

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

This degree will equip you with all you need to know about English as a literary language and how it developed to become a global language of communication.

It is structured around two strands.

The English language strand provides you with an understanding of the fundamentals of English and its historical development, and enables you to explore how language shapes society and how society shapes language.

The English literature strand encourages you to explore and debate literary texts in their historical and cultural contexts while gaining appreciation for different literary genres. You will examine a range of texts from the early modern period to Victorian and contemporary literature.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability Our graduates are working as teachers, journalists and professionals in different business environments including publishing, the media and information technology. Equally, the degree provides a solid foundation for further study and research.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Poetry in Cultural History • Narrative and Literary Texts • Literature and Theory • Structure and Grammar of English • Text Design: Genre and Style • Perspectives of the History of the English Language Year 2 The Nineteenth Century in Literature • Early Modern Literature • Language, Identity and Power • Researching Variation in Language • Options may include: Introduction to Journalism • Modernisms • British Literature and Twentieth Century History • Creative Writing • Spoken and Written Language

Language, literature, linguistics • Options mean you can tailor your degree to match the subjects that interest you most • Gain a good grounding for many industries including publishing and journalism in the vibrant and creative city of Brighton & Hove • Learn in a dynamic and supportive environment Second Language Acquisition Photography • Signs, Genres and Representation • Life Online: Contemporary Media and Society • Video Games Cultures • Queer Writings • Studying Travel Writing • Documentary Project • Film Noir • Community and Personal Development Project • UCML (French, German, Spanish) • •

Optional year abroad Final year Dissertation or creative project • Options may include: Analysing Discourse • Postcolonial Literatures • English Language Teaching • Women’s Writing, Feminist Theory • French, German, Spanish • Journalism and Media Communication • Literary Adaptations • Victorian Sexualities • Approaches to the Study of Meaning • Images of War • Community Participation and Development • Writing the Contemporary • European Literatures and Film • Practice of Media Writing

UCAS CODE Q390 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC which must include English literature or combined English language and literature.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 205

English Language and Linguistics

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Our degree in English language and linguistics explores language as a social and a psychological phenomenon.

It is structured around two strands.

The English language strand will enable you to develop an understanding of the fundamentals of English and its historical development, and provide you with an essential understanding of how language shapes society and how society shapes language.

The linguistics strand will encourage you to explore language from a scientific perspective and introduce you to the main sub-disciplines of linguistics: structure (morphology and syntax), how words and sentences are formed; meaning (semantics and pragmatics), linguistic meaning and meaning in use; sound (phonetics and phonology), speech sounds and how the sound systems of different languages work.

Language • Sign Language Linguistics Options may include (choose two): Introduction to Journalism • Modernisms • British Literature and Twentieth Century History • Creative Writing • Second Language Acquisition • Photography • Signs, Genres and Representation • Life Online: Digital Media and Culture • Video Games Cultures • American Literature 1850–1960 • Studying Travel Writing • Writing and Social Purpose • Spoken and Written Language • Documentary project • Film Noir • Community and Personal Development Project • French, German or Spanish

UCAS CODE QQ31 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC preferably including English language or English language and literature combined.

Other A-levels, such as psychology, mathematics and physics are considered.

BTEC MMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Optional year abroad

Careers and employability

Final year Core English language module: Approaches to Analysing Discourse

English language requirements see page 275.

Core linguistics modules (choose one): Linguistics and Philosophy of Language • Pragmatics, Meaning and Truth • NonTruth-Conditional Semantics

Help with your application page 279

Graduates progress to become teachers, journalists and professionals in business environments including publishing, the media and information technology. Many students opt to continue their studies with postgraduate courses.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Structure and Grammar of English • Introduction to Pragmatics • Perspectives on the History of the English Language • General Linguistics 1: Phonetics and Phonology • General Linguistics 2: Morphology and Syntax • Language Acquisition and Development Year 2 Language, Identity and Power • Researching Variation in English • Linguistics and Grammar: Concepts and Analyses • Semantics • Mind and 206

Language, literature, linguistics • Options mean you can tailor your degree to your individual interests and ambitions • Gain a good grounding for many industries including publishing and journalism • Our talented teaching team creates a dynamic and supportive environment

Options may include (choose two): Reading British Narrative Texts • Writing for the Screen • Creative Writing Project • Kerpow! Language of Graphic Novels • English Language Teaching • Women’s Writing, Feminist Theory • Approaches to the Study of Meaning • Film, Culture and Language • French, German or Spanish • Journalism and Media Communication • Literary Adaptations • Performing Gender • Victorian Sexualities • Brighton Rocks • Images of War • Children’s Screen Cultures • Screen Comedy • Literature and Film as Philosophy • Community Participation and Development

Fees and funding page 280

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

English Language and Media

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

As new kinds of engagement with media and language emerge it is necessary for citizens in today’s world to be creative and critical in their language and media use. This degree gives you the chance to explore and understand English language and media through critical and creative practice with a focus on you as a student both inside and outside the university.

We focus on developing your critical skills in reading and analysing texts whilst also giving you the opportunity to develop your expressive skills in media production and writing genres.

In English language you will analyse the structure of English and explore its use in a wide variety of contexts. You will investigate its historical and global development, and explore how media discourse is connected to identity and power.

In media, you will engage with the fundamental concepts and theories necessary for a deeper understanding of contemporary television, film and digital media, alongside opportunities to develop your creative skills through fiction and factual video production.

The course emphasises the interesting and complex relationships between language, media and society and gives you the chance to explore your place in our highly mediated world. We value the importance of combining theory and practice and give a particular emphasis on you making connections through your studies with your life inside and outside the university.

Careers and employability Our graduates are working in the TV, film and publishing industries, as well as related areas such as journalism, public relations, education and the public services. Some choose to do postgraduate study in, for example, digital media, journalism and international relations.

Language, literature, linguistics • Brighton is a vibrant, creative city and is a magnet for media companies and freelancing professionals • Develop practical skills in media production, plus option modules enable you to focus on your interests and ambitions • Gain a good grounding for industries including film and television production, publishing and journalism

Course content (indicative) You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Year 1 Media Communication and Representation • Digital Storytelling • Structure and Grammar of English • Text Design: Genre and Style • Perspectives on the History of the English Language • Popular Television Year 2 Media Discourse: Identity and Power • History and Theory of Film • Researching English Language Use • Digital Media and Culture • Options may include (choose two): Photography • Video Documentary • Television Studio Production • Creative Writing • Regional Englishes • Spoken and Written Language • Second Language Acquisition

UCAS CODE QP33 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC which must include English language or combined English language and literature.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional year abroad Final year Dissertation or creative project, plus four options – two each from English language and media subject areas.

Options may include: Popular Culture: Europe and Beyond • Approaches to Analysing Discourse • World Englishes • Language Teaching and Learning • Creative Writing Project • Personal Documentary • Postcolonial Literatures • Language, Culture and Ideology • Script to Screen

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 207

English Language

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

This degree focuses on the relationships between language, identity and power, and on English as a global language. You will have the opportunity to explore issues in depth: for example, how we use English differently when we speak and write, and how we share our experiences with different communities through language.

You will develop a strong understanding of the fundamentals of the English language, its historical development and its role in constructing identities, social relations and practices. You will gain transferable skills in data collection and analysis, critical thinking, presentation, academic writing and independent research.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability You will gain a broad range of skills applicable in a variety of occupations, such as journalism, teaching, lexicography, editing and proofreading.

Graduates have also chosen careers in law, publishing, radio and TV. Some go on to postgraduate studies in English language or related areas.

Course content (indicative) Options in years 2 and 3 mean that you can tailor your degree to your individual interests or career ambitions.

Year 1 You will learn concepts and skills that will enable you to describe language and analyse texts, reflecting critically on key debates around the English language and developing metalinguistic skills in grammatical analysis, text analysis, phonology and stylistics. You will explore the development of the English language, look at how children acquire their first language and how language is used in the media.

Language, literature, linguistics • Study in an environment where you will be challenged and supported to learn and grow • Options allow you to tailor your degree to your individual interests and career ambitions • Gain a good grounding for many careers including publishing, journalism and teaching The Structure and Grammar of English • Text Analysis: Genre and Style • Perspectives on the History of the English Language • First Language Acquisition • Phonetics and Phonology • Language and the Media Year 2 You will examine the diversity of the English language, exploring different regional varieties of English in the British Isles and the cultural and social influences that have determined their development. A further aspect of year 2 is the investigation of the impact of language on social identity and its role in power relations. You will also develop an understanding of the tools involved in researching language use, and you will study the characteristic differences between spoken and written forms of communication.

UCAS CODE Q300 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC preferably including English language or English language and literature combined.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Language, Identity and Power • Researching English Language Use • Spoken and Written Language • Regional Englishes • Options Optional year abroad Final year You will consolidate your skills and knowledge by applying a range of approaches to analysing discourse. You will also explore the global spread of English and its development as a world language.

Approaches to Analysing Discourse • World Englishes • Dissertation • Options

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

208

Students from different courses collaborate in Falmer’s studios

Media facilities at the Falmer campus 209

English Literature and Creative Writing

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

This course is for students who are passionate about literature and want to apply their critical reading skills to writing practice.

You will explore writing in a variety of styles and develop an understanding of the techniques and skills involved in storytelling across different genres. We support you to think about your writing inside and outside the classroom, as you engage in activities that connect your creative and writing practices with, for example, volunteering in the community as part of your course.

Our award-winning tutors enable you to become a motivated thinker and writer with critical and creative writing skills.

You will be able to link your awareness of technique, form and style to the craft of writing and consider texts and your own work in relation to political, social and cultural theories.

Local publishers and writers work with us to further develop your understanding of the craft. We also have specific modules that allow you to work with a community group or company to develop your writing and reflect critically on your practice.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability Our graduates leave us equipped with skills in critical thinking, storytelling, presenting, teamwork and independent research. You will also develop an advanced knowledge of the discipline and its place outside the classroom.

Opportunities open to you are wide and varied, and could include publishing, social media, marketing, teaching, journalism, public relations or human resources. Graduates may go on to further study, for example through our Creative Writing MA or Literature MA.

Language, literature, linguistics • Our talented team will help you to learn and grow • You will learn to precisely communicate your ideas • Gain vital transferable skills that you can use throughout your career

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Narrative Literary Texts • Practices of Reading and Writing • Autobiographical Texts • Literature and Theory • Drama in Society • Poetry in Cultural History Year 2 The Nineteenth Century in Literature • Writing for Stage, Radio and Screen • British Literature in the Twentieth Century • Researching Narrative • Options may include: Introduction to Journalism • Modernisms • Literature and Art History • Creative Writing • Photography • Video Game Cultures • Life Online: Digital Media and Culture • Studying Travel Writing • Queer Writing • Video Documentary Project • Reading the Graphic Novel

UCAS CODE Q311 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional year abroad Final year Dissertation • Final year conference • Options may include: Creative writing project • Reading British Narrative Texts • From Script to Screen • Women’s Writing, Feminist Theory • Film Adaptations of Literature • Restoration Dramas • Images of War • Practice of Media Writing

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

210

English Literature and Linguistics

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Our English Literature and Linguistics BA(Hons) enables you to become a critical, independent thinker with the capacity for great insight into various texts and genres.

Learning about the science and art of language, you will develop skills in linguistic and literary analysis that will help you to make a sophisticated critique of written and verbal material. You will engage in contemporary debates about language and have the chance to specialise in topics from women’s writing and feminist theory to semantics and the philosophy of language.

The course is designed to enhance your employability by teaching you transferable research and data analysis skills. You will also have the oportunities to gain work experience with local community projects and organisations, and to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability Our graduates leave us with vital transferable skills in critical thinking, linguistic analysis, data analysis and collection, and statistics.

You will have opportunities open to you in many sectors, including teaching, speech and language therapy, journalism, publishing, social media, marketing or public relations. You will also be equipped to continue studying at postgraduate level – for example through our Literature MA or Linguistics MA.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 In year 1, you learn about the different approaches to literary analysis. You also cover the essential topics in linguistics, as you explore language acquisition, meaning and context, and word formation and sentence structure.

Narrative Literary Texts • Poetry in Cultural History • Language Acquisition and Development • Literature and Theory

Language, literature, linguistics • Learn in a dynamic and supportive environment • Develop detailed methods of analysis and interpretation to communicate your ideas • Gain vital transferable skills that you can use throughout your career General Linguistics: Morphology and Syntax • Introduction to Pragmatics •

Year 2 Year 2 enables you to further explore the links between the two subject areas.

The Nineteenth Century in Literature • Mind and Language • British Literature in the Twentieth Century • Spoken and Written Language • Options may include: Introduction to Journalism • Linguistics and Grammar: Concepts and Analyses • Semantics • Modernisms • Literary and Art History • Creative Writing • Photography • Video Game Cultures • Literature in Practice • Studying Travel Writing • Queer Writing • Reading the Graphic Novel

UCAS CODE Q321 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional year abroad Final year The final year is where your skills and knowledge come together in the dissertation. You can choose literature and linguistics topics that interest you most.

Dissertation • Literature options may include: Women’s Writing, Feminist Theory • Post-war American Fiction • European Literatures and Film Adaptations • (Re)viewing Shakespeare • Creative Writing Project • Gothic Texts and Contexts • Postcolonial Literatures • Russian Literature and Culture • Apocalypse, Utopia, Dystopia • Literature and Philosophy • Victorian Sexualities • Writing the Contemporary • Linguistics options may include: Pragmatics, Meaning and Truth • Linguistics and Philosophy of Language • Non-truthconditional Semantics

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 211

English Literature and Media Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Study English literature and media under the guidance of teaching staff who are active researchers and industry practitioners.

Taught at our campus in Hastings, you will learn through a mix of lectures, practical sessions and a placement module. Events, guest speakers and societies, based at the campus, will also enhance your experience. You will study English literature and media in equal proportions.

You’ll develop a critical understanding of the processes and traditions of literature in English, and engage with a variety of theories, approaches and critical debates. You’ll study the role of media in shaping the public imagination, looking at how it is created and consumed in the context of modern society, and examine the expanding role of the cultural and communications industries in contemporary societies.

Careers and employability The research and analytical skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and cultural industries including teaching, publishing, journalism, youth work, PR, advertising, marketing, theatre, museums and galleries. It will also provide a solid foundation for further study or research.

A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between English literature and media studies.

Language, literature, linguistics • Gain professional experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support In English literature you’ll analyse British and world texts (in English) from a variety of genres and time periods. You’ll consider the techniques writers employ to create powerful effects, how meaning is constructed through reading and writing, and how these are transformed by different historical, cultural and literary contexts.

In media studies, you’ll explore the ways in which media texts are produced and consumed. You will analyse film, television, advertising, the press and other forms of media, and learn practical skills in screenwriting and visual communication.

Year 1 Media: A Critical Introduction • Visual Communication • Narrative and Narratives • Powerful Texts • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Practices

UCAS CODE QP3H (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Analysing Media: Industry, Texts and Audiences • Adaptation for the Screen • The Nineteenth Century in Literature • The Child in Literature • Research Practices • Learning Through Practice Final year Audio-visual • Media Geographies • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • New English Writings and Voices • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 212

English Literature and Social History

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Explore English literature and social history through a mix of lectures, research and placement modules.

Taught at our campus in Hastings, you will have access to a range of archives, of national and international importance, that will provide unique primary resources for your dissertation.

Societies and events based in Hastings, including our annual heritage forum and literature festival, will also enhance your experience. You will study English literature and social history in equal proportions.

You’ll develop a critical understanding of the processes and traditions of literature in English, and engage with a variety of theories, approaches and critical debates. You’ll read, analyse and interpret texts from different historical periods, gaining a deeper understanding of the time and place in which they were produced. You will explore the lives of ordinary people as members of social classes, regions, genders and other groups throughout history and major events such as war.

Careers and employability The research and analytical skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and cultural industries, including teaching, publishing, journalism, youth work, PR, advertising, marketing, theatre, museums and galleries, and also provide a solid foundation for further study or research.

A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between English literature and social history.

Language, literature, linguistics • Access primary source material for social history research • Chance to gain transferable skills in research and analysis • Professional work placement as part of the curriculum In English literature you’ll analyse British and world texts (in English) from a variety of genres and time periods. You’ll consider the techniques writers employ to create powerful effects, how meaning is constructed through reading and writing, and how these are transformed by different historical, cultural and literary contexts.

In the social history strand, you’ll analyse the key issues of class, change and culture in the nineteenth and twentieth century through a wide range of social history topics, from the development of the welfare state to the growth in popularity of the seaside holiday.

UCAS CODE QV33 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 1 Narrative and Narratives • Powerful Texts • Studying Social History • Social and Political Change in Southern England, 1800–2000 • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Practices Year 2 The Nineteenth Century in Literature • The Child in Literature • Personal Histories • Popular Culture and Leisure in Southern England, 1800–present • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices Final year New English Writings and Voices • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Public History and Social Identity • War and Social Change in Twentieth-century Southern England • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 213

English Literature

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

This dynamic and exciting degree allows you to explore a wide range of approaches to reading texts while developing your own writing skills.

You will study texts in many different and rewarding ways: within critical disciplines (for instance, sexuality and gender), multiculturally and historically.

As well as the major landmarks of English literature, your course could cover travel writing, journalism, queer writing, or the contemporary.

Students are encouraged to develop a sense of themselves as autonomous, analytical readers and writers.

Assessments encompass a range of literary skills – from traditional essays to writing poetry, from journals to project work, from writing a book to writing reviews, from presentations to novel writing.

A distinctive element of the course is the way it merges an analysis of the differing roles the written word plays across cultures with the opportunity to apply this analysis in the development of critical and creative work.

Students are encouraged to produce and practise creative work through community work and volunteering, the student literary journal brightONLINE and societies such as the Literature Society and the Brighton University Drama Society.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability Graduates follow a wide range of career paths and students have gone on to work in the media, publishing, journalism, education, and the voluntary sector. Many students go on to do further training – in law, postgraduate literary studies, teacher training, and development studies.

Language, literature, linguistics • Four literature lecturers have won teaching excellence awards in recent years • We have regular visits from writers who deliver salons and writing workshops • Gain CV-enhancing work experience in a relevant workplace • Students have the opportunity to spend a year abroad, undertaking a study period or teaching assistantship at a partner university

UCAS CODE Q320 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Practices of Reading and Writing • Literature and Theory • Poetry in Cultural History • Drama • Narrative Literary Texts • Romanticisms Year 2 Modules: The Nineteenth Century in Literature • Modernisms • Twentieth Century Literature in History • Early Modern Literature • One option from: Creative Writing • Travel Writing • Queer Writing • Introduction to Journalism • One option from: American Literature 1850-1945 • Literature in Practice

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional year abroad Final year • Dissertation • Four options from: Brighton Rocks • Victorian Sexualities • (Re)viewing Shakespeare • European Literatures and Film • Adaptations • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Creative writing project • Community Engagement and Participation • Post-War American Literature • Russian Literature • Restoration Dramas • Writing the Contemporary • Postcolonial Literatures • Gothic • Apocalypse, Utopia, Dystopia • Literature and Philosophy GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

214

Linguistics

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Linguistics is the scientific study of language: it has a central role to play in exploring what it means to be human.

Language is fundamental to human beings. Try to imagine a world without words: a world without words, conversation, discussion or debate, without stories or songs, slang, profanities and buzzwords, even, possibly, a world without thoughts.

As a linguistics student at Brighton, you will explore some of the most fascinating and intriguing aspects of language and its nature. In the course of your degree, you will be introduced to all the main structural approaches to the study of language. You will then go on to explore the relationship between language and the mind, examine how we acquire language, as well as learn about the nature of communication and how we as humans understand one another.

You will also have opportunities to go beyond the confines of your discipline by looking at the relationship between language and society, which will help you to see how linguistics relates to other fields.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability Our graduates develop careers as teachers (PGCE or EFL), speech and language therapists, journalists and professionals in different business environments such as publishing, careers in the Civil Service, the media and information technology, as well as interpreters and translators; some also progress their career in the field of law or forensic linguistics. Many students opt to continue their studies with postgraduate courses (MAs and PhDs).

Language, literature, linguistics • Option modules mean you can tailor your degree to your individual interests • Opportunity to immerse yourself in another culture and observe linguistic diversity on an optional study abroad year • Tutors’ active research profiles keep course content at the cutting edge of advancements in the field

Course content (indicative) Year 1 The Structure and Grammar of English • Phonetics and Phonology • Morphology and Syntax • Introduction to Semantics • Introduction to Pragmatics • Language Acquisition and Development Year 2 Linguistics and Grammar: Concepts and Analyses • Semantics • Mind and Language • Deconstruction: Language, Theory, Society • Option modules may include: Multilingualism • Sign Language Linguistics • Journalism Creative Writing • Community and Personal Development project • Photography • British Literature and the twentieth century • American Literature • Modern foreign languages (Spanish, German, French, Italian) Optional year abroad Final year Linguistics and Philosophy of Language • Non-Truth-Conditional Semantics • Pragmatics, Meaning and Truth • Dissertation • Option modules may include: Approaches to the study of meaning • Language, Culture and Ideology • Writing for the Screen • Journalism and Media Communication • Screen Comedy • Images of War • Film, Culture and Language • English Language Teaching • Reading British Narrative Texts • Modern foreign languages (Spanish, German, French, Italian)

UCAS CODE Q100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC preferably including English language or English language and literature combined.

Other A-levels, such as psychology, mathematics and physics are considered.

BTEC MMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 215

EXPLORE EVERY ASPECT OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION WITH OUR RANGE OF COURSES

PROFESSIONALLY RECOGNISED COURSES PREPARE YOU FOR CAREERS ACROSS THE CREATIVE INDUSTRIES

STAFF COMBINE TEACHING WITH PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AS JOURNALISTS, PRODUCERS, WRITERS AND DIRECTORS

DEVELOP REAL EXPERIENCE WITH OUR INDUSTRY-STANDARD FACILITIES AND ON PLACEMENT

MEDIA, FILM AND JOURNALISM Develop your understanding of theory and specialised production skills, and put that into practice on professional placement. Studying media, journalism or film with us will equip you with skills you will use in your career. Our industry partners share their expertise through visits, masterclasses and lectures, and work with us to provide placements and even graduate jobs.

LOCATION

Accredited journalism courses, along with our production-focused design, film, media and television courses are all taught in Hastings.

Media Studies, Media and English Literature, and Film and Screen Studies are taught in Brighton.

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES

Develop real experience with our industry-standard facilities: • Overtime sports news – one of the best student websites in the country according to the National Council for the Training of Journalists • television and radio studios • newsroom with live newsfeed • Avid editing suites and Pro Tools kit • unique archives including Screen Archive South East • student film showcase at Brighton Big Screen.

216

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Our graduates leave us confident and ready for work.

Some of the roles they are undertaking are: • camera assistant, CTV Outside Broadcast • floor runner, Holby City • freelance assistant film and TV director • digital communications manager, Southampton Football Club • marketing executive, Studio Canal • broadcast assistant, Radio5Live • social media manager, Royal Opera House • online marketing, Time Inc • account exec, Trinity Mirror • project manager, Agile Impact • business development manager, Lexis Nexis.

BE INSPIRED

Our staff are media professionals and practicing researchers: • Rob Steen, leading cricket writer • Lance Dann, writer, radio producer and sound designer • Rob Greens, awardwinning scriptwriter • Gilly Smith, food and travel author • Julie Doyle, leading academic on environment issues in the media • Julia Winckler, photographer • Olu Jenzen, theorist and researcher in LGBTQ and gender issues • Frauke Behrendt, expert on digital connectivity • Paula Hearsum, journalist and web consultant.

INDUSTRY CONTACTS

Organisations that our students are on placement with include: • The BBC • ITV • Google UK • Absolute Radio • Skint Records

• Digital television production • Film and screen studies • Journalism • Media studies • TV production • • • • • • •

Sky Sports News The Times The Guardian Greenpeace Paramount Films Bauer, IPCMedia EMAP publishing.

Leading media figures visit to share their experiences: • Clare Balding, presenter, writer and broadcaster • Nick Davies, investigative journalist and writer • Ben Cooper, BBC Radio 1 and 1Xtra controller • Nicholas Owen, BBC TV news presenter • Peter Curran, awardwinning radio producer • Mark Steel, comic, broadcaster and author • Kathryn Flett, author and TV critic.

BE INSPIRED During the course I was guided through every part of television life, the realities and the expectations, and was given assistance in finding work. At Hastings you have a close relationship with your lecturers.

I have been recommended for jobs and introduced to industry professionals that I would not have met if it wasn’t for this course; I owe it my career.

Luke Fuller – Television Production FdA graduate

Still from film No One is Left Behind by Media and English Literature student Beth Marshall-Sabey 217

Broadcast Media

Key facts

Foundation degree Hastings

Learn from award-winning lecturers and benefit from excellent facilities designed to replicate industry. On this course you will acquire the skills and contacts needed to get ahead in this fast-paced industry.

You’ll gain practical experience using high-end media equipment and develop skills in digital television and radio production, scriptwriting, interviewing and editing.

The course is delivered through a mix of lectures, workshops, seminars, screenings and masterclasses, where you will be assessed through practical and written coursework.

Successful graduates leave with the professional skills needed to secure a job in the industry, and the scope to develop and progress quickly in their chosen area.

Graduates may choose to extend their study further with the one-year Broadcast Media top-up degree.

Careers and employability Recent positions held by our broadcast media graduates include Postproduction co-ordinator on Emmy award winning Game of Thrones and VEEP (HBO); camera assistant at the London Studios, home to ITV; runner on Strictly Come Dancing; assistant director at Eastenders; camera assistant at ITV Studios; Postproduction supervisor at HBO; junior creative producer at STV; production assistant at British Eurosport and camera assistant at CTV Outside Broadcast.

XX Broadcast media • Access specialist facilities including a television studio, green screen, radio broadcast facility, newsroom and editing suites • Learn from course tutors who are producers, directors, scriptwriters, directors of photography and presenters • Build key industry contacts through your work placement and regular collaborations with media professionals

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Postproduction, Editing and Graphics • Industry • History and Context • Broadcast Media Critical Introduction • Options: Television Drama or Radio Drama • Factual Television/Documentary or Radio Features • Television Multicamera Production or Radio Studio Production Year 2 Postproduction, Editing and Grading • Analysing Media: Industries, Texts and Audiences • Industry Placement • Final Project • Options: Script writing or Research and Editorial • Outside Broadcast or Live Radio

UCAS CODE P310 xx (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 2 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary basedsee potential, onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

UCAS tariff 160 points, from a A-levels xx. minimum of one 12-unit or two 6-unit qualifications. Level 3 Key BTEC xx. count towards the tariff Skills will score.

IB xx.

IB 24 points; subjects.

Access to HE specified diploma xx.

Access to HE diploma GCSE (minimum gradepass C) xx.with at least 45 credits at level 3.

English language requirements GCSE (minimum grade C) at least see page xx. three subjects including English Fees and funding page xx or a language and mathematics science.

Entry and application page xx English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our enquiries team are here to help.

School 01273 644644 64XXXX XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 218

Digital Film

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Our Digital Film degree, based at our Hastings campus, combines practical skills and knowledge of industry practices with key film theory debates.

You will develop experience in screenwriting, shooting, editing and using the latest technology while forming a critical understanding of film form, the cinema industry, marketing, distribution and related media entrepreneurial skills.

You will learn from and collaborate with the course team, media practitioners, alongside international filmmakers, distributors and film festival programmers. You will be able to take advantage of digital film facilities including Avid editing suites with Pro Tools audio editing capabilities and an extensive range of digital cameras and audio equipment. As part of your studies, you will have access to film archives held at our Hastings campus.

Work placements and direct involvement in events closely associated with the degree will give you a distinct advantage in the job market.

You will be encouraged to develop your own research and professional practice interests across the interrelated strands of theory, practice and industry when examining the evolution and influence of the digital film narrative.

Broadcast media • The work placement module offers access to industry experience with local and national partners from film and media • You’ll have the opportunity to work on high-profile events • Media practitioners, international filmmakers, distributors and film festival programmers visit to share their expertise

UCAS CODE P313 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Introducing Film Theory: Key Concepts and Debates • Digital Film Practice Foundations • Story and Narrative • Film Industry Contexts • Technologies of the Screen Year 2 Digital Methodologies in Film Studies • Advanced Screenwriting • Advanced Filmmaking Practice • Film Marketing, Distribution and Festivals • Options: Psychoanalysis and Film • Digital Cinematography • Britain on Screen

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Global Cinema Narratives • Work placement and professional practice • The Cult Film • Final individual project • Options: Contemporary Screen Narratives • Digital Postproduction • Film and Media Entrepreneurship

Careers and employability The course prepares you for graduate entry into the film industry, as well as postgraduate study. The Digital Film degree equips students to become critically aware practitioners, developing a range of relevant and creative skills that can be applied across a variety of international media environments.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 219

Television and Digital Media Production

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Award-winning practitioners, industry placements and specialist facilities at our campus in Hastings combine to make this course an excellent preparation for a career in the creative industries.

New technologies and types of audience have altered the way in which TV content is produced, watched and interacted with. You will study the ways in which drama, documentary and live television have developed with the advent of interactive content and digital distribution.

You will gain an understanding of how social media, mobile platforms, e-commerce and locational software are driving change throughout television and will develop ideas for interactive applications suited for second screens or internet-connected smart TVs. You will learn through a mix of lectures, seminars, workshops and masterclasses.

You’ll also have the opportunity to undertake a CV-enhancing work placement in your final year.

Career and progression opportunities Graduating students will be prepared to take up roles either in-house with one of the major broadcasters, with one of the many independent producers, or set up their own company producing commercial and creative work.

This degree will provide a firm foundation for the following job roles: director; assistant director; associate producer; executive producer; line producer; multi-camera director; producer; casting director; script writer; story producer; experience designer; web media producer; researcher; start-up founder; and creative entrepreneur.

Broadcast media • xx Access facilities including a television studio, green screen, radio broadcast, newsroom and editing suites • Work with digital television professionals and learn from an experienced teaching team • Undertake a work placement and make valuable industry contacts

Course content (indicative)

UCAS CODE CRT2 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DDM.

Year 1 Media: A Critical Introduction • Digital Television: Industry Contexts and Digital Futures • Understanding New Media Audiences: Theory and Context • TV and Film Practice Foundations • Options: Multi-camera TV Studio Production • Digital Media Design

IB 28 points.

Year 2 The New Paradigms of Television Drama • Producing Reality: Factual Entertainment and Reality TV • Immersive Media: Interactive TV, Second Screens and Transmedia Narrative • Advanced Film and TV Making Practice • Options: Production Management • Digital Cinematography • Scriptwriting for Linear and Non-linear Narratives

English language requirements see page 275.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Final project • Portfolio report • Media Enterprise • Placement and professional practice • Options: Documentary Production • Comedy Writing and Production • Pervasive Media • Entertainment Television

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 220

Television Production

Key facts

Foundation degree Hastings

Based at our campus in Hastings, this two-year foundation degree will provide you with the essential television production skills needed to start your career.

On this course you will develop a clear understanding about current professional practice and different job roles within the industry.

You will learn practical skills for filming, sound recording, video editing, Postproduction, production management, scriptwriting and research, whilst using our excellent facilities.

You will gain an understanding of how to get a production to transmission, whilst learning about the different types of productions you could be working on as a professional, including single-camera dramas, fiction-based productions, documentary filmmaking, multi-camera studio productions and outside broadcast live events coverage.

Undertaking work experience during your second year will give you an insight into the industry and allow you to learn from and collaborate with professionals. Work placements can often lead to graduate jobs.

XX Broadcast media • xx Learn from teaching staff who are producers, directors, scriptwriters, directors of photography, presenters and editors in film and television • Access Specialist facilities including a television studio, green screen, radio broadcast, newsroom and editing suites • Benefit from a placement module and build valuable experience and contacts in the industry

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Documentary Production • TV Broadcast: Industry and Contexts • Broadcast Media: A Critical Introduction • Editing and Postproduction • Multi-Camera Studio Production • Drama Production Year 2 Outside Broadcast (OB) Production or Production Management • Editing and Grading • Research and Editorial or Script Writing (for fiction) • Analysing Media: Industries, Texts and Audiences • Industry placement • Final project Graduates wishing to take their studies further can progress to our one-year Broadcast Media top-up degree.

UCAS CODE P311 xx (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 2 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

UCAS tariff 160 points, from a minimum A-levels xx. of one 12-unit or two 6-unit qualifications. Level 3 Key BTEC and xx. General Studies will count Skills towards IB xx. the tariff score.

BTEC AccessMPP. to HE diploma xx.

IB 24 points, specified subjects.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

Access HE diploma pass with at English to language requirements least 45 credits see page xx. at level 3.

GCSE (minimum Fees and fundinggrade page C) xx at least three subjects including English Entry and and application page xx language mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Help with your application page 279

Career and progression opportunities Recent positions held by our graduates include assistant at Skyline Films; production secretary in the CBBC Drama Department; runners and researchers on X Factor and The Only Way is Essex; Postproduction runner on Strictly Come Dancing and Children in Need and junior researcher at Love Productions.

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 221

Journalism

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Based at our campus in Hastings, you will learn everything needed for a successful career in journalism and be taught by staff who are highly respected industry professionals and academics.

You will gain skills in reporting, multimedia, feature writing and shorthand. You will have the chance to write for our students’ website Overtime, which has been nominated by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ) as one of the top four student websites in the country.

The chance to use your skills in a work placement will provide you with practical experience and the professional contacts needed to help advance your career once you graduate.

Careers and employability This degree will open up career opportunities in newspaper, magazine, radio, television and online journalism, as well as in public relations, copywriting and media management.

Graduates who have studied journalism courses at Brighton have gone on to roles including correspondent for the Evening Standard; news reporter for Cambridge Evening News; sports writer at Daily Mail Online; news reporter for the Stoke Sentinel; and press officer at Essex Country Council.

Course content (indicative) In your first year you will be introduced to journalism and the news industry, developing practical skills for written and audiovisual journalism. You are expected to reach a shorthand speed of 60 words per minute, study the workings of local and central government, and explore key debates about media in society.

XX Journalism • xx Access to excellent facilities within our specialist digital media hub • In-depth training in practical journalism skills • Chance to write for Overtime, one of the best student websites in the country In year 2 you will develop a portfolio of work for publication online, reach a shorthand speed of 100wpm, write and research local news stories, learn to design printed pages and become familiar with media law.

In your final year you will develop a piece of investigative journalism with an accompanying essay and focus on modules suited to your interests and talents.

Year 1 News, Ethics and Shorthand • Public Administration for Journalists • Multimedia Journalism • Media and Communications: A Critical Introduction • Global Political Communications Year 2 Journalism in Practice • Advanced News Journalism and Shorthand • Media Law • Digital Journalism • Research Methods for Journalists • Analysing Media: Industry, Texts and Audiences

UCAS CODE P502 xx DURATION Full-time x 3 years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBB. A-levels xx.

BTEC DDM. BTEC xx.

IB 30 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 Access credits to at HE merit diploma or above. xx. Level 3 units in media, history or journalism GCSE (minimum grade C) xx. preferred.

English languagegrade requirements GCSE (minimum C) at least see page xx. including English five subjects language and mathematics.

Fees and funding page xx We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Entry anda application page xx Skills as GCSE equivalent.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Critical Investigation • Journalism Work Placement • Options include: Broadcast Journalism • Magazine Journalism • Advanced Sport Journalism • Public Relations • Entrepreneurship for Journalists • Arts Journalism • Production of Cultures and the Cultures of Production Find GOT out A QUESTION? more School Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 64XXXX 644644 XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

222

Multimedia Broadcast Journalism

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

This accredited course offers expert teaching from industry professionals and active researchers. Our course teams are experienced broadcast media journalists and will ensure you acquire a high level of production and broadcasting knowledge as well as core journalistic skills.

The course is delivered through a mix of lectures, seminars, practical workshops, masterclasses and inspirational talks from high profile speakers, as well as individual and group work.

XX Journalism • xx The course is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council • A professional placement will give you an advantage when you graduate • Specialist facilities include a television studio, green screen, radio broadcast facility, newsroom, editing suites equipped with the latest software and high definition location camera kits

Course content (indicative)

Undertaking a work placement on the course will give you the ultimate preparation for a career in broadcast journalism. Many of our graduates secure employment as a result of their placement experiences.

Year 2 Television Journalism • Media Ethics • Research Methods • Media Regulation and Law • Multi-platform Journalism

You’ll emerge with in-depth knowledge and skills that provide the essential first step to a satisfying career.

DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. Level 3 Key Skills and General A-levels Studies xx. included.

BTEC DMM. xx.

IB 30 xx.points.

You will explore a range of subjects through industry placements, productionbased work and academic enquiry. You’ll gain practical experience using high-end media equipment and develop skills in digital filming, script writing, interviewing and editing.

Career and progression opportunities

UCAS CODE P501 xx (campus code U)

Year 1 Radio Journalism • Reporting Government and Politics • Media: A Critical Introduction • Global Political Communication • Multimedia News Journalism

Access to HE diploma pass xx. with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least English language requirements five subjects including English see page and xx. mathematics or a language science.

Fees and funding page xx English language requirements Entry and application page xx see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Converging Journalism • Advanced Radio Production • Video Production: Documentary • Professional placement • Dissertation

Graduates are expected to find employment within a range of radio, television and cross-platform broadcasting environments in the public service or commercial sectors.

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our School enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 64XXXX enquiries@brighton.ac.uk XX@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 223

Sport Journalism

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Bringing together the expertise of academics, professional journalists and outstanding technical facilities, we’ll teach you all of the practical skills you need for a successful career as a sports journalist.

Through lectures, professional placements and practical workshops, you will perfect skills in reporting, multimedia, feature writing and shorthand. You will have the option to gain experience writing for our journalism website Overtime, recognised by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ) as one of the top four student journalism websites in the country.

In addition to your degree, you will also have the opportunity to take the NCTJ Diploma in Journalism, a widely recognised entry-level qualification for professional practice.

Based in Hastings, you will study alongside like-minded students and have opportunities to join societies, attend events and learn from high-profile guest speakers in addition to your academic studies.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ).

Careers and employability The degree offers career opportunities in newspaper, magazine, radio, television and online journalism, as well as public relations and media management in sport organisations. You will also acquire transferable skills suited to other graduate careers.

Graduates who have studied journalism courses at Brighton have gone on to roles including: producer at TalkSPORT; digital communications manager at Southampton Football Club; and sports writer for Daily Mail Online.

Journalism • NCTJ-accredited course • Dedicated journalism and digital media hub equipped with state-ofthe-art technologies • Chance to write for Overtime, one of the best student websites in the country

Course content (indicative) The syllabus covers reporting, feature writing, multimedia and digital journalism, shorthand, public affairs and media law.

You will have the chance to put your skills into practice on a professional work placement during your final year.

Year 1 Sport Journalism • News Journalism • Public Administration • Multimedia Journalism • Graduate Skills and Research Methods • Social History of Sport Year 2 Sportswriting • Digital Journalism • Newspaper Journalism • Law • Sport, Leisure and the Media • Research Methods for Sports Journalists • Layout and Design • Online Journalism • Social Media Final year Advanced Sportswriting • Work Placement • Critical Investigation/ Dissertation • Options include: Broadcast Journalism • Public Relations • Critical and Interdisciplinary Approach to Football Culture • Race, Ethnicity and Popular Culture • Politics, Power and the Sport Media • Sport Tourism • Radio • Documentary

UCAS CODE P500 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in media, history or journalism preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics. We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

224

Film and Screen Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Grand Parade

On this degree you will study the histories, technologies, theories, genres and industries of screen practices. You will explore the artistic, cultural, social and political dimensions of screens and the representations they construct, from early filmmaking through to the emergence of television, to online media, mobile devices and videogame consoles.

Screens are central to the ways in which we exchange ideas, information and experiences, the ways we represent ourselves to others, communicate with friends, and in making sense of the world around us. This degree is distinct in that you will focus on screen media not just as industries, but as forms of culture, communication and entertainment.

Whilst exploring the many contexts of screen cultures, your studies also place an emphasis on developing transferable skills and your future employability. Practical option modules are offered that may include documentary filmmaking, journalism, photography and scriptwriting. Local film venues and events, such as the Brighton Film Festival, Screen Archive South East, and the Duke of York Picture House, provide opportunities to our students to familiarise themselves with the film industry.

Careers and employability Our graduates are equipped with transferable skills in critical analysis, communication and independent research that will be invaluable for your future career and provide a firm foundation for further study. Assessments are structured to develop academic and employability skills and employability workshops are integrated into the syllabus from year 1. On graduation, you may consider a career in film and video distribution, film exhibition, museums, film, television or new media criticism and other jobs related to screen culture.

Media studies • Screen Archive South East is based at the university, and is a great resource for students • Learn from visiting artists, filmmakers, historians, researchers and writers • Brighton is home to the Brighton Festival, an annual digital media festival and CINECITY film festival • Great opportunities for work experience at film festivals and with community projects Graduates of the degree have continued with diverse careers within screen industries such as filming in collaboration with Film 4, working on the X-Factor and other ITV programmes, as interns for the Cannes Film Festival, or editing work for Studio Canal, among others

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Screen Histories 1 (Early Screens–1948) • Screens and Society • Key Issues in Screen Studies • Screen Histories 2 (1948–present day) • Television Genres • Key Theories in Screen Studies

UCAS CODE P390 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

Humanities, history or politics are preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Screen Authorship • Identities on the Screen • Screens and Power • Contemporary Issues in Screen Studies • Options may include: Creative Writing • Introduction to Journalism • Science Fiction: Screens, Texts, Theories • Videogames Cultures • Video documentary project • Reading the Graphic Novel • British Literature and 20th Century History • Photography Final year Dissertation • International Screen Industries • Final year workshop Options may include: Beyond the Screen • Writing for the Screen • Film Adaptations of Literature • Screen Comedy • European Literature • Gothic: Texts and Contexts • Victorian Sexualities • Children’s Screen Cultures

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 225

Media and English Literature

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

This degree combines the study of contemporary and historical media and literary texts.

You will examine print, television and film cultures and develop an indepth understanding of the complex relationships between society, cultures and the media. You will produce television programming using our on-site studio and editing suites and can choose to explore photography, documentary making, journalism and scriptwriting.

In English literature you will study core texts, explore related theories and debates, learn in depth about genres and styles and develop an advanced awareness of cultural contexts. In addition to exploring the worlds of contemporary media, you will work with creative writing from the past and the present, reading classic texts and studying the practises of writers today. You will become adept at critical analysis but also gain insight into media production and writing for different genres.

Our experienced course team are well placed to guide you through this course.

They have a strong record of research and publications; several members of our team have won the university’s teaching excellence awards in recent years.

You will also have the opportunity to spend a year studying abroad with one of our European partner universities.

Careers and employability Our graduates work in television, film and publishing, as well as in related fields including journalism, public relations and the public and digital sectors.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Media Communication and Representation • Digital Storytelling: Theory and Practice • Narrative Literary Texts • Popular Television • Literature and Theory • Drama in Society

Media studies • Outstanding modern facilities, including TV studio and editing suites • Submit your work to online journals, blogs and student societies • Volunteering in the community and getting involved with local events will enhance your professional and personal development Year 2 Cinema and Society • The Nineteenth Century in Literature • Digital Media and Culture • Early Modern Literature • Two options from: Introduction to Journalism • Modernisms • Writing for Stage, Radio and Screen • British Literature and Twentieth Century History • Creative Writing • Photography • TwentiethCentury Literature in History • American Literature 1850-1960 • Studying Travel Writing • Reading the Graphic Novel • Video documentary project • Film Noir • Literature in Practice (community engagement) • Media in Practice (community engagement) • UCML – (French, German, Spanish).

Optional year abroad Final year Core module: Dissertation or creative project • Four options from: British Narrative Cinema • From Script to Screen • Creative writing project • English Language Teaching • Women’s Writing, Feminist Theory • Approaches to the Study of Meaning • French, German, Spanish • Journalism and Media Communication • Literary Adaptations • The Camera I: Personal Documentary and Subjective Cinema • Performing Gender • Victorian Sexualities • Brighton Rocks • Approaches to the Study of Meaning • Images of War • Children’s Screen Cultures • Screen Comedy • Literature and Film as Philosophy • Community Participation and Development • Popular Culture: Europe and Beyond

UCAS CODE PQ33 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. Must include a B in English literature or English combined. Excludes General Studies.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3. English or humanities diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

226

Media Studies and Education

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Taught by industry professionals and active researchers, this joint honours degree allows you to engage with both media and education.

Through lectures, workshops, a work placement and a range of high profile guest speakers – you will examine the role played by the cultural and communications industries in contemporary societies. You will explore the philosophy and practice of education, developing your ability to effectively communicate complex issues to a wider audience.

Based at our campus in Hastings, you will be able to join societies, events and may have the opportunity to become a mentor a local school, which will help to further enhance your CV. Graduates could also have the option to progress onto our teaching courses.

Careers and employability The research and analytical skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and cultural industries including teaching, journalism, youth work, PR, advertising, marketing, museums and galleries, and also provide a solid foundation for further study or research.

A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Graduates interested in going into teaching can apply for the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE), run at our Falmer campus. Our education courses are consistently rated among the best in the country.

Media studies • Gain professional placement experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between media studies and education.

In media studies, you will explore the ways in which media texts are produced and consumed, as well analysing film, television, advertising, the press and other forms of media, and learning practical skills in screenwriting and visual communication.

In the education strand, you’ll explore the process of learning, issues of equality and inclusion, and educational philosophy, policy, frameworks and systems.

UCAS CODE PX33 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 1 Media: A Critical Introduction • Visual Communication • Systems and Structures in Education • Socio-cultural Contexts for Education Year 2 Visual Methodologies • Adaptation for the Screen • Critiques of Inclusive Policy and Practice • Comparative Education • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices Final year Audio-visual Narratives • Media Geographies • Critical Perspectives on Learning and Education • Reframing Identity • Dissertation Got a question? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 227

Media Studies and Sociology

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Explore contemporary media and sociology with your course team, guest speakers and work placements.

Taught at our campus in Hastings, you’ll have access to an extensive range of media facilities including cutting edge digital equipment from our free hire campus kit room.

On the course, you will study a range of topics including human society, the role of the cultural and communications industries in contemporary societies and the role of the media. You’ll learn about a range of sociological concepts, theories and methods and how to apply these to understand social and cultural processes, social diversity and inequality, and the relationship between individuals, groups and institutions.

Media studies • Gain professional placement experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support In sociology you’ll study topics including crime and deviance, the family, cosmetic surgery and identity in a world in which gender, class, religion and science have been thrown into question, and in which social media, celebrity culture and the threat of terrorism seem much more important in determining our lives.

UCAS CODE PL33 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Careers and employability

Year 1 Media: A Critical Introduction • Visual Communication • Foundations of Sociology • Sociological Imaginations • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Practices

The research and analytical skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and cultural industries, including teaching, journalism, youth work, library and information management, PR, advertising, marketing, museums and galleries.

Year 2 Visual Methodologies • Adaptation for the Screen • Theorising the Social World • Sociology and the Life Course • Research Practices • Learning Through Practice

Fees and funding page 280

A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Course content (indicative)

English language requirements see page 275.

Help with your application page 279

Final year Audio-visual Narratives • Media Geographies • Social Analysis: special topic • Sociological Analysis: concepts and theories • Dissertation

This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between media studies and sociology.

In media studies, you’ll explore the ways in which media texts are produced and consumed. You will analyse film, television, advertising, the press and other forms of media, and learn practical skills in screenwriting and visual communication.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

228

BE INSPIRED

Community Media 4 Kenya is a partnership network comprising our students and marginalised communities, practitioners, NGOs and civil society and government representatives in Kenya.

Students join together to raise money and seek to use their skills, expertise, knowledge and enthusiasm to make a difference by sharing these with our Kenyan partners. Adopting a ‘training the trainers’ approach, the project facilitates capacity building workshops that enable our partners to continue to work on empowering local community voices through digital communications.

Facilities at our Hastings campus include professional-standard recording studios, editing suites and equipment 229

Media, Industry and Innovation

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This degree equips you with the entrepreneurial and professional skills needed to shape and benefit from the opportunities presented by the transforming digital media landscape.

If you’re planning a career in the creative industries or digital media, this course will give you the creative, technical and business knowledge you need to excel in fields including news and information, online publishing and entertainment and advertising.

This course combines a strong conceptual and theoretical media studies training with unrivalled hands-on learning opportunities in a digital media context.

You’ll complete a fully supported, fourweek placement and a longer live project in an industry setting.

You’ll study media business, marketing, media management, online journalism, social and mobile media and develop your ability to understand and critically analyse the theory and practice of a variety of media, examining form, content, distribution and consumption.

We place particular emphasis on practical and managerial skills including a focus on creative problem solving and innovation, social media collaboration and audience development, and broadranging communication skills.

Careers and employability The programme draws on expert teaching across social media, transmedia popular culture, digital economy and social action and community media.

Graduates are equipped with the skils and knowledge need to contribute as professionals in any media environment across business, charities and the public sector.

Media studies • A work placement gives you the chance to apply your learning in an industry context, giving you a competitive edge when you graduate • Brighton is a creative and digital industry hub; it’s packed with new media companies and cultural venues • Your lecturers have wide-ranging experience across the media and their cultural research will inform your studies

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Producing and Consuming Social Media • Business, Creative Industries and Innovation • Creative Industries and Promotional • Cultures • Critical Approaches to Media • Understanding Audiences: Theory and Context • Options: Media in the Networked Society • Understanding TV • Media and Popular Culture • Social Action and Community Media

UCAS CODE MVN1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Media placement • Media Project Management • Research Methods for Live Projects • Digital Media Enterprise and Innovation • Options: Social Media: Applications and Debates • Visual Media Culture • Journalism • Brands and Branding • Media and Public Relations • Community Media • Mobile Media Cultures Final year Sustainability and Innovation in Digital Culture • Digital Media Marketing and Innovation • Live Project • Options: Media Policy: The Politics and Economics of the Media Industries • National and Global Media • Community project GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

230

Media Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This innovative course examines the relationships between media, culture and society in an increasingly connected and globalised world.

You will develop skills and knowledge enabling you to respond creatively to new situations within a fastdeveloping industry. You’ll explore social responsibility and community engagement, visual media and traditional and new media. You’ll examine the evolving relationship between media and culture in contemporary societies and gain the skills to influence them.

Option modules allow you to pursue an interest in digital photography, filmmaking, editing, interviewing, community building, social and mobile media, creative industries and digital media enterprise, digital marketing and PR. You’ll also have an opportunity to undertake a four-week placement.

Students have been on placement with organisations such as Google UK, Working Title Films, Warner Music International and Empire magazine.

Practice-based modules might include lectures, screenings, visits to exhibits and lab-based work. Community work modules involve considerable time spent outside the university, working with local community groups. Some modules include short field trips and field work.

Careers and employability Graduates are well-equipped to enter careers in media and creative industries.

Recent graduates have been recruited as journalists, editorial assistants and social media managers by Times Higher Education magazine, Vogue, EMI, Juice FM, Universal Pictures, Punktastic and the Royal Opera House.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Media Culture and Change • Producing and Consuming Social Media • Critical Approaches to Media • Options may include: Media in the Networked Society • Video Production • Photographic

Media studies • Brighton is a magnet for media companies and freelancing professionals, and home to a digital media festival • Benefit from visiting media professionals, including directors, producers and scriptwriters • Facilities include cameras, video recording equipment and a video editing suite

UCAS CODE P300 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM.

Practice • Business Creative Industries and Innovation • Creative Industries and Promotional Cultures • Understanding Audiences: Theory and Context • Film Language and History • Understanding Television • The Soundtrack of Media • Media and Popular Culture • Social Action and Community Media

IB 28 points.

Year 2 In the second year you will do an industry placement module and a research methods module as your core modules.

English language requirements see page 275.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Options may include: Video Production 2 • Photographic Practice 2 • Social Media: Applications and Debates • Language, Media and Power • Digital Media Enterprise and Innovation • Brands and Branding • Visual Culture • Media Project Management • Media and Public Relations • Journalism • Community Media • Film Studies • Popular Music • Mobile Media Cultures Final year In your final year you will produce a written or production-based dissertation, plus choose further option modules.

Options may include: Marketing • National and Global Media Studies • Media Policy • Mediating Science and Technology • Critical Approaches to the Videogame • Celebrity Media • Sustainability and Innovation in Digital Culture • Digital Media Marketing and Innovation • Political Communication in a Digital Age • Communication for Development • Community Project • Genre and Film

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 231

COURSES DEVELOPED IN CLOSE CONSULTATION WITH INDUSTRY

BUILD EXPERIENCE WITH PLACEMENTS AND VOLUNTEERING

STUDY A COURSE THAT IS PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED

JOIN A UNIVERSITY WINNING AWARDS FOR OUR COMMITMENT TO PROMOTING EQUALITY

NATURAL SCIENCES Natural sciences at Brighton comprises pharmaceutical sciences, chemistry, biology and biomedical sciences.

Professionally accredited courses, advanced facilities, practical lab work and placements in industry provide opportunities for you to put your knowledge and skills into practice, and focus on enhancing your employability.

PROFESSIONAL FOCUS

• Our Biomedical Sciences course is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS), and both the Chemistry and Pharmaceutical and Chemical Sciences BSc(Hons) are accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry.

• Professional placement opportunities in industry and research groups at the university are a great opportunity to put your new knowledge into action.

Students come back from placement with new skills, experiences and selfconfidence, all of which inform their final year at university.

• Visiting lecturers working in practice and industry share their expertise with our students, giving you a glimpse into the working world.

• Laboratory sessions will build practical skills.

232

LOCATION

Most of our natural science courses are taught at our Moulsecoomb campus, north of Brighton city centre.

Our Biology degree is taught in Hastings where you can also study human biology combined with education.

RESOURCES AND FACILITIES

Outside of the lecture theatre and the lab we use innovative ways to help your explore your subject. You could take part in The Analyst, similar to BBC1’s The Apprentice, which enables you to explore different aspects of chemistry by working in a group to solve a problem, create a product and market it to real-life industrial companies.

Advanced equipment and facilities enable our students to apply and test the theory and techniques they learn in class. Resources include: • Image and Analysis Unit • nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry equipment • molecular biology facilities for the study cell structures and interactions.

The university is a very stimulating place – open, bright and always with people around. The staff are amazing. Every lecturer is very passionate and they share this passion with us; it is a beautiful experience.

INNOVATIVE TEACHING

Stefania Rabasco – Chemistry BSc(Hons)

You’ll be able to experiment with new ideas, trial them in the lab, and gain extra analysis experience through Outreach projects.

• Biology • Biomedical sciences • Chemistry

BE INSPIRED

Brighton researchers are pioneering new approaches to regenerative medicine, asthma and diabetes care, and leading the development of novel biomedical products.

Our School of Pharmacy and Biomolecular Sciences has received a national award for its commitment to promoting careers in this field, irrespective of gender.

The bronze medal from the Athena SWAN Charter recognises the work we do to address gender equality in higher education and research.

BE INSPIRED

Dr Bhavik Patel is a senior lecturer in the School of Pharmacy and Biomolecular Sciences. After graduating from the University of Brighton, Bhavik completed a PhD before being awarded an overseas research fellowship.

After working in leading laboratories in Canada and the USA, Bhavik returned to Brighton to teach Physical and Analytical Chemistry.

Bhavik won the 2015 Royal Pharmaceutical Society’s Science Award as well as the 2013 GlaxoSmithKline Emerging Scientist Award for his research achievements.

Head of the School of Pharmacy and Biolmolecular Sciences, Professor David Timson, shares his experience with students in the lab 233

Biological Sciences

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) covers everything from microbiology and biochemistry to ecology and physiology. Shifting between the microscopic and macroscopic level, we teach you how modern biology can be used to understand and change the world we live in.

With both optional modules and an optional placement year, you have the freedom to shape your learning experience and career. You will also benefit from a range of field trips and from a teaching team who are recognised experts in their fields.

Our industry-standard facilities include an Image and Analysis Unit as well as purpose-built laboratories for the study of ecology, microbiology, molecular biology and tissue culture, allowing you to develop the practical skills needed for a career in the biosciences.

The course is available both to new students and as a top-up degree to those with a foundation degree or Higher National Diploma (HND).

Careers and employability Previous graduates have secured a variety of roles – some in laboratory science, forensics and scientific consultancy, and others in education, sales, communications and accountancy.

Course content (indicative) You will learn through lectures, fieldwork, group work, practical classes and independent study. Assessment involves the use of essays, exams, presentations, practical and communication exercises, which can vary depending on which options you select.

The course offers a number of field trips, including those to Wales and South Africa. Fieldwork is used to put your learning into practice, while laboratory classes investigate fundamental areas of bioscience and prepare you for your career.

Biological and biomedical sciences • Variety of environmental, ecological, biomedical and clinical optional modules • Chance to gain practical experience through fieldwork and placement opportunities • Internationally recognised teaching staff who are experts in their fields Year 1 Physiological Ecology • Ecological Processes • Introduction to Microbiology • Introductory Biochemistry • Evolutionary Biology • Genes and Inheritance • Bioanalysis • Essential Skills for Biosciences • Two from: Basic Pharmacology • Biology of Reproduction • Elements of Chemistry* • Human Physiology 1 • Introduction to Biomedical Sciences • Cells and Disease Year 2 Behavioural and Evolutionary Ecology • Genetics • Professional Development • Further Statistics • Options include: Analytical Chemistry • Evolution and Diversity • Human Biochemistry and Metabolism • Marine Biology and Ecology • Microbiology • Exercise Physiology • Biology Field Course • Ecological Techniques • Environmental Microbiology • Forensic Biology • Human Physiology 2

UCAS CODE C120 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. Must include biology at A2. A-level subjects must be relevant.

BTEC DDM in science-related BTEC. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include 12 credits at distinction in level-3 biology.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Optional placement year Final year Biology Project or Ecology Project • Options include: Applied Ecology and Conservation • Biogeography • Blood Sciences • Clinical and Applied Immunology • Ecology Field Skills • Medical Genetics • Parasitology • Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering • Cellular Pathology and Pathobiology • Clinical Microbiology • Diet and Disease • Neurobiology • Plant and Animal Interactions • Zoonoses *Compulsory for students without AS Chemistry

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

234

Biology

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Biology is the science of life and studying it enables us to understand ourselves and the amazing variety of life around us.

Taught at our campus in Hastings, which features a state-of-the-art biology lab, you will combine studies in human and environmental biology to explore and answer important questions: Where have we come from? How do we function? How do we interact with other organisms? What determines our behaviour?

Through a stimulating mix of practical lab classes, fieldwork and supporting theory, you will learn under the guidance of teaching staff who are active in research and with support from experienced lab technicians.

Careers and employability Science graduates are highly regarded by employers and prized for their analytical skills, persistence and eye for detail, which can be applied to numerous career paths.

The skills and knowledge you gain can be applied to fields including environmental science, bioscience research, animal care and control, conservation, teaching, pharmaceuticals and sport and fitness.

Our graduates have also developed careers in law and human rights fields.

Course content (indicative) You will study a diverse range of topics, from cellular mechanisms, infection and immunology to biological diversity and ecology.

Biological and biomedical sciences • Excellent lab facilities • Balance of theory and practical work • Optional field trip to South Africa Year 1 develops your understanding of key biology skills. In year 2 you will explore evolution, behaviour, microbiology, human physiology and marine habitats. The final year focuses on topical issues, including aspects of biomedicine, environmental issues and current research priorities.

As well as taking part in lectures, laboratory practicals and fieldwork, you will benefit from regular guest lectures from experts at the top of their field.

Course highlights include a work placement in year 2 in an area that particularly interests you and an overseas field trip to South Africa.

Year 1 Biological Systems • Ecological Systems and Processes • Laboratory Bioscience and Microbiology • Molecular Cell Biology and Physiology • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches

UCAS CODE C100 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC, must include biology.

BTEC DMM. IB 27 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Must include 12 level-3 credits in biology.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Biology of Disease • Human Microbiology • Evolution and Behaviour • Introduction to Marine Habitats • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices Final year Biomedicine • Frontiers in Human Biosciences • Ecology Field Skills • Issues in Environmental Biology • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 235

Biomedical Science

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Biomedical Science BSc(Hons) studies human health and disease, giving you the research skills to investigate diseases and develop future diagnostic tools.

As you learn from professional biomedical and research scientists, you will develop the skills necessary for biomedical science practice, postgraduate entry medicine, specialist research studies and other professions allied to medicine.

An optional placement year in an accredited NHS training laboratory allows you to work towards the IBMS Certificate of Competence and the Registration Training Portfolio. Other placement opportunities prepare you for work in a range of scientific areas.

Professional accreditation This degree is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS).

This enables you to enter accredited training laboratories and complete your registration portfolio, qualifying you to practise as a Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC)-registered biomedical scientist.

Careers and employability A number of our graduates follow careers in biomedical science as part of the NHS pathology team. Many others progress to graduate-entry medicine or postgraduate degrees (MSc or PhD) before beginning a career in industrial or academic research.

You will also be prepared to start a career in biotechnology, teaching, pharmaceutical development and the forensic civil services.

Course content (indicative) The vocational part of the course, taught by professional biomedical and research scientists, allows you learn about the latest developments in diagnosis, treatment and prevention of disease.

Biological and biomedical sciences • Accreditation from the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS) • Opportunity to study subjects that interest you most through optional modules and research project • Teaching informed by research groups Year 1 Introduction to Biomedical Sciences • Introduction to Microbiology • Introductory Biochemistry • Human Physiology 1 • Genes and Inheritance • Bioanalysis • Essential Skills for Bioscientists • Introductory Pathology • Options: Basic Pharmacology • Biology of Reproduction • Chemistry • Evolutionary Biology Year 2 Human Physiology 2 • Human Biochemistry and Metabolism • Microbiology • Genetics • Immunology • Molecular Cell Pathobiology • Biology Professional and Career Development • Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry • Statistics for Epidemiology • Options: Forensic Biology • Environmental Microbiology • Human Nutrition • Community Participation and Personal Development Optional placement year Final year Microbial Control • Blood Sciences • Medical Genetics • Clinical Immunology • Cellular Pathology and Special Topics in Pathobiology • Research Project • Options: Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering • Diet and Disease • Zoonoses • Neuroscience • Community Participation and Community Development

UCAS CODE B940 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB including two sciences, preferably biology and chemistry. (Both biology and chemistry AS-level at grade C.) BTEC DDM in science-related BTEC. IB 30 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 15 credits at distinction and 30 credits at merit. Must include 12 credits at distinction in level 3 biology.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 We welcome applications from students studying BTEC Extended Diplomas in Applied Science and science-based Access to HE diplomas. These must include a suitable amount of biology and chemistry to prepare you for university study. Contact us to discuss your options, and explain in your personal statement how your diploma has prepared you to study biomedical science at university. If we make you an offer, we may specify units in which you need to achieve a merit or distinction.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

236

BE INSPIRED

PhD student Alice Hagan is conducting research to revolutionise liver cancer treatment. Unlike traditional chemotherapy, Alice’s proposed method of treatment for liver tumours involves injecting microscopic beads into blood vessels feeding the tumour, blocking its source of nutrients and delivering sustained chemotherapy treatment to the tumour without affecting the rest of the liver tissue. When the drugs are delivered this way, the amount of drug that reaches the rest of the body is greatly reduced, meaning fewer side effects for the patient.

For the past two years, the School of Pharmacy and Biomolecular Sciences have won School of the Year at the Students’ Union Excellence Awards

Students gain practical experience in our laboratory on the Hastings campus 237

Human Biology and Education

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Hastings

Our understanding of human biology underpins many of the important advances that have transformed the quality of human life.

Based at our Hastings campus, which features a state-of-the-art biology lab, you will gain an in-depth understanding of healthy human functioning, processes that lead to disorders in cellular function, and disease prevention and treatment in biology.

You will also look at the philosophy and practice of education and develop your ability to effectively communicate complex issues to a wider audience.

Through a stimulating mix of practical lab classes, fieldwork and supporting theory, you will learn under the guidance of teaching staff who are active in research.

You will benefit from a placement module designed to enhance your CV and may have the opportunity to become a mentor in a local school. Graduates could also have the option to progress on to our highly rated teaching course.

Careers and employability Science graduates are in high demand.

Career paths include bioscience research or laboratory practice, teaching, pharmaceutical research and sport and fitness.

Our graduates have also developed careers in the police, law and human rights fields.

Some graduates continue their studies at masters level, such as on the Bioscience MRes, or go on to train as a teacher.

We are nationally renowned for teacher training at our Falmer-based School of Education, which is consistently rated among the best in the country.

Biological and biomedical sciences • Gain experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • State-of-the-art biology labs • Small class sizes and award-winning student support

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between human biology and education modules.

In human biology, you will examine systems and processes from the molecular and cellular level up to the whole organism and its homeostatic regulation.

In education, you will explore educational systems and structures within the UK and internationally.

A work placement in year 2 gives you the opportunity to explore potential career paths and gain professional experience. If you are interested in going into teaching, this could be in a local primary or secondary school.

UCAS CODE XC31 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC including biology.

BTEC DMM. IB 27 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit and above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 1 Skills in Laboratory Bioscience and Microbiology • Molecular Cell Biology and Physiology • Socio-cultural Contexts for Education • Systems and Structures in Education • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Techniques Year 2 Biology of Disease • Human Microbiology • Comparative Education • Critiques of Inclusive Policy and Practice • Learning through Practice • Research Practices Final year Biomedicine • Frontiers in Human Biosciences • Reframing Identity • Critical Perspectives on Inequality in Education • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

238

Chemistry

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course is structured around three themes – core chemistry, analytical chemistry, and chemical skills – also allowing you to complement your degree with studies in biochemistry or environmental chemistry.

With a strong focus on practical laboratory skills, you will progress from learning about fundamental concepts in chemistry to the latest scientific advances, discovering how the subject can be used to solve issues of global importance.

You will gain hands-on experience in our specialist laboratories with chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), mass spectrometry, electron microscopy, electroanalysis and many other research techniques.

The optional placement year gives you a great opportunity to develop your skills as a chemist and gain valuable work experience.

If you achieve the required standard in year 1, you can choose to progress directly to the second year of the Chemistry MChem and study towards a masters-level qualification.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry as partially satisfying the academic requirements for chartered chemist status.

Careers and employability You will graduate with extensive analytical knowledge and practical skills. Our varied assessment approach will help to develop your confidence so you can pursue the area of chemistry that interests you most.

You can progress to careers in areas such as analytical chemistry, forensic science, toxicology, teaching, drug discovery and science writing.

The course also prepares you for postgraduate study and research.

Chemistry • Accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry • Emphasis on practical skills with a high proportion of lab work • Professional placement year opportunity with companies such as GlaxoSmithKline, the Defence Science and Technology Laboratory, and National Grid plc

Course content (indicative) You will learn through lectures, interactive workshops, laboratory classes and various e-learning tools.

Year 1 Introduction to Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Fundamental Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Introduction to Experimental Work in Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Essentials of Analytical Chemistry • Introductory Skills in Molecular Science • Introduction to Chemical Methodology • Mathematical Skills for Scientists • Introduction to Functions and Use of Calculus • Options: Essentials of Cell Biology and Biochemistry • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System Year 2 Intermediate Chemistry • Intermediate Analysis • Critical Skills for Chemistry Students • Computational Chemistry and Chemical Databases • Introduction to Statistics • Options: Human Biochemistry • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Soil and Water Analysis Final year Chemistry Project • Advanced Chemistry • Advanced Analytical Methodology • Options include: Soft Matters and Polymers • Business Studies for Chemistry Students • Bioorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution • Water and Health • Hydrogeology • The F-Elements, Nuclear and Radiochemistry

UCAS CODE F100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. Must include chemistry at A-level at grade B. BTEC DMM in science-related subject.

IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 15 credits at distinction and 30 credits at merit. Must include 12 credits at distinction in chemistry.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 We welcome applications from students studying BTEC Extended Diplomas in Applied Science and science-based Access to HE diplomas. Optional units must include a suitable amount of chemistry to prepare you for university study. Contact us to discuss your options, and explain in your personal statement how your diploma has prepared you to study chemistry at university. If we make you an offer, we will specify units in which you need to achieve distinctions.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 239

Chemistry

Key facts

MChem Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Informed by our extensive industry links and world-leading research, our Chemistry MChem takes you from fundamental chemistry concepts to specialist masters-level work at the forefront of the field.

The course makes full use of the facilities in our modern Huxley building – fitted with the latest equipment for research in the chemical sciences – and gives you extensive practical laboratory experience.

You will graduate with advanced research skills and an appreciation of the applications of chemistry.

Professional accreditation Graduates of this course are eligible to apply for associate membership of the Royal Society of Chemistry.

Careers and employability Graduating with a masters-level chemistry qualification will give you a professional advantage in areas such as chemical research, development and analysis. You will also have the skills and knowledge necessary to pursue chemistry at PhD level.

Course content (indicative) Your masters project will give you the chance to hone your specialist skills.

Projects have previously covered topics including nanotechnology, artificial ion channels and the chemistry underlying human ageing. Our students often publish their findings in leading journals and are asked to present at international conferences.

Chemistry research is diverse within the department, with particular strengths in medicinal, environmental, materials and analytical chemistry.

Chemistry • Emphasis on practical skills with a high proportion of lab work • Research strengths in medicinal, environmental, materials and analytical chemistry • Placement opportunities with leading pharmaceutical companies Year 1 Introduction to Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Fundamental Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Introduction to Experimental Work in Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Essentials of Analytical Chemistry • Introductory Skills in Molecular Science • Introduction to Chemical Methodology • Mathematical Skills for Scientists • Introduction to Functions and Use of Calculus • Options: Essentials of Cell Biology and Biochemistry • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System Year 2 Intermediate Chemistry • Intermediate Analysis • Critical Skills for Chemistry Students • Computational Chemistry and Chemical Databases • Introduction to Statistics • Options: Human Biochemistry • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Soil and Water Analysis Optional placement year Year 3 Research Project • Advanced Chemistry • Advanced Analytical Methodology • Options include: Soft Matter and Polymers • Business Studies for Chemistry Students • Bioorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution • Water and Health • Hydrogeology • The F-Elements, Nuclear and Radiochemistry Final year Advanced Research Project • Current Research in Chemistry • Options include: New Medicinal Products • Medicinal Plants • Applied Molecular Biology • Water Quality Analysis • Basics of Geographical Information Systems

240

UCAS CODE F101 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. A-levels to include chemistry at grade B. BTEC DDM and A-level chemistry at grade B. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 15 credits at distinction and 30 credits at merit. Must include 12 credits at distinction in chemistry.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 We welcome applications from students studying BTEC Extended Diplomas in Applied Science and science-based Access to HE diplomas. Optional units must include a suitable amount of chemistry to prepare you for university study. Contact us to discuss your options, and explain in your personal statement how your diploma has prepared you to study chemistry at university. If we make you an offer, we will specify units in which you need to achieve distinctions.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Pharmaceutical and Chemical Sciences

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course is designed in consultation with local and national pharmaceutical companies and is accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry.

You will develop analytical and scientific skills and benefit from the use of industry-standard facilities, including an Image and Analysis Unit, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Suite and Cell Culture Suite. You will also have the chance to take a placement year, which is a great opportunity to consolidate your skills and gain professional experience in a pharmaceutical organisation.

With a strong focus on practical laboratory experience and employability, the course will prepare you for careers in the pharmaceutical industry and academic or industrial research.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry as partially satisfying the academic requirements for chartered chemist status.

Careers and employability Graduates have secured jobs in organisations such as BTG, the Clinigen Group, HCA International, MSD and GlaxoSmithKline.

Some of our students progress to postgraduate study before starting a career in industrial or academic research.

Course content (indicative) Our extensive range of chemistry equipment allows you to perform advanced research analysis techniques including electrochemical analysis, high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), gas chromatography (GC), mass spectrometry (MS), molecular spectroscopy and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. You will also have access to industry-standard BioChemOffice software.

Chemistry • Professional accreditation by the Royal Society of Chemistry • Placement year opportunities in organisations such as the LGC Group, COTY and GlaxoSmithKline • Industry-standard facilities and a strong focus on practical skills There is an emphasis on practical lab skills throughout the course, which – paired with theoretical studies of chemical, pharmaceutical and analytical sciences – will equip you with the academic and professional skills that you need to succeed after graduation.

Year 1 Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Analytical Chemistry • Cell Biology and Biochemistry • Pharmacology • Mathematical Skills for Scientists • Experimental Work • Functions and Use of Calculus Year 2 Physical Chemistry and an Introduction to Pharmaceutical Formulation • Intermediate Chemistry • Intermediate Analysis • Pharmaceutical Microbiology • Introduction to Statistics • Critical Skills for Chemistry Students Optional placement year Final year Chemistry Project • Advanced Chemistry • Advanced Pharmaceutics • Advanced Analytical Methodology • Oral Dosage Form and Design • The Pharmaceutical Industry – New Drugs to Market • Options: Chemistry Placement • Business Studies for Science Students • Bio-organic and Bioinorganic Chemistry • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution • Soft Matter and Polymers • The f-Elements, Nuclear and Radiochemistry

UCAS CODE FB12 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. A-levels must include chemistry at grade B. BTEC DMM in science-related BTEC. IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 15 credits at distinction and 30 credits at merit. Must include 12 credits at distinction in chemistry.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 We welcome applications from students studying BTEC Extended Diplomas in Applied Science and science-based Access to HE diplomas. Optional units must include a suitable amount of chemistry to prepare you for university study. Contact us to discuss your options, and explain in your personal statement how your diploma has prepared you to study chemistry at university. If we make you an offer, we will specify units in which you need to achieve distinctions.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 241

JOIN A THRIVING, PROGRESSIVE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY

OUR TEACHING IS RESEARCH-INFORMED, INNOVATIVE AND INTERDISCIPLINARY

APPLY YOUR LEARNING THROUGH PLACEMENTS AND VOLUNTEERING

ACCREDITED COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK

SOCIAL SCIENCES AND PSYCHOLOGY Social sciences at Brighton include criminology, economics, politics, psychology, sociology, social policy and social work. Our focus is on how the insight that social science gives us can be used to improve society.

You’ll explore traditional and contemporary perspectives on subjects including the family, employment, economics, housing, education, health, politics, mass media, cultural differences, and through placements and volunteering you will have opportunities to gain real-life work experience.

LOCATION

Most of our social science courses are taught on our Falmer campus, north of Brighton city centre. Our applied social science degree is taught in Hastings where you can also take sociology combined with education, English literature or social history through the joint honours programme.

VOLUNTEER AS PART OF YOUR COURSE

We strongly believe it is our duty to use our knowledge and resources for social benefit, which is why we set up the Community University Partnership Programme in 2003.

As a Brighton student, you will have the opportunity to volunteer through the project and work in the community yourself, whilst developing your vocational skills and gaining work experience.

242

Our community engagement module enables you to volunteer with one of our many partner organisations including: • Age Concern • Art in Mind • Barnardos • Princes Trust • YMCA • Brighton Housing Trust • Brighton and Hove Community Radio • Brighton & Hove City Council • British Heart Foundation • CaSH – Contraception and Sexual Health Action Team • CRI (Crime Reduction Initiatives) • East Sussex Children’s Centres.

BE INSPIRED

Share and develop your work through subject-based book groups, and projects like The Human Library where trained volunteers from a local LGBT

mental health project act as human books to engage and challenge you.

Research is an important part of university life, new ideas inform our teaching and make a difference to people’s lives worldwide. Our staff have research interests spanning age and ageing, technology and care, emotional and mental health, domestic and intimate violence, criminality, social control, surveillance, consumption, mobilities, sexualities, social and political theory, social movements, public participation, citizenship and new forms of democratic practice.

Visiting practitioners share their knowledge and experience in our thriving visiting lecture programme.

• • • • • • •

Criminology Economics Politics Psychology Social policy Social work Sociology

FLEXIBILITY

Explore and develop your personal interests and undertake your own research.

Take part in seminars and debates with students from other areas of social science. Share your work through poster presentations advocacy statements, group and individual project work; develop your ideas through seminar and small group teaching.

Professor Peter Squires teaches on our criminology courses, and is the UK’s leading expert on gun crime and gun control – he is regularly asked by the media to comment on these issues

BE INSPIRED The Community Engagement module gave me my focus and subsequent career in youth engagement. So many young people’s lives are now being enhanced as a direct result of my time at the university.

Wesley Ankrah – Criminology and Sociology graduate

Hilary Ofori, third year Politics and Sociology student, interned with the Born Free Foundation in 2015 243

Applied Psychology

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Psychology is the study of human minds, behaviour, experiences and relationships, and a fascinating lens through we can examine and change the world we live in.

On this course we encourage you to engage with psychological research and its applications. As you progress, you will deepen your understanding of the personal and social relevance of this lively and contested field of study.

While covering the British Psychological Society’s recommended curriculum, we offer specialist modules in applied psychology and opportunities to explore other areas of social science.

You will have access to excellent, high-tech facilities in our multi-purpose psychology laboratories, which include an applied cognition lab, a creative methods lab for interactive experiments and experimental booths for one-to-one computer-based experiments.

You will also have the chance to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s award-winning Community University Partnership Programme (Cupp).

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) and follows the recommended curriculum for the BPS. As a graduate from this course you will be eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership, the first step towards becoming a professional psychologist.

Careers and employability After graduation you will be able to undertake further training to become, for example, a forensic, occupational or clinical psychologist. The degree is also an excellent foundation for careers in marketing and education.

Psychology • Accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) • Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course

Course content (indicative)

UCAS CODE C810 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB.

You will study areas of the subject including developmental psychology, cognitive psychology and social psychology. You will also be able to take optional modules in areas of particular interest.

BTEC DDM.

Year 1 Introduction to Applied Psychology • Contemporary Social Inequalities • Introduction to Research Methods • Developmental Psychology • Psychology and Society • Option (health and social care, sociology, social policy or politics)

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a social science subject.

Year 2 Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • Psychology, the Body and Individual Differences • Psychology, Mental Health and Distress • Empirical Psychology • Community Engagement: Theory Into Practice or Analysis and Review • Option (health and social care, sociology, social policy or politics)

IB 30 points.

Access to HE Diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above.

Psychology units preferred.

Mature applicants without the above qualifications should be able to show how they will benefit from the course through, for example, work or professional experience. All mature applicants are considered on an individual basis.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Empirical Dissertation • Forensic Psychology • Options: Critical Community Psychology • Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Cyberpsychology • Critical Addiction Studies • Developing a Therapeutic Relationship • Mental Disorder: Psychology, Psychiatry, Anthropology • Sexualities • Option (health and social care, sociology, social policy or politics) GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

244

Applied Psychology and Criminology

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Our Applied Psychology and Criminology degree engages with these disciplines in the world beyond university and explores their relevance to our everyday lives.

While following the British Psychological Society’s recommended curriculum, you will consider why some people adopt deviant lifestyles or make criminal choices, think about how crime might be prevented, and acquire the interpersonal skills to work with offenders and victims in the criminal justice and community safety fields.

You will have access to excellent, high-tech facilities in our multi-purpose psychology laboratories, which include an applied cognition lab, a creative methods lab for interactive experiments and experimental booths for one-to-one computer-based experiments.

You will also have the chance to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s award-winning Community University Partnership Programme (Cupp).

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) and follows the recommended curriculum for the BPS. As a graduate from this course you will be eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership, the first step towards becoming a professional psychologist.

Careers and employability Psychology graduates may seek professional work in areas such as forensic, occupational and clinical psychology, but they often pursue careers beyond the subject as well. Other typical areas of work include marketing, social work and teaching.

Psychology • Accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) • Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course Criminology graduates are often associated with careers in criminal justice, security and the police, but they also commonly go into housing management, local government and social research.

Course content (indicative)

UCAS CODE MC98 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Sociology, psychology or law preferred.

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Developmental Psychology • Introduction to Applied Psychology • Introduction to Criminal Justice Studies • Introduction to Research Methods • Theories of Crime

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a social science subject.

Year 2 Community Engagement: Theory into Practice or Critical Analysis • Criminologies of Crime Control • Critical Perspectives on Criminal Justice • Empirical Psychology • Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • Psychology, the Body and Individual Differences

Fees and funding page 280

English language requirements see page 275.

Help with your application page 279

Final year Dissertation • Contemporary Studies in Crime and Justice • Forensic Psychology • Options: Critical Addiction Studies • Mental Disorder: Psychology, Psychiatry, Anthropology • Cyberpsychology • Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Cross-cultural Criminology • Global Issues: Crime, Power, Harm

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 245

Applied Psychology and Sociology

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

On our Applied Psychology and Sociology course, you explore both the personal and social nature of human experience.

You learn to apply psychological knowledge to your own experiences, emotions and behaviours and to see the psychological dimension of contemporary society. You also engage with contemporary issues such as poverty, globalisation and protest, all the while developing important skills in research and analysis.

You will have access to excellent, hightech facilities in our multi-purpose psychology laboratories, which include an applied cognition lab, a creative methods lab for interactive experiments and experimental booths for one-to-one computer-based experiments.

You will also have opportunities to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s award-winning Community University Partnership Programme (Cupp).

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) and follows the recommended curriculum for the BPS. As a graduate from this course you will be eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership, the first step towards becoming a professional psychologist.

Careers and employability Our graduates have found employment in social research, social work, the police, local government, the Civil Service, journalism, management, teaching, the voluntary sector, housing and the welfare services. Those who wish to pursue a career as a professional psychologist may consider pathways into forensic, occupational and clinical psychology.

Psychology • Accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) • Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Developmental Psychology • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Applied Psychology • Introduction to Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations Year 2 Community Engagement: Theory into Practice or Critical Analysis • Empirical Psychology • Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • Psychology, the Body and Individual Differences • Sociology and the Life Course • Theorising the Social World Final year Critical Community Psychology • Psychology Dissertation or Dissertation • One from: Critical Addiction Studies • Cyberpsychology • Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Mental Disorder and Anthropology • Sexualities • Sociology Topic 1 and 2 • Options: Sociology of Religion • Environment and Society • Science, Culture and Society • Sociology of the Body • Mobile Lives • Death and Society • Sociology of the Internet • Sociology of Leisure • Sociology of Food • Climate Change • Lifestyle Media • Families and Parenting • Childhood and Society

UCAS CODE CL83 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above.

Psychology or sociology units preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a social science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

246

Applied Social Science

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

This course combines the study of sociology, psychology and criminal policy. The course explores issues including how societies develop, and whether it is possible to identify catalysts for change or predict future developments.

Based at our campus in Hastings you will learn with a course team whose research interests include the policies of crime, the welfare state and equality. Small group teaching is a feature of this course.

As a social scientist you will be passionate about investigating social relationships, challenging existing social structures and exposing exploitation.

As part of the course you will undertake a placement module – applying the theory you learn to practice. Previous students have chosen placements in social housing, the prison service and education. Many of our graduates secure work as a direct result of their placement.

Careers and employability Applied Social Science graduates have a varied choice of career opportunities including: government, social services, voluntary sectors, youth work, the probation service, prison service, the police, human resources, advertising, PR, marketing and research and development On graduation you will be qualified to apply for a masters degree in social work or a PGCE course for a career in teaching.

Course content (indicative) You will study a blend of criminal policy, sociology and psychology, with topics covering areas including crime, social control, public policy, management and health.

In year 2, a voluntary work placement at a local organisation will give you experience and a chance to explore potential career paths.

Social science • Gain experience before you graduate • Award-winning student support • Small class sizes • Choice of option modules so you can tailor the course to your interests In your final year, you will be able to specialise on areas of interest at a more in-depth level and develop your skills as a social researcher. Your dissertation will draw together the strands of your degree into one extensive piece of meaningful and relevant research work.

Year 1 Sociological Imaginations • Foundations of Applied Psychology • Social Policy • Foundations of Sociology • Deviance and Social Control • Social Science Research Methods Year 2 Social and Developmental Psychology • Community and Personal Development • Social Policy: Welfare and Control • Research project • Options: The Social Context of Health and Illness • Public Policy and Management • Theorising the Social World • Mobilisation, Movements and Protest

UCAS CODE L541 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC. BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3. Social sciences diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Sociology Option 1 • Sociology Option 2 • Dissertation • Options include: Health, Politics and Marketisation • Ecopsychology • Global Social Policy • Policy Analysis • Critical Community Psychology • Critical Addiction Studies • Developing Therapeutic Relationships • Care, Ethics and Social Policy • Cyberpsychology Some of our options are taught on our Falmer campus in Brighton. The course team will discuss this with you when you make your choices.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 247

Criminology

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Criminology is the study of crime, criminality and everything that lies beneath the surface: the media, victimhood, social inequality, prisons and the courts.

As criminologists, it is our job to challenge received wisdom about crime and justice and to seek an understanding of the offender while respecting the harmful effect that crime can have on individuals and communities.

That’s why we will teach you to break down those notions of crime and criminality and see them in their social, political and cultural contexts.

You will also learn about the public fascination with crime and why it continues to dominate our newspapers and television screens, even though recorded crime has been falling since 2002.

Career and progression opportunities A criminology degree will open up opportunities in crime prevention, criminal justice, community development, local government, security, social research and the police. We offer several opportunities for you to gain work experience and professional contacts to enhance your employability.

Course content (indicative) You learn through a mixture of lectures, seminars and workshops, but there is an increasing emphasis on independent study as the course progresses. Although assessment is split between essays and exams in year 1, your second and final years consist mainly of coursework.

Social science • xx High-profile academics including Professor Peter Squires, a leading expert on gun control • Work placements with organisations such as Sussex Police and Sussex Pathways, a mentoring scheme that aims to rehabilitate local offenders • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden

UCAS CODE L611 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

You have opportunities to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s award-winning community partnership project, and also to enrol on our international exchange programme, which allows you to study in Spain or Sweden for a part of your degree.

Year 1 Introduction to Research Methods • Introduction to Criminal Justice Studies • Explaining Crime and Criminals • Theories of Crime • Criminology in Action • Contemporary Social Inequalities

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Sociology or law units preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Community Engagement: Theory into Practice or Critical Analysis • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Essentials of Criminal Law • Criminologies of Crime Control • Critical Perspectives on Criminal Justice • Policing and Society Final year Dissertation • Cross-cultural Criminology • Global Issues: Crime, Power, Harm • Contemporary Studies in Crime and Justice

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 248

Criminology and Sociology

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Criminology and Sociology is the ideal joint honours degree for those seeking to understand the changing world we live in.

The criminology part of the course explores important questions about criminalisation, crime and the criminal justice system in the UK and abroad.

You will be encouraged to move beyond superficial understandings of crime and justice.

The sociology component of the degree enables new ways of thinking about the social world. You will explore diverse perspectives on the relationship between the individual and society, with teaching staff who are active in researching social changes and concerns.

Career and progression opportunities Alongside specialist subject knowledge, this degree helps you to develop transferable skills that are relevant to numerous career paths. Our graduates are now working in social research, social work, policing, probation, crime prevention, community safety planning, journalism, environmental management, teaching and housing.

Course content (indicative)

Social science • High-profile academics including Professor Peter Squires, a leading expert on gun control • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Criminal Justice Studies • Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations • Theories of Crime Year 2 Community Engagement: Theory into Practice or Critical Analysis • Criminologies of Crime Control • Critical Perspectives on Criminal Justice • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Sociology and the Life Course • Theorising the Social World

UCAS CODE LM39 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Law or sociology units preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Contemporary Studies in Crime and Justice • Cross-cultural Criminology or Global Issues: Crime, Power, Harm • Dissertation • Sociology Topic 1 and 2

Drawing on both traditional and radical new perspectives, the course encourages you to explain the social changes that are taking place both locally and globally. You examine the variety of competing perspectives on crime and its control, and analyse the continuing evolution of the criminal justice system and its institutions.

You have opportunities to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s award-winning community partnership project, and also to enrol on our international exchange programme, which allows you to study in Spain or Sweden for a part of your degree.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 249

Economics

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Our Economics BA(Hons) is an interdisciplinary course that prioritises applied social research and public engagement. It allows you to take a more critical approach to the subject and gain a deeper understanding of its sociopolitical contexts.

We offer an alternative approach to traditional economics curriculums, drawing on the ‘new economics’ that emerged after the financial crisis of 2007–08. With a focus on local, national and international economic problems, we look at economic activity from historical, sociological and political perspectives, with a focus on wealth inequality, sustainable growth and the development of alternative local economies.

In addition to core modules in economics, you will have the chance to explore related subjects through optional modules and consider the relevance of economics not only to businesses and government but to individuals and society as a whole.

You will also have opportunities to volunteer in the local community, either through the optional Community Engagement module in year 2 or through our award-winning Community University Partnership Programme (Cupp).

If you would like to study economics with less focus on politics and greater emphasis on economic analysis and development of quantitative skills, why not try our BSc.

Professional placement year The professional placement year is a great opportunity to gain experience with a high-profile economic institution.

Previous University of Brighton students have completed their placements with companies including the Bank of England, American Express, Credit Suisse, PricewaterhouseCoopers. If you impress your employer during your placement, you could return to university with a secure job offer.

250

XX Social science • xx Interdisciplinary course that draws from disciplines across the social sciences, including history, sociology and politics • Critical approach to the recent financial crisis and commitment to alternative economic solutions • Chance to gain practical and professional skills through volunteering opportunities and a professional placement year

Careers and employability After graduation, you will be equipped with transferable skills in communication, problem-solving, time management, research and analysis. Typical employers of economics graduates include government departments, think tanks, charities and not-for-profit organisations.

Course content (indicative)* Year 1 Economic History • Introduction to Political Economy • Macro Economics 1 • Micro Economics 1 • Contemporary Social Inequalities • Quantitative Methods for the Social Sciences

UCAS CODE L101 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary basedsee potential, onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DMM. BTEC xx.

IB 28 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 Access to credits at HE merit diploma or above. xx. Social science courses preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least English language requirements three subjects including English see page xx. language, and mathematics or a science.

Fees and funding page xx English language requirements Entry and application page xx see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Contemporary Political Economy • Economics of Welfare • Macro Economics 2 • Economics in Practice • Option from politics, social policy, community engagement or business Optional placement year Final year Critical Approaches to Economics • International Political Economy • Economics of the Environment • Option from politics, social policy or business Please note that some modules are taught on our Moulsecoomb campus. *This new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check our online course finder for the most up-to-date information.

Got GOTaAquestion?

QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Politics

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Are you interested in combining the traditional study of politics with a more progressive approach? Do you think the subject is just as much about fringe movements as about government?

What distinguishes this course is that we encourage a critical understanding of democracy, participation and representation. From the beginning you will focus on the unequal distribution of power and resources, before learning about social movements, environmental politics, special issue groups, conflict, human rights regimes and the revolts so characteristic of modern society.

The degree also develops expert knowledge of the structures and processes of government in Western Europe and encourages in-depth study of the British state and the EU. This runs alongside modules on political theory, political analysis and international relations.

Career and progression opportunities You can find politics graduates in many areas of work, from campaigning and politics itself to management, journalism and academia. The course also prepares you for employment in advocacy groups and non-governmental organisations (NGOs).

Course content (indicative) Lectures and group seminars form the main part of your learning. Our expectation is that you critically engage with the issues that confront modern societies and actively contribute to group discussions using material from the preparatory reading.

XX Social science • xx Opportunity to do a work placement in the local community and gain valuable professional experience • Campus in one of the most progressive and politically conscious cities in the UK, home to the campaigning group Justice? and its famous SchNEWS newspaper • Internship available with EU lobbying organisation As well as your core politics modules, you can take options from across the social sciences. In years two and three, your knowledge will extend into area studies such as the Middle East and the European Union, as well as exploring international politics, political theory, policymaking and political movements around the world.

Year 1 Introduction to Politics • Understanding Globalisation • Comparative European Political Systems • Nations and Nationalism • Introduction to Research Methods • Contemporary Social Inequalities

UCAS CODE L200 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DMM. BTEC xx.

IB 28 points, specified subjects.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits Access to at HE merit diploma or above. xx. Politics units preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least English language requirements three subjects including English see page and xx. mathematics or a language social science.

Fees and funding page xx English language requirements Entry and application page xx see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Political Ideas • UK Politics • Middle Eastern Politics • Political Movements • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Community Engagement or Critical Analysis Final year Politics and Policy of the European Union • International Relations • Policy Analysis or Environmental Politics • Politics Options • Dissertation

Got GOTaAquestion?

QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 251

Social Policy and Practice

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

The Social Policy and Practice BSc(Hons) is an innovative degree that combines the study of social policy with professional work placements in years 2 and 3 of the course.

Social policy helps us to understand how societies organise their resources to provide food, shelter, education and care, and this degree allows you to put your knowledge of these areas into practice by working in organisations that represent core aspects of social policy provision.

This combination of study and practice prepares you for employment in multiple roles in the public and community sectors. You could go on to work with vulnerable groups, in non-governmental organisations (NGOs) or as a researcher in policy development.

Professional work placements In years 2 and 3, you will complete a professional work placement with a policy-related organisation, giving you a great opportunity to develop your practical skills and boost your employability.

Careers and employability This course prepares you for employment across the sector. Graduates typically find work in voluntary organisations, the media, social research, community development, criminal justice administration, social care management, advice work and housing services.

Course content (indicative) Studying social policy allows you to closely consider important concepts such as social justice, inequality, poverty and human need. It encourages you to think about the way that society is run and what it should try to achieve.

Social science • Professional work placements that give you privileged access to policyrelated organisations • Chance to volunteer through our Community University Partnership Programme (Cupp) • Exciting employment opportunities in the public and community sectors

UCAS CODE L400 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC.

In the second year of the course, you explore the origins of the British welfare state and the use of social research in the analysis of real-world problems. In the final year, you can pursue an area of particular interest – for example health, housing or transport – through the dissertation.

You have the chance to volunteer with a local organisation through our award-winning Community University Partnership Scheme (Cupp).

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Introduction to Politics • Introduction to Research Methods • Preparing for Practice • Social Policy and Social Welfare • Social Policy: Needs and Problems

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Sociology or social policy units preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a social science.

All applicants will be interviewed.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 History and Social Policy • Placement 1 • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Social Justice, Welfare and Wellbeing • Developing Skills for Practice Final year Care Ethics and Social Policy or Critical Addiction Studies • Dissertation • Placement 2 • One from: Global Social Policy • Health, Politics and Marketisation • Policy Analysis

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 252

Social Science

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Social science is a broad term for subjects that explore human society and the relationships within it, from politics and social policy to psychology and sociology.

Our Social Science degree programme is a highly flexible course that allows you to choose modules from across these areas. You can tailor the degree to your own interests and career aspirations, with the freedom to specialise in a particular discipline or to maintain a more general approach throughout.

In line with Brighton’s strong vocational focus, you have the chance to do a voluntary work placement in the local community and give a practical context to your studies. There is also an international exchange programme available should you want to spend a part of your degree abroad.

Careers and employability A variety of careers are open to social science graduates, depending on which areas they specialise in. Potential areas of work include the public services, health and social work, central and local government, politics, teaching and management.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations • One from: Social Policy and Social Welfare • Introduction to Politics • One from: Developmental Psychology • Social Policy: Needs and Problems • European Politics

Social science • Opportunity to volunteer in the local community as part of the course and gain valuable professional experience • Flexible degree programme • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden

UCAS CODE L540 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BCC.

Year 2 Community Engagement: Theory into Practice or Critical Analysis • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Theorising the Social World • One from: Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • History and Social Policy • Political Ideas • Public Policy and Management • Two from: Sociology and the Life Course • Social Justice, Welfare and Wellbeing • Comparative Politics • The Social Context of Health and Illness Final year Dissertation • Sociology Topic 1 • One from: Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Critical Community Psychology • Policy Analysis • Global Social Policy • Politics in the Middle East • Health, Wellbeing and Marketisation • Two from: Cyberpsychology • Care, Ethics and Social Policy • Sociology Topic 2 • Critical Addiction Studies • International Relations

BTEC DMM. IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least 45 credits at level 3. Social sciences diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a social science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 253

Social Work

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Social work is both a profession and an academic discipline that commits to social justice and human rights by supporting those in need.

It is a vital and rewarding field of work that puts you in direct contact with vulnerable and marginalised people, giving you a chance to make a significant difference to their lives.

Our Social Work course is run in partnership with local agencies including Brighton & Hove City Council, East Sussex County Council and West Sussex County Council, as well as with carers and service users.

Learning about and in practice is a core part of your training. You will spend at least 170 days in practice settings, plus 30 days engaged in skills-based activity.

Practice will be assessed according to the Social Work’s Professional Capabilities Framework. By the end of the course you also have to demonstrate the HCPC Standards of Proficiency for Social Workers in England.

Professional accreditation This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC), the official regulator of social work training.

Careers and employability This is an important time to enter the social work profession and there continues to be a need for social workers nationally. Employment opportunities arise in local authorities and voluntary agencies for practice with children, older and disabled people and those using mental health services.

Social science • Strong ties with social work services in the local area • Work placements in social work settings • Accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC)

Course content (indicative) The course reflects the multi-professional nature of social work through joint learning sessions with students of nursing, occupational therapy, midwifery, medicine, education and physiotherapy.

Learning on the course involves the extensive use of actual and simulated case material, and there are consistent contributions from carers, service users and practitioners from partner agencies.

Teaching is informed by the research of our staff, whose interests include complexity theory, mental health and resilience.

Year 1 Human Growth and Development • Introduction to Social Work Practice • Law for Social Workers • Preparing for Social Work Practice • Service User, Carer, Needs and Resources • Social Policy and Social Welfare Year 2 Developing Analytic and Reflective Social Work Practice • Practice Learning 1 (70day placement) • Social Work Practice with Adults, Children and Families: Law, Policy and Protection • Social Work Practice with Adults, Children and Families: Skills, Theory and Context

UCAS CODE L500 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 30 credits at merit or distinction, to include level-3 credits in written communication, study skills, reading and writing skills. Social work diploma preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) a good profile including maths and English.

We are unable to accept functional siills maths or English.

Experience in either a social work agency or similar setting, paid or voluntary.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Contemporary Social Work • Practice Learning 2 (100-day placement) • Social work project GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

254

Sociology and English Literature

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Sociology is the study of human societies; English literature reflects or rejects social norms and values of various periods in history and the modern day.

You’ll study a range of sociological concepts, theories and methods, applying these to understand social and cultural processes, social diversity and inequality, and the relationship between individuals, groups and institutions.

You will also develop a critical understanding of the processes and traditions of literature in English, and engage with a variety of theories, approaches and critical debates.

Based at our campus in Hastings, you will have access to a range of resources and opportunities to get involved in societies, guest speaker events and the Hastings storytelling festival.

Taught by staff who are active within research, you will learn through a mix of lectures, research projects and a work placement.

Careers and employability The research and analytical skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and cultural industries, including teaching, publishing, journalism, youth work, PR, advertising, marketing, theatre, museums and galleries, and also provide a solid foundation for further study or research.

A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between sociology and English literature modules.

XX Social science • xx Gain professional experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support In sociology you’ll study topics including crime and deviance, the family, cosmetic surgery and identity in a world in which gender, class, religion and science have been thrown into question, and in which social media, celebrity culture and the threat of terrorism seem much more important in determining our lives.

In English literature you’ll analyse British and world texts (in English) from a variety of genres and time periods. You’ll consider the techniques writers employ to create powerful effects, how meaning is constructed through reading and writing, and how these are transformed by different historical, cultural and literary contexts.

UCAS CODE LQ33 xx (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and potential, vary basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BCC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DMM. BTEC xx.

IB 27 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with at least Access 45tocredits HE diploma at levelxx.

3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx. at least three subjects including English English language requirements language and mathematics or a see page xx. science.

Fees andlanguage funding requirements page xx English see page 275.

Entry and application page xx Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 1 Sociological Imaginations • Foundations of Sociology • Narrative and Narratives • Powerful Texts • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Practices Year 2 Theorising the Social World • Sociology and the Life Course • The Nineteenth Century in Literature • The Child in Literature • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices Final year Sociological Analysis: Special Topics • Sociological Analysis: Concepts and Theories • New English Writings and Voices • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Dissertation Got GOTaAquestion?

QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 255

Sociology and Social History

Key facts

BA(Hons) Hastings

Studying sociology and history enables you to understand how societies develop throughout recent history, and in the present day.

You will be taught by staff who are active in sociology and social history research.

Through lectures and placement modules you will explore the foundations of these two disciplines, giving you a broad and flexible foundation for your career or further study.

You will learn how societies have developed in recent history and the present day, through a range of concepts, theories and methods. You will explore the lives of ordinary people as members of social classes, regions, genders and other groups throughout history.

Based at our campus in Hastings, you will have access to a range of archives, which will provide unique primary resources for your dissertation. Events like our annual heritage forum will further enhance your learning.

Career and progression opportunities The research and analytical skills you learn can be applied to a variety of public and cultural industries, including teaching, journalism, youth work, library and information management, PR, advertising, marketing, museums and galleries.

A placement opportunity in year 2 will help you stand out to employers, building your CV and giving you the chance to explore potential career paths.

Course content (indicative) This is a joint honours degree, with course content and assessment shared equally between sociology and social history.

XX Social science • xx Gain professional experience before you graduate • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Small class sizes and award-winning student support In sociology you’ll study topics including crime and deviance, the family, cosmetic surgery and identity in a world in which gender, class, religion and science have been thrown into question, and in which social media, celebrity culture and the threat of terrorism seem much more important in determining our lives.

In the social history strand, you’ll analyse the key issues of class, change and culture in the nineteenth and twentieth century through a broad range of social history topics, from the development of the welfare state to the growth in popularity of the seaside holiday.

Year 1 Sociological Imaginations • Foundations of Sociology • Studying Social History • Social and Political Change in Southern England • Approaches to Learning • Subject Approaches and Practices

UCAS CODE LV33 xx (campus code U) DURATION Full-time x 3 years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary potential, basedsee onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BCC. A-levels xx.

BTEC DMM. BTEC xx.

IB 27 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass with at Access least 45tocredits HE diploma at Level xx.3.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx. at least three subjects including English English language requirements language and mathematics or a see page xx. science.

Fees andlanguage funding requirements page xx English see page 275.

Entry and application page xx Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Theorising the Social World • Mobilisation, Movements and Protest • Personal Histories • Popular Culture and Leisure in Southern England from 1800 to the Present • Learning Through Practice • Research Practices Final year Sociological Analysis: Special Topic • Sociological Analysis: Concepts and Theories • Public History and Community Identity • War and Social Change in Twentieth-century Southern England • Dissertation Got GOTaAquestion?

QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

256

Sociology

Key facts

BA(Hons) Brighton: Falmer

Sociology is an exciting and challenging discipline that studies society, culture and institutions to help us make sense of global and social change.

Our sociology course covers both traditional and radical new perspectives of the subject, tackling issues including class, gender, sexuality, ethnicity, environmentalism, death and pleasure.

Our lecturers are involved in national and international research and help you to develop the skills needed to pursue research of your own.

Careers and employability This course equips you with transferable skills in both quantitative and qualitative research that are useful for various careers. Graduates typically seek employment in areas such as social research, policing, the voluntary sector, the housing and welfare services, journalism, the Civil Service and teaching.

The degree also allows for progression on to postgraduate study.

Course content (indicative) The Sociology BA(Hons) is designed to cover three main areas: theory, research skills and specialist knowledge. You will learn through a mixture of lectures, seminars and workshops, and receive tutorial support in person and by email.

Assessment varies according to module, but it takes the form of coursework essays, examinations, literature reviews and seminar presentations. You also complete a dissertation in your third year.

You have the opportunity to do a work placement in year 2 and to enrol on our international exchange programme, which allows you to study in Spain or Sweden for a part of your degree.

Social science • Opportunity to complete a voluntary work placement in the local community and gain valuable professional experience • Progressive department and research-informed curriculum • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden You also have opportunities to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course in year 2 or through the university’s award-winning Community University Partnership Programme (Cupp). Volunteering allows you to conduct small-scale research projects in the local area and improve your academic skills.

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations • Understanding Globalisation • An option from outside of sociology

UCAS CODE L300 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 18 credits at merit or above. Sociology units preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least three subjects including English language and mathematics or a social science.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Year 2 Community Engagement: Theory into Practice or Critical Analysis • Culture, Media and Identities • Mobilisation, Movements and Protest • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Sociology and the Life Course • Theorising the Social World Final year Dissertation • Options: Childhood • Death and Society • Environment and Society • Families and Parenting • Gender and Sexuality • Human Rights • Lifestyle Media • Mobile Lives • Science and Culture • Social Movement • Sociology of Leisure • Sociology of Religion • The Body

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 257

TOP 20

UNIVERSITY FOR WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE, LEISURE AND TOURISM REF 2014

TOP 20

IN THE UK FOR SPORTS SCIENCE

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR TALENTED STUDENT ATHLETES AND SPORTS PEOPLE

GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2016

GRADUATE NETWORK OF COACHES, OLYMPIANS, WORLD CHAMPIONS AND LEADING RESEARCHERS

SPORT AND EXERCISE

The University of Brighton is at the forefront of UK sport and exercise education. Our staff are conducting world-leading research – this is work that make a difference to people’s lives and informs your learning.

Our specialist facilities and laboratories, and community development and volunteering opportunities add tremendous value to your studies. Leading sports scientists, athletes and policy makers visit the university to share their expertise and experiences in guest lectures, events and seminars.

GRADUATE SUCCESS

Our graduates go on to careers in all areas of sport, from education and youth work to research, consultancy and coaching. Some examples are: • Technical Director, English Institute of Sport • Press Officer, London Organising Committee of the Olympic and Paralympic Games • Head of Physiology, English Institute of Sport • Sport Psychologist, British Rowing • Applied Physiologist, Canadian Olympic Team • Physiotherapist, Norwich City FC • Endurance Physiologist, UK Athletics • Research Fellow, Xtreme Everest Expedition • Head of PE, Helenswood Academy St Leonards • Senior Lecturer in Physical Education, University of Brighton.

258

BE INSPIRED

We are ranked 19th in the UK for sport sciences in the 2016 Guardian university league tables.

Our students have been achieving Olympic and Paralympic success since 1952 and include: Kate Allenby MBE who won bronze in the pentathlon at the 2000 Sydney Olympics; David Stone MBE, double cycling gold medal winner at the 2008 Beijing Paralympics; and Charlotte Evans, who guided visually impaired skier Kelly Gallagher MBE to Britain’s first ever Winter Paralympic gold at Sochi in 2014.

Professor Nick Webborn was Chief Medical Officer at the London Paralympic games, and Dr Gary Brickley coached Paralympic cyclists to gold in Beijing and at the 2012 London games.

Staff research spans every aspect of sport from the influence of genetics and lifestyle on performance and sports physiology to the cultural, economic and social influence of sport.

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES

Our BASES-accredited lab facilities include: a biomechanics lab to analyse motion; exercise physiology labs to measure aerobic, power and strength performance; a purpose-built environment chamber to simulate a range of climates and humidity and their effects; an oxygen-controlled chamber to simulate and measure the effect of altitude; and a biochemistry lab for blood and tissue analysis.

LOCATION

All sport and exercise courses are based and taught in Eastbourne.

• Coaching studies • Physical education • Sport and exercise science • Sport business • Sport studies

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE

All of our undergraduate students have opportunities to gain work or volunteering experience as part of their course. Sport and exercise courses place students in the public, private and voluntary sectors, in schools and colleges, and on projects such as widening girls’ participation and tackling homophobia in sport.

Students have worked with organisations including British Triathlon, British Cycling, Albion in the Community, Sussex County Cricket Club, RFU Twickenham, Horsham YMCA Football Club and Eastbourne Rovers Athletic Club.

BE INSPIRED

Professor Yannis Pitsiladis is pioneering advanced antidoping methods that reliably show whether an athlete has used erythropoietin (EPO), a banned performance enhancer. Diluting or flushing out the blood can beat existing drug tests, but Yannis has discovered more than 50 genes affected by EPO – biological activity that is impossible to hide.

The annual trip to Bude, Cornwall, is a great opportunity to improve your performance in outdoor adventure activities

BE INSPIRED

Dr Louisa Beale specialises in cardiac rehabilitation, helping patients with certain heart conditions to improve their health through exercise.

The Igloo 180Âş projection system is used to measure reaction times and decision-making in sport

259

Physical Education

Key facts

BA(Hons) Eastbourne

This course allows you to study the impact of physical education on people from diverse social groups together with its wider economic and cultural implications.

With access to outstanding sport facilities at our Eastbourne campus, you will examine our lifelong relationship with physical activity, sport, health and fitness, and look at the nature and values of PE in the modern world. You will also be able to study areas of personal interest in depth as part of a customised degree programme that meets your individual career goals.

Facilities include a gym with state-ofthe-art fitness equipment, including a three-camera system to analyse weight-lifting actions and an isokinetic dynamometer to allow measurement of muscle strength. We also have six sport and exercise laboratories, all of which are accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES) and used by our Sport and Exercise Science Consultancy Unit (SESCU).

You will be able to gain practical work experience in your final year through a professional placement with a sports or fitness organisation.

Careers and employability The importance of physical activity to health, culture and the economy is an important subject of study that can lead to employment opportunities in such fields as: • the emergency services • fitness training • leisure • the military • the police • sport coaching • youth work.

As a graduate, you will also be able to apply for a postgraduate Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) course should you want to pursue a career in primary or secondary education.

XX Sport and exercise • State-of-the-art sport and fitness facilities, along with dedicated research and consultancy units • Professional work placements in fitness-related organisations • Opportunity to study abroad at one of our partner universities

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Physical Education Theory 1 • Learning and Teaching through Physical Education: Practical Application 1 • Physiology for Sport and Exercise • Qualitative Analysis of Human Movement • Foundations of Sport and Exercise Psychology: Introduction to Performance and Wellbeing • Options include: Gymnastic Activities • Dance • Foundation Games • Outdoor and Adventurous Activities Year 2 Physical Education Theory 2 • Learning and Teaching through Physical Education: Practical Application 2 • Research Methods for Physical Education and Sport • Independent Professional Experience • Options include: Dance Studies • Strength and Conditioning • Performance Analysis • Track and Field Athletics • Invasion Games • Striking and Fielding Games • Net Games • Gymnastic Performance • Outdoor and Adventurous Activities Learning, Teaching and Coaching through Swimming Final year Physical Education Theory 3 • Professional Work-based Experience • Dissertation • Options include: Dance Performance and Choreography • Physiological Aspects of Exercise, Nutrition and Health • Physical Education and the National Agenda • Athletics • Football • Community Sport Development: Policy and Practice • Gender and Physical Culture • Sport, Leisure and Deviant Behaviour • Sport, Values and Ideology: A Case Study of the Olympics

UCAS CODE XC36 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary TYPICAL based OFFER on your – our experience offers may and vary basedsee potential, onpage your 274. experience and potential, see page xx.

A-levels BBB. A-levels xx.

BTEC DDM. BTEC xx.

IB 30 points.

IB xx.

Access to HE diploma pass (at least Access 45 credits to HE at level diploma 3), with xx. 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C) xx.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least English language requirements five subjects including English see page xx. language and mathematics. We do not accept Functional Fees and funding page xx Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Entry and application xx Applicants must have page already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Find GOT out A QUESTION? more Our enquiries team are here to help.

School 01273 644644 64XXXX XX@brighton.ac.uk enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

260

Sport and Exercise Science

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Brighton was one of the first universities in the UK to develop a degree is sport and exercise science.

We have a sector-leading reputation for our innovative approach to learning and the development of learning resources and facilities.

Our state-of-the-art laboratories are accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES) and include a thermal chamber, an altitude chamber and a biomechanics laboratory.

We also have partnerships with a number of top teams and international sports initiatives – as well as local organisations such as the Sussex County Cricket Club, Brighton and Hove Albion Football Club and the Sussex County Sports Partnership – where you can complete a period of professional experience in your final year.

Depending on your choice of optional modules, you may graduate with a final award in Sport and Exercise Science, Sport and Exercise Science with PE or Nutrition, Sport Science or Exercise and Health Science.

Professional accreditation This course is approved by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES) Undergraduate Endorsement Scheme.

Careers and employability A degree in sport and exercise science will open up opportunities in sports governing bodies, health promotion, teaching, professional sport, medical sales and paramedical training. You will also be well prepared for postgraduate study and research.

Our graduates include a sports psychologist at British Rowing, a physiotherapist at Norwich City FC, a technical director at the English Institute of Sport, a research fellow at the Ministry of Defence and a national development manager at England Netball.

Sport and exercise • Approval from the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES) Undergraduate Endorsement Scheme • Flexible degree programme with four specialist pathways • High-profile academics including Professor Yannis Pitsiladis, one of the leading scientists for the World Anti-Doping Agency

UCAS CODE C600 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. BTEC DDM.

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Musculoskeletal Anatomy and Fundamental Biomechanics • Sport and Exercise Physiology • Foundations of Sport and Exercise • Applied and Integrated Studies • The Scientific Study of Sport and Exercise • Social Perspectives of Sport • Exercise for Health and Physical Performance Year 2 Biomechanics of Sport and Exercise • Functional Physiology of Sport and Exercise • Nutrition for Physical Activity • Sport and Exercise Psychology • Applied and Integrated Studies • Data Analysis and Research Methods • Options include: Exercise Referral • Strength and Conditioning • Performance Analysis • Environmental Physiology • Track and Field Athletics • Invasion Games • Striking and Fielding Games • Net Games Final year Applied and Integrated Studies • Sports Nutrition • Dissertation • Options include: Physiological Aspects of Exercise, Nutrition and Health • Advanced Strength and Conditioning • Advanced Performance Analysis • Applied Sport Psychology • Association Football • Basketball • Coaching for Competition • Cricket • Expedition Physiology and Survival Medicine • Netball • Personal and Professional Development in Sport and Exercise Science • Physiological Aspects of Exercise, Nutrition and Health • Psychology of Team Building in Sport

IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass (at least 45 credits at level 3), with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include level-3 units in science-related subjects.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics. We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 261

Sport Business Management

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Our Sport Business Management BSc(Hons) is for students who are passionate about sport and want to develop leadership skills they can carry through to the workplace.

Sport and exercise • Practical focus on transferable business management skills and employability • Professional work placements with sports clubs, leisure companies and charitable organisations • Structured programme of industry guest speakers to provide insight into professional practice

Your study will focus on the business principles of an industry that employs more than 400,000 people in the UK and is expanding both nationally and globally, as you learn through academic study, research and hands-on professional experience.

Course content (indicative)

You have the chance to organise, promote and run your own sports event in the first year, allowing you to exercise your skills and gain a practical understanding of business management.

Year 1 Academic and Employability Skills • Who Runs Sport? • Introduction to Sport Business Management • Sport Customer • Finance for Sport Management • The Global Sports Industry and Media

Professional work placement All students undertake a three-month work placement with a sports-related organisation in the second year, which is a great opportunity to gain professional experience and a network of industry contacts.

Our placement partners include: • professional sports clubs and venues (Brighton and Hove Albion FC, Sussex County Cricket Club, Watford FC, Rugby Football Union, Lord’s Cricket Ground) • sports companies (Source BMX, Swim Trek, The Royal Eastbourne Golf Club, Friston Cycles, Nielson) • charitable organisations (Wave Leisure Trust, Football for Peace, Albion in the Community).

Careers and employability This course will help you to secure roles in professional sport clubs, health and leisure clubs, sport public agencies, community recreation departments, sporting goods companies, athletic service organisations and sport marketing agencies. Sport has experienced sustained growth both nationally and globally, increasing your employment opportunities worldwide.

Year 2 Politics and Policy in Sport • Research Design and Evaluation • Understanding and Managing People in Sport Business • Placement: Personal and Professional Development in Sport Business Management • Placement: Management in Sport Business Organisations • Reflective Practice in Sport Business Final year Dissertation • Strategic Change in Sport Business Management • Marketing for Sport Business • The Law and Regulation of Sport • Options: Critical Issues in Sport and Leisure • Media, Politics and Power • Sport, Values and Ideology: A Case Study of the Olympics • Gender and Physical Culture • Sport, Leisure and Deviant Behaviour • Consumption, Identity and Style • Sports, Spaces and Places • Strategic Management in Community Sport Development • Community Sport Development: Policy and Practice • Business Morality: People and Management • Event Design • Service Quality • Sport Tourism • Public Relations • Festivals and Events: A Cultural Perspective • Retail Consultancy • International Management • Fundraising and Sponsorship for Events

UCAS CODE 2G55 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma pass (at least 45 credits at level 3), with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in business or management preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics. We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

262

GRADUATE WITH EXPERIENCE My placement made a real difference to my course – I could finally put the theory into action and gain reallife experience. I worked for Sport Brighton at all of the university’s campuses, gaining hands-on knowledge in the management and running of a sport and leisure organisation as well as helping to organise and run events. It opened my mind to ideas I would have never thought of.

Joe Curry – Sport management student

Our laboratory equipment includes a Bod Pod, which is used to determine body composition

Students learning camp craft in preparation for an independent expedition

Dr Gary Brickley coached Team GB paracyclists, Dame Sarah Storey, David Stone MBE (pictured) and Darren Kenny OBE, to multiple gold medals at the Paralympics in Beijing and London; Gary is now gearing up for his fifth Paralympics in Rio in 2016 263

Sport Coaching

Key facts

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

This course helps you to develop the knowledge and practical ability needed for a career in sport and fitness coaching.

You will explore sport coaching theories and their application to practice in areas such as physiology, psychology, biomechanics and sociology. You will also consider how sport coaching is used as a development tool around the world. Optional modules encourage you to learn about specialist topics such as performance analysis and nutrition, which you are free to investigate further in your final-year dissertation.

Work placements in years 2 and 3 allow you to gain practical coaching experience in different sports, settings and scenarios.

There are also opportunities to develop your skills in cardiac rehabilitation and help with the strength and conditioning of premier athletes.

Throughout your course, you will have access to our extensive sport facilities at our Eastbourne campus, which include two sports halls, two gyms, a stateof-the-art fitness suite, an all-weather outdoor pitch and a swimming pool.

The combination of academic and vocational studies will allow you to practise your skills in a wide range of coaching contexts, as you focus on your own interests by selecting from a wide range of optional modules.

Careers and employability This course allows you to pursue career opportunities across the sport sector.

Our graduates have taken up roles in participation and performance sport with private, public and professional sports bodies, and also in community coaching in local and international contexts. They are now working as sports and coaching coordinators, exercise scientists and recreation officers.

After graduation, you could apply to study for a one-year PGCE to gain Qualified Teacher Status (QTS).

264

Sport and exercise • Staff who are engaged with national and international sport and teach from professional experience • Coaching placements with organisations including Football4Peace, British Triathlon and Sussex County Cricket • Great outdoor environments from the South Downs to Friston Forest

Course content (indicative) Year 1 Fundamentals of Coaching • Practical Application of Coaching • Introduction to Sports Policy • Foundations of Sport and Exercise Psychology • Qualitative Analysis of Human Movement • Physiology for Sport and Exercise • Sport Practical, Physical Activity and Performance • Research Methods for Sports Coaching Year 2 Effective Coaching • Coaching Professional Practice • Data Analysis and Research Methods or Research Methods for Physical Education • Coaching Contexts and Methodologies • Options: Min 20 credits from sport and exercise science modules and max 30 credits from practical activity modules Final year Advanced Coaching • Dissertation • Coaching Professional Enquiry • Options: Physiology of Training and Performance • Community Sport Development: Policy and Practice • Sports Nutrition • Advanced Strength and Conditioning • Psychology of Team Building In Sport

UCAS CODE CX6C DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels ABB. BTEC DDM. IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma pass (at least 45 credits at level 3), with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include level-3 units in science-related subjects.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics. We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

You can also take advanced teaching and coaching modules in practical disciplines such as football, cricket, basketball, athletics and swimming.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Sport Studies

Key facts

BA(Hons) Eastbourne

The Sport Studies BA(Hons) enables you to explore a range of crucial issues in the world of contemporary sport, covering topics such as football culture, sports fandom, international development, sports business and physical education.

The course takes an interdisciplinary approach to these issues, taught by experts in such fields as cultural studies, management science, pedagogy, practical performance, politics and sociology to give you a variety of ways to learn about and through sport.

Halfway through the degree, you complete a 10-week work placement to gain professional experience at a sportsrelated organisation. You also have the option to transfer on to the Sport Studies with Physical Education BA(Hons) to prepare for the PE PGCE, which qualifies you to teach PE in England and Wales.

Careers and employability Our students graduate with a broad set of skills that are applicable across various industries. Recent graduates are now working in such fields as management, sport development, physical education and sport journalism, while others have progressed to postgraduate study at masters and PhD level.

Course content (indicative) During the first year of the degree, you will chose two practical sports modules, develop vital study skills and learn how to enhance your employability within various sport-related occupational spheres. You will also be introduced to the academic study of sport politics and culture.

During the second year, you will further develop your skills as you gain a standalone qualification in Sports and International Development through the university’s award-winning Football for Peace programme.

Sport and exercise • Multidisciplinary and practical approach to sport studies led by world-leading researchers • Professional work placement in the second year with a sports-related organisation • Opportunity to shape the degree according to your own interests and career ambitions During the final year, you will explore a topic of your choice through the dissertation module, which many students use to explore their experiences on placement. You will also choose from a variety of optional modules, which allow you to tailor the degree to your own interests and career ambitions.

Year 1 Who Runs Sport? • The Global Sport Industry and Media • Professional Practice • Sport and the Body • Practical options include: Outdoor Adventurous Activities • Games • Athletics • Dance • Gymnastics • Swimming Year 2 Power and Politics in Sport • Applied Research Methods • Sports for International Development • Professional Work Placement

UCAS CODE C603 DURATION Full-time 3 years TYPICAL OFFER – our offers may vary based on your experience and potential, see page 274.

A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass (at least 45 credits at level 3), with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units in humanities, history or politics preferred.

GCSE (minimum grade C) at least five subjects including English language and mathematics. We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

English language requirements see page 275.

Fees and funding page 280 Help with your application page 279

Final year Dissertation • Options include: Sport and Deviance • Racism, Homophobia, Sexism in Sport • Sport for International Development • Football, Culture and Community • Mega-events, Olympics and Legacy • Plus various practical, coaching, physical education, sports management and sports science modules

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 265

TOP-UP DEGREES AND PARTNER COLLEGE COURSES

Brighton pier at dawn 266

TOP-UP DEGREES Top-up degrees offer you the opportunity to convert your existing qualifications and experience into an honours degree. They generally take one year of full-time study to complete. Qualifications that count towards a top-up degree include higher national diploma (HND), foundation degree or equivalent overseas qualifications.

Hospitality and retail

Sport and exercise

International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

Sport and Fitness BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

If you want to find out more about the courses listed here, there is more information on our website. www.brighton.ac.uk.courses.

Retail Marketing BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

Our enquiries team are also happy to help with any questions you might have.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk

Business and management Business BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus)

Education and teaching Professional Studies in Learning and Development BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Falmer campus)

Engineering Aeronautical Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus) Automotive Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus)

Retail Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

Nursing and midwifery The following courses are available for registered nurses and midwives.

Acute Clinical Practice BSc(Hons) (part-time) Community Specialist Practice BSc(Hons) Health Studies BSc(Hons) Nurse Practitioner BSc(Hons) Professional Practice BSc(Hons) (part-time) Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Falmer campus)

Sport Coaching and Development BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

Travel, tourism and events International Event Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus) International Tourism Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus) International Travel Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

We also offer a two-year foundation degree for people working in a health or social care setting.

Health and Social Care Practice Foundation degree University of Brighton (Falmer campus)

Media Broadcast Media BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Hastings campus)

Electronic Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus) Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus)

267

PARTNER COLLEGE COURSES The University of Brighton validates higher education courses offered at colleges across the south-east of England.

You will be based at your chosen college for your course and your college will provide the teaching, learning resources and other support you need during your studies. The college can give advice on the course fee and the student financial support available to you.

All courses available at our partner colleges are listed here. For more information, please see the relevant college website: • Central Sussex College www.centralsussex.ac.uk • City College Brighton and Hove www.ccb.ac.uk • East Surrey College www.esc.ac.uk • Northbrook College Worthing www.northbrook.ac.uk • Plumpton College www.plumpton.ac.uk • Sussex Coast College Hastings www.sussexcoast.ac.uk • Sussex Downs College www.sussexdowns.ac.uk

Central Sussex College • • •

Further Education and Training CertEd Further Education and Training PGCE Human Resource Management PGDip

City College Brighton and Hove • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Arts Management FdA Biological Sciences FdSc Business FdA Clinical Life Sciences FdSc Creative Music Production BA(Hons) top-up degree Creative Music Production FdA Event and Tourism Management FdA Food and Culinary Arts BA(Hons) topup degree Food and Culinary Arts FdA Further Education and Training CertEd Further Education and Training PGCE Hospitality and Event Management FdA Hospitality and Tourism Management FdA Photography FdA Post-compulsory Education CertEd Post-compulsory Education PGCE Travel and Tourism Management FdA Visual Arts Practice BA(Hons) top-up degree

East Surrey College • • • • • •

Aviation Operations Management FdA Business BSc(Hons) top-up degree Business FdA Early Years Care and Education FdA Event and Tourism Management FdA Travel and Tourism Management FdA

Northbrook College Worthing • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

268

Communication Design (Graphic Design) BA(Hons) top-up degree Communication Design (Illustration) BA(Hons) top-up degree Communication Design BA(Hons) topup degree Computing FdSc Contemporary Photographic Arts Practice BA(Hons) Creative Media Practice FdA Creative Media Practice: Moving Image BA(Hons) top-up degree Creative Media Practice: Photography BA(Hons) top-up degree Early Years Care and Education FdA Fashion Design BA(Hons) Fashion Media and Promotion BA(Hons) Fine Art BA(Hons) Fine Art Drawing BA(Hons) Fine Art Installation BA(Hons) Fine Art Painting BA(Hons) Fine Art Photography BA(Hons) Fine Art Printmaking BA(Hons) Fine Art Sculpture BA(Hons) Further Education and Training CertEd Further Education and Training PGCE Game Assets Development BSc(Hons) top-up degree Games Development FdA Graphic Design FdA Health and Social Care FdSc Illustration FdA Motorsport Engineering FdEng Motorsport Technology BSc(Hons) topup degree Music (Composition for Film and Media) BA(Hons) top-up degree Music (Performance) BA(Hons) top-up degree Music (Production) BA(Hons) top-up degree Music Business and Management BA(Hons) top-up degree Music Business FdA

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • •

• •

• • • • • • • • • •

Music Composition for Film and Media FdA Music Performance FdA Music Production FdA Photography FdA Post-compulsory Education CertEd Post-compulsory Education PGCE Textile Design BA(Hons) Theatre Arts (Acting and Contemporary Theatre Making) BA(Hons) top-up degree Theatre Arts (Acting and Contemporary Theatre Making) FdA Theatre Arts (Costume and Realisation) BA(Hons) top-up degree Theatre Arts (Costume for Performance and Film) FdA Theatre Arts (Dance) BA(Hons) top-up degree Theatre Arts (Dance) FdA Theatre Arts (Lighting and Sound Design and Realisation) BA(Hons) topup degree Theatre Arts (Lighting and Sound Design) FdA Theatre Arts (Make-up and Hair for Theatre and Media) BA(Hons) top-up degree Theatre Arts (Makeup and Hair for Theatre and Media) FdA Theatre Arts (Musical Theatre) (top-up) BA(Hons) Theatre Arts (Musical Theatre) FdA Theatre Arts (Production Design and Realisation) BA(Hons) top-up degree Theatre Arts (Production Design and Realisation) FdA Theatre Arts (Prop Making and Special Effects) FdA Theatre Arts (Prop-Making and Special Effects) BA(Hons) top-up degree Theatre Arts (Stage and Production Management) BA(Hons) top-up degree Theatre Arts (Stage and Production Management) FdA Theatre Arts BA(Hons) top-up degree

Plumpton College • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Adventure Education Management BA(Hons) Agriculture FdSc Animal Behaviour and Welfare BSc(Hons) top-up degree Animal Science BSc(Hons) Animal Science FdSc Arboriculture FdSc Countryside Management FdSc Creative Metal Working FdA Equine Dentistry FdSc Equine Sports Coaching FDip Equine Sports Performance BSc(Hons) Equine Studies FdSc Forestry and Woodland Management FdSc Garden Design FdA Garden Design FDip Outdoor Adventure Facilitation BA(Hons) top-up degree Outdoor Adventurous Activities FdSc Urban Horticulture BA(Hons) Veterinary Nursing FdSc Viticulture and Oenology BSc(Hons) Viticulture and Oenology MSc Wine Business BA(Hons) Wine Business BA(Hons) top-up degree Wine Business FdA Wine Business FDip Wine Production FDip Wine Production FdSc

Sussex Coast College Hastings • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Contemporary Crafts Practice FdA Designer Maker BA(Hons) Fashion Design FdA Fine Art Contemporary Practice FdA Fine Art Practice BA(Hons) Further Education and Training CertEd Further Education and Training PGCE Graphic Communication FdA Illustration FdA Post-compulsory Education CertEd Post-compulsory Education PGCE Sport and Fitness FdSc Visual Communication Design BA(Hons) top-up degree

Sussex Downs College • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Complementary Healthcare FdSc Computing (Computer Games Development) FdSc Contemporary Dance FdA Digital Media Design BA(Hons) top-up degree Digital Media Design FdA Further Education and Training CertEd Further Education and Training PGCE Music Production and Creative Recording BA(Hons) top-up degree Music Production and Creative Recording FdA Person-centred Counselling BSc(Hons) top-up degree Person-centred Counselling FdSc Post-compulsory Education CertEd Post-compulsory Education PGCE Public and Emergency Services Management FdSc Sport Coaching and Development FdA

269

ALL ABOUT THE DETAILS

270

Hastings seafront at dusk 271

SUPPORTING YOU We support our students in many different ways, inside the lecture hall and out. This directory highlights some of the main services that you will benefit from.

Support when and where you need it We make it easy for you to access help and advice if you experience practical or emotional problems while you are here.

•

•

•

•

•

Our Student Information Desk Advisers are your first port of call for help with all sorts of queries, either face-to-face or online, from knowing your way around campus to more indepth issues.

If you have concerns about your studies, you can talk to staff in your school – your course leader, a course tutor or your allocated personal tutor.

Student Support and Guidance Tutors (SSGTs) are based in every school, and can offer advice on anything impacting your academic or personal life.

Student Services centres are available at every campus with trained counsellors and advisers to provide confidential and impartial guidance.

The Brighton Students’ Union Support Service also offers independent and impartial help to students who may be experiencing academic difficulty.

www.brighton.ac.uk/askus

Accommodation service The accommodation teams in Brighton, Eastbourne and Hastings are available to help and advise on finding and renting accommodation while you are at university. www.brighton.ac.uk/accommodation

Careers Service Our Careers Service will support you from your very first day here. We can help you find a career path, develop the skills you’ll need to follow it, and get a parttime job while you study and a graduate role when you finish your studies.

There are Careers Services available on each of our five campuses. Find them online at www.brighton.ac.uk/careers.

272

Care leavers

Disability and dyslexia

We hold the Buttle UK Quality Mark, which recognises our commitment to helping care leavers through university.

We offer a full support package, with financial help provided. www.brighton.ac.uk/careleavers

The university’s disability and dyslexia team coordinates support for students who declare a disability or a specific learning difficulty. Support is available for a range of disabilities such as dyslexia or specific learning difficulties, mental health, hearing and visual impairment, mobility impairment, other disabilities and long-term medical conditions (for example, diabetes, epilepsy, ME or chronic fatigue syndrome, and repetitive strain injury).

Chaplaincy Our team of chaplains offer support to everyone, irrespective of belief, and provide opportunities for friendship and community involvement as well as help finding places of worship in the local area. www.brighton.ac.uk/chaplaincy

Childcare Our two on-site nurseries are open to children of students and staff, as well as the local community, for 45 weeks of the year. There are 55 places daily for children aged from two to five years. www.brighton.ac.uk/childcare

Computing and media PCs, macs and printers are available for use in libraries and computer rooms, which are almost all open late in the evening and at weekends, as well as during the week. You will be allocated your own lifelong email address and 10GB of storage space. Eduroam, our wireless network, provides wi-fi access to university systems and the internet across all of our campuses, including halls of residence.

All halls of residence rooms also have access points for students with their own computers. Media centres at each main campus offer access to video and audio recording equipment, plus facilities for editing, copying and making presentations in lecture theatres and teaching rooms. www.brighton.ac.uk/is

Counselling Our Counselling Service is a safe and confidential environment where you can talk to a qualified and experienced counsellor.

The kind of support we offer is individual to you and can include ensuring teaching staff understand the impact that some conditions may have on your ability to study, and helping you to apply for Disabled Students’ Allowances. www.brighton.ac.uk/advice

English language support The Brighton Language Institute, based on the Falmer campus, provides English language courses to help you meet our entry requirements and prepare for study here. www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish

Going into business Beepurple is a scheme run by the university that helps students and graduates get their business ideas off to the best possible start. www.beepurple.co.uk

Health We provide on-site medical facilities at Moulsecoomb and Eastbourne, and can recommend GPs in other areas.

Before you arrive, make sure that you get the latest advice about immunisations and measles, mumps and meningitis.

Additional routine immunisations may be required for certain courses – we will tell you if this is the case. www.brighton.ac.uk/wellbeing

International students

Societies, clubs and events

Study skills

The International Student Support team can offer you help and advice throughout your time here. Whether you are looking for information about social groups and activities or just adjusting to a new culture, they are there to help.

Our International Student Advisers are also qualified to help if you need visa and immigration advice. www.brighton.ac.uk/international

Brighton Students’ Union works with the student community to create events throughout the year from cinema and club nights to black-tie balls, and helps societies to hold cultural and religious events for festivals such as Eid, Diwali, Hanukkah, Chinese New Year and Christmas.

Study skills sessions are provided free on each campus for anyone who might need to brush up their skills in essay preparation, time management, taking notes or revision techniques. The ASK study guide on studentcentral also provides access to comprehensive study support materials. www.brighton.ac.uk/ask

Libraries Our libraries are located close to classrooms and lecture theatres. Our professional staff, along with long opening hours including evenings and weekends, will enable you to find the resources that you need, when you need them. www.brighton.ac.uk/libraries

Money The Student Advice Service offers information, advice and support on financial, practical and personal issues, including student funding, debt advice and how to make your money go further. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

Online study and support Studentcentral is where you’ll be able to find study materials for your course, an online library, email, news feeds, blogs and urgent announcements relevant to you – and to connect with other students. Before you start university, you will be able to see personalised new student information including important dates, checklists and FAQs. http://studentcentral.brighton.ac.uk

There are over 100 student-run societies and you’re free to invent virtually any society you can think of. Societies can be cultural, political, religious or courserelated.

You can also join the Brighton and Sussex Universities Service Units for outdoor adventures and the opportunity to develop your leadership potential.

Sport and fitness Sport Brighton, a partnership between the university and the Brighton Students’ Union, can help you take part in sporting activities at any level, whether you want to compete, keep fit or just have fun.

You can use any of our sport and fitness facilities no matter where you study or live. www.brighton.ac.uk/sportbrighton

Students’ Union All students enrolled at the University of Brighton become members of the Brighton Students’ Union. Brighton SU encourages students to campaign for change, learn new skills, have fun and enjoy the many opportunities to make new friends.

Brighton SU is a member of the National Union of Students, which represents over five million students in the UK and campaigns on their behalf. www.brightonsu.com

Sustainability Brighton has a first-class award from the People and Planet University League and was recently awarded the Carbon Trust Standard for excellence in carbon management.

Sustainability here is not just about being green. It’s about hearing people’s opinions, making the university a better place to study and work, and about taking action – there are lots of ways to get involved. www.brighton.ac.uk/sustainability

University of Brighton Alumni Association You can benefit from our network of Brighton graduates while you’re a student. We are in touch with 115,000 Brighton alumni worldwide and many offer mentoring and placement opportunities to our students. www.brighton.ac.uk/alumni

Volunteering Through our community partners and student volunteering service (Active Student) we bring together hundreds of student volunteers and community groups every year. Volunteering is rewarding and a great opportunity to gain experience and enhance your employability. www.brighton.ac.uk/volunteering

273

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Your grades are important and we use them when deciding who to make offers to, but other things count too.

Our admissions tutors look at lots of factors to make sure that everyone is given an equal opportunity to show their achievements. Many students are also asked to attend an interview.

We consider all applications very carefully including the personal statement and reference as well as exam results and predicted grades.

We treat everyone as an individual; this means that even if you do not think you will achieve the standard entry grades, you can still apply. If we feel you have exactly the right qualities and commitment to excel with us and to become a valued member of our university community we will be keen to offer you a place and may make you a lower offer than the standard entry requirements.

Our standard entry requirements for all courses are listed here and online, and should be used as a general guide. We operate a flexible admissions policy – this means that different applicants may be made higher or lower offers for the same course, depending on their other achievements.

Flexible admissions We understand that your achievement may be affected by educational and personal circumstances, which may include being from a disadvantaged area or having a family background which is disadvantaged in terms of income or education, or no previous experience of university.

Our admissions tutors will consider this when assessing your academic potential and how you would benefit from studying your chosen course. What this means for your application will depend on the course you are applying for – as different courses have different requirements – but it could mean that you are made an offer which is lower than the published standard entry requirements, or that you are invited to interview.

274

A lower offer might mean that where the course normally requires BBB, we might make you an offer of BBC.

The UCAS tariff UCAS (Universities and Colleges Admissions Service) is the central organisation that processes applications for full-time undergraduate courses.

The UCAS tariff is a points system that translates students’ achievements across different types of qualifications into one numerical format, so that different types and volumes of achievement can be compared.

It enables admissions tutors to make offers that take into account the breadth of qualifications.

UCAS is introducing a new tariff for courses that start in September 2017.

This is based on a different numbering system to the current tariff. www.ucas.com/tariff-calculator

BTEC and combined qualifications We welcome applications from students with BTEC diploma qualifications in relevant subject areas, as well as students with BTEC diploma qualifications held in combination with A-levels and other qualifications.

We know that students with BTEC qualifications are prepared for an applied approach to learning, which is relevant in many of our courses.

BTEC results are released in July, before the A-level results, and are sent to the university by UCAS. Once we have your results we will review your offer and your results, and your status on UCAS Track will change; this can take a few days.

If you have your BTEC results but are waiting for other qualification results, eg A-levels, you may not be able to confirm your place at university until you have all of your results.

GSCE requirements English language and maths are required from all applicants, at a minimum of grade C (or above for some courses).

This equates to grade 4 for applicants holding newly reformed GCSEs in England. Some of our courses require additional GCSEs in specific subjects or with higher grades. You can check if your course has specific entry requirements on the course pages (30-265) of this prospectus.

Access courses The university welcomes applicants studying Access to HE diploma courses approved by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA). We recognise that Access courses provide students with the essential study skills and subject knowledge required to successfully progress on to our degree courses.

Our Access entry requirements vary depending on the course, but the minimum requirement is to pass with 60 credits (at least 45 credits at level 3). For some undergraduate degree courses you may be asked to gain a number of credits at higher grades (merit or distinction) and to have achieved a number of level-3 credits in specified subjects.

International Baccalaureate (IB) diploma The university is happy to receive applications from students studying the IB diploma. The breadth and depth of study afforded by the qualification is excellent preparation for studying a degree in higher education. In addition, the opportunity to complete an extended essay provides a good foundation for the independent study and research elements of your degree course.

Entry requirements vary by course but IB students can expect to receive conditional offers for between 26–32 IB points.

Entry requirements – approximate equivalent qualifications A-level grades

BTEC

International Baccalaureate

European Baccalaureate

Irish Leaving Certificate

AAB

DDD

34 points

80 per cent

A1, A1, A1, A2, B1, B1

ABB

DDM

32 points

77 per cent

A1, A1, B1, B1, B2, B2

BBB

DDM

30 points

75 per cent

A2, B1, B2, B2, B3, B3

BBC

DMM

28 points

73 per cent

B1, B2, B3, C1, C2, C2

Credits Relevant professional, commercial or Open University credits may be acknowledged as equivalent to sections of a course, which then do not need to be repeated. Applicants must be able to provide evidence of some A-level equivalent study – and may still be advised to take a preparatory course.

Qualifications not on the UCAS tariff Admissions tutors accept many other qualifications that give access to higher education. Applicants offering work-based qualifications, such as NVQs, should provide evidence of their relevant background knowledge and ability to study at university level. While individual course requirements vary, all qualifications – UK and international – are considered.

Entry requirements for international students English language proficiency Our degree courses are delivered and assessed in English. The UK Visas and Immigration (UKVI) and the university will need you to meet their English language requirements for your chosen course.

Check the list overleaf to confirm the English language entry requirements that apply to you.

The UKVI requires prospective students who have not studied and been examined in English to provide evidence they have met the language requirement through a secure English language test (SELT), with an approved test provider.

This evidence is required before we can issue a Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) number.

As an alternative, the University of Brighton’s Language Institute can deliver its own English language test.

Our English language tests take place on specific dates in the year. Visit our website to find out dates and how to book. www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish.

The Language Institute also offers a range of academic English courses, including pre-sessional courses aimed at different language levels.

If you would like to know more about English language tuition or the test, you can contact us. www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish

I’m Ailish and, along with the rest of the enquiries team, I’m here to guide you through the application process and help you get ready for life at the University of Brighton – no matter which course or campus you’ll be studying on.

As your first point of contact, we can answer questions about application procedures and deadlines, courses and entry requirements, and open days and visits.

Refer to the UKVI website for further details about their requirements. www.gov.uk/ukvi Academic entry requirements Our International College, located on our Moulsecoomb and Grand Parade campuses, provides subject-specific and study skills tuition to students from outside the European Union, to help you meet our academic requirements and prepare for university study here.

Students at our International College are guaranteed a place on our courses when they successfully complete their preparation programme at the required level. www.brighton.ac.uk/ubic The University of Brighton’s International College is a trading name of Kaplan Brighton Limited (registered number 07331979), whose registered office is at 2nd Floor, Warwick Building, Kensington Village, Avonmore Road, London W14 8HQ. The International College is an affiliated college of the University of Brighton.

Once you’ve applied, we’ll contact you to activate your university user account. This means that before you arrive here you’ll be able to access the applicant area of studentcentral, book on to interview and applicant days, prepare for your course and ask us questions.

Get in touch – we’re here to help!

275

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS English language requirements for applicants who have not previously been taught or examined in English Most of our courses require an IELTS score of 6.0 overall, 6.0 in writing with a minimum of 5.5 in the other elements.

Some courses require a higher IELTS score – check our website for coursespecific details www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

IELTS 6.5 overall, 6.0 in writing and a minimum of 5.5 in the other elements • Architecture BA(Hons) • Business Computer Systems MComp • Computer Science MComp • Computer Systems and Communications BEng(Hons)/MEng • English Language and Linguistics BA(Hons) • English Language and Media BA(Hons) • Linguistics BA(Hons) • Media Studies BA(Hons) • Media and English Literature BA(Hons) • Primary English Education BA(Hons) with QTS • Primary Mathematics Education BA(Hons) with QTS • Software Engineering MComp • Television and Digital Media Production BA(Hons) IELTS 6.5 overall, at least 6.0 in all four skills • Media and English Literature BA(Hons) • Primary Education (3–7 years) BA(Hons) with QTS • Primary Education (5–11 years) BA(Hons) with QTS • Secondary Mathematics Education BA(Hons) with QTS IELTS 7.0 overall, 6.0 in writing and a minimum of 5.5 in the other three elements • Journalism BA(Hons) • Sport Journalism BA(Hons) IELTS 7.0 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in all four elements • Pharmacy MPharm

276

IELTS 7.0 overall, with no element below 6.5 • Occupational Therapy BSc(Hons) • Physiotherapy BSc(Hons) • Podiatry BSc(Hons) IELTS 7.0 overall, with a minimum of 6.5 in the other elements • Social Work BSc(Hons) IELTS 7.0 overall, 7.0 in writing and a minimum of 5.5 in the other three elements • English Literature BA(Hons) IELTS 7.5 overall, with at least 7.0 in each section • Medicine BM BS IELTS 7.5 overall, 7.5 in writing and a minimum of 5.5 in the other three elements • Multimedia Broadcast Journalism BA(Hons)

Entry requirements for healthcare professions, nursing, midwifery and medicine courses To study at the medical school, or for nursing, midwifery and other healthcare courses, you will need to: • undergo a vaccination programme • demonstrate that you are fit and healthy by either a health declaration or occupation health assessment • provide a satisfactory Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) document.

In addition to these entry requirements, students wishing to study nursing, midwifery and paramedic practice must: • have completed 10 years general education • complete a literacy and numeracy test during your interview • meet NHS funding requirements.

Self-funded applicants cannot be considered • provide evidence of study within the last five years (desirable) • (for paramedic practice) complete a physical fitness test with South East Coast Ambulance.

Entry requirements for initial teacher education courses To study on an initial teacher training course (ie a PGCE or degree with QTS), you need to meet entry requirements determined by the government.

At the time of going to print, these include GCSE minimum grade C or equivalent in mathematics, English language and, for primary, a science.

You must also be able to read effectively and communicate clearly in spoken and written standard English.

Before starting an initial teacher education course you will need to: • complete a medical questionnaire • provide a satisfactory Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) disclosure document • successfully complete the compulsory professional skills tests in English and maths.

The selection procedures for all initial teacher education courses include an interview. Visit www.brighton.ac.uk/ education for up-to-date information on entry requirements for initial teacher education courses.

For the two-year Secondary Mathematics Education BA(Hons), A-level-equivalent qualifications are not sufficient. You need either an HND equivalent qualification or at least 120 credits in a relevant area of higher education.

Education placements The university will seek placements for students on initial teacher training courses with partners in the south-east region of England. The university is not liable for failure of placement providers, but in such circumstances will make alternative arrangements for you. It is the responsibility and obligation of the student to arrange travel to and from the placement; most students will be able to claim travel expenses.

277

HOW TO APPLY One of the many ways we support our students begins even before you start your application. We provide information to help you make your application the best it can be, on our website and in person during school visits and at our open days.

The standard fee for up to five choices is £23. For one course only, the fee is £12 (if you apply for more courses later, you will pay an extra £12).

If you decide to apply for more than one course, you need to fill in a separate application form for each course you choose.

Tracking your application through studentcentral

Once you’ve made your application, you can track it through a special area of our website, where you can also able to ask us questions and book on to interviews and applicant events.

Studentcentral is the university’s online learning environment – throughout your time at Brighton you will use studentcentral to manage your studies and access the academic and other resources you need, from wherever you have internet access.

Applying to Brighton and Sussex Medical School You can specify up to four choices for courses that lead to a professional qualification in medicine and you may also add one alternative course. Medical school applications must reach UCAS by 15 October 2016.

Applying through UCAS Applications for full-time undergraduate and foundation degree courses are made online at the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). Use UCAS online (www.ucas.com) to apply for full-time undergraduate degree courses, foundation degrees and integrated engineering foundation courses. Our UCAS institution codes are: • University of Brighton (BRITN) B72 • Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) B74.

Deadlines for UCAS application Brighton and Sussex Medical School 15 October 2016 University of Brighton 15 January 2017 We will consider applications received after 15 January 2017 where we still have places on a course.

Completing your form Log on to www.ucas.com/apply • Register and apply for 2017 entry • Follow the instructions to register your details and complete your application.

You can: • copy and paste personal statements.

• apply for up to five institution or course combinations. You do not need to put your choices in order of preference.

Make sure: • you have completed all the sections, such as personal details, education and employment.

• you double check that your information is correct before submitting your application.

278

You will also track your application to the University of Brighton using the applicant area of studentcentral.

Through the applicant area, you can see the status of your application and will receive notifications when the status changes. You will also be able to: • check your personal details, and keep them up to date • track the progress of your application • reply to interview or applicant day invitations • read and respond to messages about your application • confirm whether you will need a visa to study in the UK. We will email you whenever the status of your application changes and advise you to log on to the applicant area. If you have a question about your application you can use the messaging facility in the applicant area to contact us.

Special application procedures For some courses, the application procedure differs. Check the specific course description provided online and in this prospectus for any other instructions.

Applying direct to the university Applications for preparatory English language courses and part-time degree courses should be made direct to the university.

Visit www.brighton.ac.uk/applydirect and www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish for more information.

Offers If you have applied via UCAS, official decisions and any associated conditions of an offer will be made available online through the UCAS Track facility. You can keep track of your application via the applicant area of studentcentral. If you have applied direct to the university, you will be notified through the applicant area.

We will also write to you. Your offer letter from us will be accompanied by our offer guide, which will help you through the process of accepting the offer.

Many courses require an interview, but being invited does not guarantee an offer.

You will be invited to an interview through the applicant area of studentcentral. All offers are made on the understanding that the information supplied is complete and correct, and your acceptance of an offer means that you agree to observe the rules and regulations of the university.

International students may require a Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) number, which is needed for a successful visa application. The university will provide you with the CAS number once you have accepted an unconditional offer of a place (timescales set by UKVI apply).

Enrolment At the beginning of each academic year, all students enrol with the university. This entitles you to attend your course, use university facilities and be a member of the Students’ Union.

During online enrolment you will be asked to confirm your personal details, provide any missing information we require and to confirm how your tuition fees will be paid (for example, a tuition fee loan from Student Finance England, financial sponsorship or external scholarship).

At in-person enrolment you will need to provide documentation confirming your identity and may also need to provide original copies of entry qualifications.

If your application is successful, we will send you full details about enrolment and payment arrangements.

Personal details We may need to request further information before your enrolment can be completed. The university is registered with the Office of the Information Commissioner – in the context of preventing fraudulent applications, we may disclose information to relevant government departments, police forces, examining bodies, the Student Loans Company and associated authorities.

Need help?

Email enquiries@brighton.ac.uk Telephone +44 (0)1273 644644

HELP WITH APPLYING TO UNIVERSITY We offer a range of advice and support to students applying to university.

Advice for all applicants We offer advice to all students applying to university, including: • online help www.brighton.ac.uk/tips • personal statement workshops and advice at our open days www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays • our guide to university workbook www.brighton.ac.uk/workbook.

And you can speak to our friendly and helpful enquiries team, www.brighton.ac.uk/askaquestion.

To find out if you attend a Compact school or college visit: www.brighton.ac.uk/compact or call 01273 761038.

To find out more and apply for the Compact Plus programme email compactplus@brighton.ac.uk or call 01273 641043.

I am part of the university’s Compact and Compact Plus team providing impartial advice and support to students, parents and staff at schools and colleges. We organise activities in schools and at the university such as talks and workshops.

Our partnership with schools and colleges Through our Compact partnership we work with schools and colleges to help students who are considering their university options to make a strong UCAS application. We support students, parents, carers and teachers through our work.

We also offer activities, events and summer schools to a wide range of students from primary age to sixth form through our Compact Plus programme.

Your school or college should talk to you about the Compact and Compact Plus programme, if it’s something you can benefit from.

Benefits If you apply to the University of Brighton and have attended a Compact school or college, or if you are on the Compact Plus programme, then you may be eligible for the following: • if you meet our entry requirements you could benefit from guaranteed standard offers or interviews for many of our courses • a Compact Plus bursary for students on the programme • opportunities to work part-time for the university when you are a student here.

One of our team may visit your school or college to talk about higher education, writing a personal statement or submitting a strong application to university. We also run subject tasters at the university.

The Plus programme provides extra support and special activities, such as student shadowing, designed for groups of students who are underrepresented at university. www.brighton.ac.uk/compact Carl Griffiths, Compact Liaison Officer

279

MONEY FEES AND COSTS

International students tuition fees table

The fee you pay depends on several factors that are outlined here. More details and the latest information can be found on our website, www.brighton.ac.uk/money.

Tuition fees for UK and EU students

2016–17 Undergraduate

Postgraduate

Classroom-based Laboratory/studio-based Industrial placement year Standard

Fees per year From £12,420 From £13,800 £2,000 From £14,400

The fees listed above here are for students starting their course in 2016.

The tuition fees shown in the table below are for students starting a university course for the first time in the academic year 2016–17. Tuition fees may be subject to small annual inflationary increases within regulatory limits (where applicable).

Fees for 2017–18 courses will be published later in 2016; check www.brighton.ac.uk/money for the most up-to-date information.

If you are eligible for a tuition fee loan, you will not need to pay tuition fees up front. See more information about the student loan for tuition fees on page 282.

University of Brighton tuition fees 2016–17 Undergraduate course

Fees per year £9,000

Placement year

£1,000

Brighton and Sussex Medical School

£9,000

Full-time students If you are entering higher education for the first time, you can take out a student loan to cover the cost of your tuition fees.

See page 282 for more information.

A salaried professional placement year is an option in the second or third year of many of our courses.

Students on health professions and nursing courses From 1 August 2017, new nursing, midwifery and allied health professions students will no longer receive bursaries.

Instead, they will have access to the same student loan system as other students. Further information can be found at: www.gov.uk/government/ publications/nhs-bursary-reform Students from the Channel Islands and Isle of Man Island students pay fees at the same rate as UK and other EU students (except Brighton and Sussex Medical School).

You should contact the educational authority on your island for advice about financial help with tuition fees.

Part-time students Most part-time courses are charged on a pro rata basis so your fees will vary according to the number of and credit value of modules taken in each academic year. If you are entering higher education for the first time and are studying parttime at the equivalent of 25% or more of a full-time course, you can take out a government student loan to cover the cost of your tuition while you are studying.

Part-time students should contact fees@brighton.ac.uk for specific advice about their fees.

International students tuition fees The standard fees (above) that international students pay are determined by the type of course. Some courses have non-standard fees.

Check the fee for your course at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

280

International students tuition fee deposit All international students are required to pay a deposit of £2,000. Deposit payments must be paid before we can issue you with your CAS number and must be paid before 31 August 2017 for courses starting in September 2017.

Paying your fees if you are a fully self-funded student You are liable to pay tuition fees from the first day of your course following enrolment here. You can choose to pay your fees in up to six monthly instalments (October through to March). Fees can be paid online or by bank transfer, or you can pay by a recurring card agreement.

You can apply for a 5% discount (rebate) if your annual tuition fees are paid in full by 1 November of the relevant academic year. Eligibility conditions apply.

Our tuition fees are generally subject to small annual inflationary increases within regulatory limits (where applicable).

Contact the university’s finance department on +44 (0)1273 642959 or by email at income@brighton.ac.uk for details about deposits, online or credit card payment, or bank transfer.

Should I be paying international fees?

If you are not sure if you should pay fees at the international rate, we will contact you during the application process to complete a fee assessment form. All cases are judged in accordance with the UK government’s guidelines and are treated fairly and equally.

What’s included in our tuition fee?

The professional and applied nature of many of our courses can mean additional costs are involved. For example you may need to have a health or criminal record check. Some courses require the use of specialist materials and field trips. Costs like this are specific to each course.

Where these costs are incurred as a mandatory requirement of the course, they are covered by the tuition fee.

Whatever course you choose you should expect to pay some additional studyrelated costs on top of tuition fees. It is a good idea to budget for the cost of books, photocopying and printing for example. You may also incur additional costs depending on the optional modules or activities you choose, for example for field trips or materials. These costs are not included in your tuition fee and you will need to pay for them in addition to your fees.

Check directly with the school that provides your course about these possible additional costs before you apply so that you can budget accordingly.

Living costs Where you choose to live and how you live will play a big part in determining how much money you will need while you are studying. You will also need to consider costs like accommodation, travel, clothes, food, phone, insurance and your social life. See our website for advice about costs of this kind, and living on a student budget. www.brighton.ac.uk/budgeting

More online help and advice www.moneysavingexpert.com/students www.ucas.com/ucas/undergraduate/ finance-and-support

UNIVERSITY OF BRIGHTON FUNDING Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for financial support from the University of Brighton.

We expect to spend £4.8 million on direct financial support to eligible lower-income students in 2017.

Check our website for the latest advice and further details. www.brighton.ac.uk/money University of Brighton bursaries Bursaries can be money or other support, like discounts on university services. They do not need to be paid back when you finish your course.

You can use the funds to help cover the cost of tuition, books, university accommodation, travel, study aids, childcare and more.

We provide a range of bursaries to students who normally live in England as well as a bursary for students from EU countries outside the UK. University of Brighton bursaries provide support to young people leaving local authority care and students from lower income families.

We also provide bursaries for students from lower-income families studying architecture, pharmacy and teaching.

The financial support we provide through bursaries is carefully targeted. Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for more than one bursary.

Find out if you are eligible for a bursary from us at www.brighton.ac.uk/ bursaries.

University of Brighton scholarships The University of Brighton provides a range of scholarships that recognise and reward academic and sporting merit.

In 2015–16, 50 students were awarded University of Brighton merit scholarships worth £1,000 each. Students receive the scholarship in two parts, at the end of years 1 and 2 of their course.

There are also dedicated scholarships for international students. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

Help and advice from us Our Student Information Desk Advisors can provide personal financial advice, as well as information on money management.

Once you are a student here, we can guide you through the eligibility criteria and application processes for student loans and other funds. There are a number of additional funds to help students in certain circumstances and we can help you access these if you are eligible.

We can also help you minimise financial stress by coaching you on money management techniques. We offer regular one-to-one sessions and group workshops across all our campuses.

On our website you can find practical information and advice to help you maximise your income and minimise your expenditure. The site has useful information on: • funding and fees • welfare benefits • advice on debt • how to live on a budget • student discounts • part-time work. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

281

MONEY GOVERNMENT FUNDING

Student funding bodies

Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for financial support from the government or other organisations. Visit www.brighton. ac.uk/money for the latest advice and further details.

If you normally live in England Student Finance England www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance 0300 100 0607

The UK government’s funding package includes student loans for tuition fees and living costs. Students in certain circumstances may have access to extra help, for example, students who have a disability. If you receive extra help in the form of a grant, you will not have to repay the grant.

How do I apply for student funding?

It is a really good idea to apply early for your student funding. You do not need to wait for your offer. Make sure you send in all the evidence that your student funding body requires. Don’t wait for them to ask for evidence to support your application.

The quickest and safest way to apply is online. If you are sending documents in the post, make sure you send them by recorded delivery and mark each document with your customer reference number.

Check the processing times for applications; if you haven’t heard anything back, phone your student funding body regularly for updates on your application.

282

If you normally live in Scotland Student Awards Agency for Scotland www.saas.gov.uk 0300 555 0505 If you normally live in Wales Student Finance Wales www.studentfinancewales.co.uk 0300 200 4050

I’m Nicolette and I’m a member of the advice service, based at our Grand Parade campus.

I run drop-in sessions every day, where I provide students with advice on anything and everything that’s affecting them. I also refer queries to specialist colleagues, for instance international advisers who help with visa queries and dedicated housing and debt advisers based in the university.

If you normally live in Northern Ireland Student Finance Northern Ireland www.studentfinanceni.co.uk 0300 100 0077 If you are from a country of the EU Student Finance Services www.gov.uk/student-finance/loansand-grants +44 (0)141 243 3570

A major part of my job involves money issues. I give talks on the importance of budgeting and run regular workshops to help students successfully complete applications for funding like student loans.

The Student Advice Service is here to help all students at the university. Our services are free and confidential. By getting in touch with us early, students can reduce the impact of all kinds of issues on their well-being and on their studies. I find this aspect of my job the most rewarding.

283

TIMELINE 2016 MARCH APRIL

MAY

This timeline provides you with general advice about what you need to do and by when as you go through the process of becoming a full-time undergraduate student here.

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT

OPEN DAYS

OCT

NOV

DEC

OPEN DAYS

Check the full details of the deadlines and processes that relate to your application on our website and those of UCAS and the relevant student funding body, eg Student Finance England.

YOUR APPLICATION

UCAS application is open between mid-September and mid-January. Check if your school or college has an earlier deadline.

When you apply to us you will be given access to an online area on studentcentral where you can track your application and receive information about important dates and FAQs.

BEGIN YOUR RESEARCH

Shortlist universities that offer the subjects you are interested in.

Meet our team at UCAS and HE fairs or at your school or college and book open day visits in advance: www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays.

APPLICANT DAYS

Many courses give you another opportunity to get a feel for the university, meet students and staff from the course you have applied to and see the facilities you will be using every day.

OFFERS AND INTERVIEWS

We make offers from September, but most are made in the spring. If you have any concerns contact admissions@brighton.ac.uk.

Interviews usually take place between November and March – check the course page for details.

MARCH APRIL 284

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT

OCT

NOV

DEC

2017 JAN

FEB

MARCH APRIL

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT

UCAS EXTRA

Applicants who are not holding offers are given a chance to apply to courses that still have vacancies.

CONFIRM YOUR CHOICES

APPLYING FOR FUNDING

You don’t need to wait for offers to apply for funding. UK students should apply as early as possible and EU students can apply from April. See page 282 for more details.

If you received all your decisions by 31 March, you must confirm your choices with UCAS by 6 May. If you received all your uni decisions after 6 May, you must confirm your choices in June.

EXAM RESULTS

BTEC and IB results may be available in July – let our admissions team know your results.

CONFIRMATION AND CLEARING

Confirm your place with us. Clearing is an opportunity to find a new place if you are still looking for whatever reason.

ACCOMMODATION CHOICES

FINALISING ACCOMMODATION

Think about your options – see page 20. If you make us your firm choice and are eligible, we will invite you by email to apply for university accommodation.

The deadline for applying for university accommodation is 8 August. If you are offered a place in halls you’ll need to confirm it, or you can use our househunting service to find housemates and a home to rent.

ENROL ONLINE

From late August, you can enrol online and check the start date of your course by logging on to studentcentral – you’ll be sent details.

STARTING UNI

Enrol in person and join course induction and events for new students at Welcome Week.

JAN

FEB

MARCH APRIL

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT 285

A–Z COURSE FINDER COURSE

CAMPUS PAGE

3D Design and Craft BA(Hons)/MDes Accounting and Finance BSc(Hons) Aeronautical Engineering BEng(Hons) Aeronautical Engineering MEng Applied Psychology BSc(Hons) Applied Psychology and Criminology BA(Hons) Applied Psychology and Sociology BA(Hons) Applied Social Science BA(Hons) Archaeology and Geography BSc(Hons) Architectural Technology BSc(Hons) Architecture and Urban Planning BA(Hons) Architecture BA(Hons) Automotive Engineering BEng(Hons) Automotive Engineering MEng Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) Biology BSc(Hons) Biomedical Science BSc(Hons) Broadcast Media Foundation degree Building Surveying BSc(Hons) Business BSc(Hons) Business Computer Systems BSc(Hons) Business Computer Systems MComp Business Information Systems BA(Hons) Business Management BSc(Hons) Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons) Business Management with Finance BSc(Hons) Business Management with Human Resource Management BSc(Hons)

68 130 131 244 245 246 247 150 102 32 33 132 133 234 235 236 218 103 59 76 77 78 54 55 56 57

Business Management with Marketing BSc(Hons) Business with Economics BSc(Hons) Business with Finance BSc(Hons) Business with Human Resource Management BSc(Hons)

58

Business with Marketing BSc(Hons) Chemistry BSc(Hons) Chemistry MChem Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) Civil Engineering MEng Civil Engineering with Construction Management BEng(Hons)

64

Civil Engineering with Construction Management MEng Civil with Environmental Engineering BEng(Hons) Civil with Environmental Engineering MEng Computer Science (Games) BSc(Hons) Computer Science BSc(Hons) Computer Science MComp Computer Systems and Communications BEng(Hons) Computer Systems and Communications MEng Computer Systems with Networking BSc(Hons) Computing and Business BSc(Hons) Computing and Education BSc(Hons) Construction Management BSc(Hons) Criminology and Sociology BA(Hons) 286

35

60 62 63

239 240 104 106 107 108 109 110 79 80 81 134 135 82 83 84 112 249

COURSE

CAMPUS PAGE

Criminology BA(Hons) Digital Film BA(Hons) Digital Games Production BSc(Hons) Digital Media BSc(Hons) Digital Media Development BSc(Hons) Digital Music and Sound Arts BA(Hons) Early Childhood Education and Care BA(Hons) Earth and Ocean Science BSc(Hons) Ecology BSc(Hons) Economics BA(Hons) Economics BSc(Hons) Education and English Literature BA(Hons) Education and Sociology BA(Hons) Education BA(Hons) Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng(Hons) Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng(Hons) Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng Engineering integrated foundation year English Language and Creative Writing BA(Hons) English Language and English Literature BA(Hons) English Language and Linguistics BA(Hons) English Language and Media BA(Hons) English Language BA(Hons) English Literature and Creative Writing BA(Hons) English Literature and Linguistics BA(Hons) English Literature and Media Studies BA(Hons) English Literature and Social History BA(Hons) English Literature BA(Hons) Environment and Media Studies BA(Hons) Environmental Biology and Education BSc(Hons) Environmental Sciences BSc(Hons) European Computing BSc(Hons)/DEST Informatique Fashion and Dress History BA(Hons) Fashion Communication with Business Studies BA(Hons) Fashion with Business Studies BA(Hons)/MDes Film and Screen Studies BA(Hons) Finance and Investment BSc(Hons) Fine Art: Critical Practice BA(Hons) Fine Art: Painting BA(Hons) Fine Art: Printmaking BA(Hons) Fine Art: Sculpture BA(Hons) Geography BA(Hons) Geography BSc(Hons) Geography MGeog Geography with Geoinformatics BSc(Hons) Geology BSc(Hons) Geology MGeol Globalisation: History, Politics, Culture BA(Hons) Graphic Design BA(Hons) Graphic Design for Digital Media BA(Hons) History of Art and Design BA(Hons)

248 219 86 87 88 49 116 151 152 250 70 118 120 117 136 138 139 140 143 204 205 206 207 208 210 211 212 213 214 154 155 156 89 182 36 37 225 71 40 41 42 43 157 158 159 160 161 162 196 44 46 183

COURSE

CAMPUS PAGE

History, Literature and Culture BA(Hons) Human Biology and Education BSc(Hons) Humanities BA(Hons) Humanities: War, Conflict and Modernity BA(Hons) Illustration BA(Hons) Illustration for Screen Arts BA(Hons) Interior Architecture BA(Hons) International Business BSc(Hons) International Event Management BA(Hons) International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) International Tourism Management BA(Hons) Journalism BA(Hons) Law with Business LLB(Hons) Law with Criminology LLB(Hons) Linguistics BA(Hons) Marketing BSc(Hons) Marketing Management BSc(Hons) Mathematics and Business BSc(Hons) Mathematics and Computing BSc(Hons) Mathematics and Education BSc(Hons) Mathematics BSc(Hons) Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) Mathematics with Economics BSc(Hons) Mathematics with Finance BSc(Hons) Mechanical Engineering BEng(Hons) Mechanical Engineering MEng Media, Industry and Innovation BA(Hons) Media and English Literature BA(Hons) Media Studies BA(Hons) Media Studies and Education BA(Hons) Media Studies and Sociology BA(Hons) Medicine BM BS Midwifery BSc(Hons) Moving Image BA(Hons) Multimedia Broadcast Journalism BA(Hons) Nursing (Adult) BSc(Hons) Nursing (Child) BSc(Hons) Nursing (Mental Health) BSc(Hons) Occupational Therapy BSc(Hons) Paramedic Practice BSc(Hons) Pharmaceutical and Chemical Sciences BSc(Hons) Pharmacy MPharm Philosophy, Politics and Art BA(Hons) Philosophy, Politics and Ethics BA(Hons) Photography BA(Hons) Physical Education BA(Hons) Physical Education BA(Hons) with QTS Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) Physiotherapy BSc(Hons) Podiatry BSc(Hons) Politics BA(Hons) Primary Education (3–7 years) BA(Hons) with QTS Primary Education (5–11 years) BA(Hons) with QTS

197 238 198 199 47 48 34 65 192 188 193 222 72 73 215 66 67 97 98 99 92 94 95 96 141 142 230 226 231

COURSE

CAMPUS PAGE

Primary English Education BA(Hons) with QTS Primary Mathematics Education BA(Hons) with QTS Product Design Technology with Professional Experience BSc(Hons)

124

Product Design with Professional Experience BSc(Hons) Project Management for Construction BSc(Hons) Public Health BSc(Hons) Retail Management BA(Hons) Retail Marketing BA(Hons) Secondary Mathematics Education BA(Hons) with QTS Social Policy and Practice BSc(Hons) Social Science BA(Hons) Social Work BSc(Hons) Sociology and English Literature BA(Hons) Sociology and Social History BA(Hons) Sociology BA(Hons) Software Engineering BSc(Hons) Software Engineering MComp Sport and Exercise Science BSc(Hons) Sport Business Management BSc(Hons) Sport Coaching BSc(Hons) Sport Journalism BA(Hons) Sport Studies BA(Hons) Sports Product Design with Professional Experience BSc(Hons)

144

Television and Digital Media Production BA(Hons) Television Production Foundation degree Textiles with Business Studies BA(Hons)/MDes Top-up degrees

220

Visual Culture BA(Hons)

184

126 146

113 171 189 190 127 252 253 254 255 256 257 90 91 261 262 264 224 265 147

221 38 267

227 228 *

172 174 50 223 176 177 178 166 167 241 179 200

CAMPUS KEY Brighton: Falmer Brighton: Grand Parade Brighton: Moulsecoomb Eastbourne Hastings

Can’t find your course?

Visit our online course finder and use the keyword search www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

201 51 260 121 163 168

*Medicine BM BS is taught on the University of Brighton Falmer campus and University of Sussex campus.

170 251 122 123

287

TITLE

GETTING HERE The University of Brighton is based across three locations on the south coast – Brighton, Eastbourne and Hastings – and several campuses. Check the course description or our A–Z course finder (page 286–287) to see where your course is based and look at pages 12–19 for more information about each campus.

A1(M) M11 M25 M25 M40

20 km

M25

M4

HEATHROW AIRPORT

M3 M2 M25

M26 M25 M20 M23

GATWICK AIRPORT A22

A23

288

DOVER

FOLKSTONE (CHANNEL TUNNEL)

HOW FAR WE ARE FROM...

TRAVELLING BETWEEN CAMPUSES

Central London

Gatwick international airport

Heathrow international airport

Brighton •

Transport Brighton

80 mins

50 mins

45 mins

30 mins

75 mins

120 mins

Eastbourne

100 mins

90 mins

75 mins

60 mins

105 mins

150 mins

Hastings

100 mins

100 mins

85 mins

90 mins

110 mins

170 mins

• •

Brighton’s excellent bus service connects our campuses (with additional free shuttle buses between campuses for our students).

Cycle lanes also run throughout the city, linking our campuses.

Our Brighton campuses are all within a short walk of a train station.

Grand Parade, Brighton • A23 London

• •

Stanmer

A27

Falmer train station

VARLEY PARK

A27

Moulsecoomb, Brighton • •

Coldean Lane

• FALMER CAMPUS PADDOCK FIELDS AND GREAT WILKINS London Road

• •

MOULSECOOMB CAMPUS

•

A270 Lewes Road

• •

GRAND PARADE CAMPUS

A259

•

Brighton Pier Brighton Marina

University of Brighton campus

500 m Halls of residence

Our campus is one mile from the town centre.

The campus is served by several bus services and is in walking distance of Eastbourne train station. Staff and students are encouraged to use alternatives to car travel.

Eastbourne is around half an hour from Brighton by train.

Hastings •

BRIGHTON

Four miles from the seafront and town centre.

Nine minutes from central Brighton by train to Falmer train station.

Limited permit-controlled parking on campus – staff and students are encouraged to use alternatives to car travel.

Eastbourne

PHOENIX BREWERY

Brighton train station

Two miles north of the seafront and city centre.

Five minutes from central Brighton by train to Moulsecoomb train station.

Limited permit-controlled parking on campus – staff and students are encouraged to use alternatives to car travel.

Falmer, Brighton

MOULSECOOMB PLACE

Moulsecoomb train station

In the heart of central Brighton, minutes from the seafront.

Brighton train station is a short walk away.

No on-campus car park.

• •

Our campus is in central Hastings, and is a twominute walk away from Hastings train station.

No on-campus car park.

Hastings is around half an hour from Eastbourne and an hour from Brighton.

TITLE XX

see for

yourself

AT A SUMMER OR AUTUMN OPEN DAY www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays FOR DATES AND BOOKINGS

290